Logic Mcq2020
Logic Mcq2020
4. Customer acceptance policy of the bank is framed so as to take care of which of the aspects?
a. No account is opened without applying appropriate customer due diligence
b. No account is opened in the name in anonymous/ fictitious/ became name
c. No transactions or account based relationship is undertaken without following the CDD
procedure.
d. All specified mandatory information to be compulsorily to be obtained while opening the
account and during the periodic updating and optional/ additional information after Opening
the account with the consent of customer
e. All of the above
8. In how many days foreign student has to submit the document of local address and during that
period what is the cap of credit as foreign remittance and what is the cap for withdrawal limit.
a. 30 days and USD 10,000 and Rs.50,000
b. 45 days and Rs. 1,00,000/- Rs 25,000/-
c. 30 days USD 1,000 and Rs. 50,000
d. 30 days USD 2,500 and Rs. 50,000/-
e. None of the above
9. A foreign student can open which of the account during stay for study purpose
a.SB general account b.NRE SB
c.Canara Saral Account d.NRO SB account
10. Which are the simplified documents acceptable in the case of low risk customers for Customer
Identity?
a. Identity Card with applicant’s photograph issued by Central/ State Government Departments,
Statutory/ Regulatory Authorities, Public Sector Undertakings, Scheduled Commercial Banks
and Financial Institutions
b. A letter issued by Gazetted officer, with a duly attested photograph of a person.
c. Utility bill which is not more than 2 months old of any service provider (electricity, telephone,
postpaid mobile phone, piped gas, water bill) or Property or Municipal Tax receipt.
d. a or b
11. Certifying authorities to certifying OVDs (Official Valid Documents) of NRIs (Non-Resident
Indians) & PIOs (Person of Indian Origin) [as defined in Foreign Exchange Management (Deposit)
Regulation, 2016 (FEMA 5 (R))] are,
a. Authorized officials of Overseas Branches of scheduled commercial banks registered in India,
branches of overseas bank with whom Indian Banks have relationship.
b. Notary public abroad, Judge, Court Magistrate, Indian Embassy/ Consulate General in the
country where the non-resident customer resides
c. Any Gazetted Officer in India
d. Any of a & b above
13. All individual CASA accounts are eligible for CKYC ID; the CKYC ID will be populated in the
CIM50 Web page of CBS after ___ hours from the day of scanning and uploading of CKYC data.
a. 24 hours
b. 48 hours
c. 72 hours
d. 07 hours
16. Before opening the account branches have to verify the prospective account holder’s details in
CKYC package under the option……………………………………
a. Customer Unique Identification Code
b. CKYC Management
c. Aadhar Verification
d. Account Opening
18. If customer is desirous of receiving any benefit or subsidy under any scheme notified under
Section 7 of Aadhar Act 2016,
a. Submission and Linking of Aadhar Number to account is mandatory
b. Submission of any of Official Valid Document will holds good
c. Submission of PAN Card is mandatory
d. Need not submit any official valid document
19. What is the procedure for implementation of Section 51A of the The Unlawful Activities
(Prevention) Act, 1967 (UAPA)
a. Freeze, seize or attach funds and other financial assets or economic resources held by, on
behalf of or at the direction of the individuals or entities listed in the Schedule to the Order, or
any other person engaged in or suspected to be engaged in terrorism;
b. Prohibit any individual or entity from making any funds, financial assets or economic resources
or related services available for the benefit of the individuals or entities Listed in the Schedule
to the Order or any other person engaged in or suspected to be engaged in terrorism;
c. Prevent the entry into or the transit through India of individuals Listed in the Schedule to the
Order or any other person engaged in or suspected to be engaged in terrorism;
d. All of the Above
25. Where the client is a partnership firm, which documents are not required?
a. Registration Certificate
b. Memorandum of Association
c. Partnership Deed
d. KYC of authorized signatories
e. PAN of company and PANs or Form 60 as defined in the Income Tax Rules, 1962 issued to
authorized signatory of the partnership firm.
27. In respect of trust which is not correct subject to Customer Due Diligence?
a. OVDs of any natural person exercising ultimate effective control over the trust through a chain
of control or ownership/ Beneficiaries with 25% or more interest in the trust
b. OVDs of Trustees
c. OVDs of any natural person exercising ultimate effective control over the trust through a chain
of control or ownership/ Beneficiaries with 15% or more interest in the trust
d. OVDs of the author of the trust
33. In case of low risk customer, which of the following statements are not true?
a. Fresh proof of identity and address shall not be sought when there is no change in status of
identity and address, as per the self-certification submitted.
b. A certified copy of proof of address forwarded through mail/ post shall be acceptable, in case of
change of address
c. Physical presence of low risk customer must be ensured.
d. All of the Above
34. Which is true in case of Cross Border Wire Transfer Report (CWTR) is require to filed with FIU-
IND
a. More that Rs 5,00,000 or its equivalent in foreign currency
b. Where the origin and destination of fund is India
c. CWTR is required to file within 15th day of succeeding month with FIU-IND
d. All of the above
37. Which statement is true for simplified norms for Self Help Groups (SHGs)
a. KYC verification of all the members of SHGs need not be done while opening the Savings Bank
account of the SHGs and KYC verification of all the office bearers would suffice.
b. At the time of credit linking of SHGs, KYC verification of all the members are necessary.
c. Re-KYC of office bearer is needed
d. None of the Above
38. What are the documents to be verified for a foreign national student?
a. Passport with visa and immigration endorsement, which bears the proof of identity and address
in the home country; the admission letter from an educational institute in India;
b. Photographs
c. Undertaking to submit the local address within 30 days
d. All the above along with an approval letter from RBI In the case student is of Pakistani
nationality.
42. All accounts where the thanks giving letter has been returned undelivered are to be classified
as
a. High Risk under CIM 50
b. Medium Risk under CIM 50
c. Low Risk under CIM 50
d. No change of risk categorization is needed
43. “Transaction” means a purchase, sale, loan, pledge, gift, transfer, delivery or the arrangement
thereof and includes-
a. Opening of an account, deposits, withdrawal, exchange or transfer of funds in whatever
currency, whether in cash or by cheque, payment order or other instruments or by electronic or
other non-physical means;
b. The use of safety deposit box or any other form of safe deposit
c. Entering into any fiduciary relationship
d. Any payment made or received in whole or in part of any contractual or other legal obligations
or establishing or creating a legal person or legal arrangement
e. All the above
45. For small value accounts shall remain operational initially for period of _____ and there after
further period of ______ If the holder of such an account provides evidences before the banking
company of having applied for any of the OVD within _____of the opening of the said account,
within entire relaxation provision to review in the respect of the said account _____
a. 12 months, 12 months, 6 months, 24 months
b. 12 months, 12 months, 12 months, 24 months
c. 12 months, 24 months, 6 months, 12 months
d. 12 months, 6 months, 6 months, 24 months
49. In case OVD furnished by the customer does not contain updated address, which of the
following maybe taken for proof of address:
a.Utility Bill not more than 2 months old b.Property tax receipt
c.Letter of allotment from employer d.Pension or family pension payment order
e.Any of the above
50. What are the enhanced due diligence to be exercised in the accounts of non face to face
customers?
a. Certification of all documents presented
b. Calling for additional documents
c. First payment to be effected through the customers KYC compliant account with another bank.
d. All of the above
51. Who approves the policy for correspondent banking relationship of the bank?
a. Board of the bank
b. Committee headed by the Chairman/ CEO/ MD subject to post facto approval of the board in its
next meeting.
c. RBI
d. Both a & b
53. For companies which are the legal documents establishing the incorporation of company,
business purpose and other underlying terms?
a. Certificate of Incorporation
b. Certificate of Incorporation, Memorandum and Articles of Association & PAN of the company
c. Certificate of Incorporation, Articles of Association only
d. Search report and Status report
54. For partnership firms, which are the legal documents establishing formation of partnership
firm, business purpose and terms mutually agreed?
a. Registration Certificate if registered
b. Partnership deed
c. PAN number of the firm
d. Partnership Deed & PAN are mandatory and Registration Certificate wherever available.
55. For opening an account of a trust, certified copies of which of the following document shall be
obtained?
a. Registration Certificate
b. Trust deed
c. Identification information as mentioned under Section 15 in respect of the person holding
power of attorney to transact on its behalf
d. All the above
58. Bank applies the CDD procedure at UCIC (Unique Customer Identification Code) level. So, if an
existing KYC compliant customer desires to open new account, fresh CDD exercise is
a. Not required
b. Mandatory
c. Optional
d. Branch Manager discretion
Answer key
1 D 2 C 3 D 4 E 5 C
6 B 7 E 8 C 9 D 10 D
11 D 12 B 13 A 14 B 15 E
16 B 17 C 18 A 19 D 20 B
21 A 22 A 23 B 24 E 25 B
26 E 27 A 28 B 29 C 30 D
31 B 32 C 33 C 34 D 35 D
36 B 37 A 38 D 39 D 40 A
41 E 42 A 43 E 44 D 45 B
46 B 47 A 48 A 49 E 50 D
51 D 52 D 53 B 54 D 55 D
56 C 57 E 58 A 59 E 60 E
1. The instruments such as (a) Airway Bill, (b)Bank Note, (c)Letter of Credit, (d)Demand Draft, are
Not treated as Negotiable Instruments.
2.Negotiable Instrument Act provides definition of (a) Promissory Note, (b) Bill of Exchange, (c)
Cheque,(d)Demand Draft. Which of the following is correct?
a. a, b, c
b. b, c, d
c. a, c, d
d. a, b, c, d
3. The Bank has obligation to make payment of Cheque issued by Customer:This is as per which
Section of NI Act?
a. 85
b. 131
c. 30
d. 31
e. 89
4.As per provisions of Sec 48 of NI Act, 1881 an Order Cheque is transferable (Negotiated)only by:
a. Only Delivery
b. Endorsement and Delivery
c. Only Endorsement
d. Not Transferable
5. Which among the following Parties are liable on the Negotiable Instruments either as Drawer or
as Acceptor or Endorser?
a. a minor
b. an insolvent
c. a lunatic
d. None of the above
7. Protection is available to paying banker for paying draft with endorsement u/s… of NI Act
a. 85
b. 85A
c. 131
d. 130
KEY:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
a a d b d d b
1. A has received an Order Chequewhich bears a forged endorsement in his favour. The cheque
was originally issued in favour of Mr. X who endorsed in favourMr. Y but Mr. Y had misplaced it
and Mr. Z who found this cheque endorsed it in favourof Mr.A by forging Mr. X's signature. The
holder of cheque will be :
a. A b. Y c. Z d. None of the above
4. A customer tenders to a Bank an outstation cheque of Rs.10000 for collection. He requests for
instant credit, to which Bank agrees. What would be Bank be called.
a. Agent of Customer b. Holder for value
c. Holder d. Holder in due course
Key:
1 2 3 4 5 6
b b d b c d
3.Under section 31 of RBI Act, who can issue the Bill Of Exchange or Promissory Note payable to
bearer: (a) RBI (b) Central Govt. (c) Commercial Banks (d) any person in India:
a. a to d all b. a to c all c. c and d only d. a and b only
4. Mr. Dinesh Kumar frequently induces Mr. Tarsem Chand to make a Promissory Note inhis
favour . He endorses it to Mr. Sachin Kumar who takes it for value and without any notice of
the fraud. On presentation of the note for payment. It is dishonored. Mr. Sachin Kumar wants
to recover this money. When he can sue for recovery?
a. Since the note has been the result of a fraud, he cannot recover from the party.
b. Since Dinesh Kumar has notice of fraud he is the only person liable on the note.
c. Since Tarsem Chand is also the vic m, he is not liable on the note.
d. Both Mr.Tarsem Chand and Dinesh Kumar are liable on the note.
8. A bill drawn by ABC Ltd in favour of S is endorsed in favour of P in blank. This bill is stolenby a
person called D who delivers it to F for value by writing the words above the blankendorsement
'pay to F'. On presentation it is dishonored. From whom will F, be able torealize?
a. F can recover from all except P & D
b. F will not be able to recover from any one, since P has not endorsed in favour of F.
c. F can recover from D alone
d. F can recover from drawer only
9. Where is the time for payment is not mentioned in a promissory note, it is:
a. it is invalid instrument b. inchoate instrument
c. no payment can be demanded d. payable on demand
10. If a Promissory Note is payable in installments, the period of grace for payment will be
available.
a. only once b. on each installment
c. only on last installment d. no grace period available for promissory note
11. Firm ABC supplies material to various Govt., Departments, against payment to be received
subsequently. Such bills are called?
a. Usance bills
b. Supply bills
c. Government bills
d. Accommodation bills
12. A Bill of Exchange has been accepted by the drawee and its due date for payment falls
onJanuary 26, which is a holiday u/s 25 of NI Act. January 25 is a Sunday and January 24 is alocal
holiday on account of Elections. It should be paid by the drawee on or before:
a. It can be paid on January 27
b. it can be paid within 3 days from January 26 due to grace period available to the
drawee
c. It can be paid on January 24 only
d. It has to be paid by January 23
13. A formal Notary Certificate based on Noting, to attest dishonor of the Bill is called:
a. Noting of the Bill b. Protesting of The Bill
c. Notice of Dishonor d. Court Direction
14. The 3 days of grace for payment of Usance bills or Promissory Notes are allowed as
perSection.... of NI Act:
a. 22 b. 23 c. 24 d. 25
16. A bill dated 1.1.2014 is payable 2 months after sight and it was sighted on 15.1.2014, but
accepted on 18.1.2014. The due date for payment would be:
a. 15.3.2014 b. 18.3.2014 c. 17.3.2014 d. 21.3.2014
18. A bill of exchange is dated 31.08.2014 and is payable 3 months after date. It is presented on
Sept 02, 2014 and accepted by the drawer on Sept. 03, 2014, its due date is
a. Dec. 03, 2014 b. Dec. 04, 2014
c. Dec. 05, 2014 d. Dec. 02, 2014
19. What will be the due date for a bill dated 1.2.2012 payable 45 days after sight and theills was
accepted on 6.2.2012:
a. 23.3.2012 b. 25.3.2012 c. 26.3.2012 d. 28.3.2012
20. A bill is presented on May 15, 2014 and accepted on 16.5.2014. Its due date of paymentwill be
..... if it has to be paid within 2 months of the presentment:
a. July 15, 2014 b. July 19, 2014
c. July 16, 2014 d. July 12, 2014
21. For which among the following, acceptance of the drawer of the instrument is required:
a. demand promissory note b. Usance Promissory Note
c. demand bill of exchange d. Usance Bill of Exchange
22. What will be the due date of payment for a promissory note dated 1.2.2014 payable one
month after its presentment, which is 12.2.2014:
a. 12.03.2014 b. 15.03.2014 c. 04.,03.2014 d. 12.04.2014
23. A bill dated Dec. 31, 2013 is payable 2 months after date. Its due date of payment would be:
a. March 07, 2014 b. March 05, 2014
c. March 03, 2014 d. March 02, 2014
24. What will be due date for a bill dated Nov.10, 2014 payable 4 months after date:
a. March 12, 2015 b. March 13, 2015
c. March 15, 2015 d. March 11, 2015
KEY:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
b d d d c b d a d b
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
b d b a b d d a b b
21 22 23 24 25
d b c b c
(d) CHEQUES:
1. A cheque is defined u/s of NI Act:
a. 6 b. 13 c.9 d. 4
3. A cheque issued by a customer, the words bearer or order are not written. This
cheque will be treated as:
a. Bearer cheque b. Order Cheque
c. This is not a valid cheque d. This is not negotiable instrument now
4. If your branch receives a cheque of Rs 500 in figures and Rupees Fivelacks in words
a. Is return as mandate is not clear
b. Is paid amount written in words
c. Is paid amount in figures as it less amount
d. Is paid amount in words if otherwise in order under sec 18 of NI Act.
5. On cheque issued by a customer, the words bearer or order are written. This
cheque will be treated as
a. A bearer Cheque
b. An Order Cheque
c. Not a valid cheque
d. This not negotiable instrument now.
7.Z endorsed a cheque in blank, in favour of B who negotiates it in favour of C and C transferred it
to D without endorsement. In the event of dishonour of the cheque:
a. D can demand from C b. D can demand from B
c. D can demand from Z d. A to C
9. The payee of a bill of exchange writes above his signature that is case of dishonour, he may not
be given notice of dishonour and would continue to be liable. What kind of endorsement has
been made:
a. Conditional endorsement b. Facultative endorsement
c. Sans recourse endorsement d. partial endorsement
e. Blank endorsement
12. A cheque crossed specially is presented for cash paymentat the counter of the paying branch,
by the cashier of the bank, in whose favour it is crossed:
a. The drawee bank should make the payment
b. The drawee bank should refuse the payment
c. Bank should advise collecting banker to present his cheque through clearing house
d. Being a crossed cheque, payment cannot be considered in due course
15.3 cheques(dated as Dec25,2005, Jan 05,2006 and Feb 01,2006)have been signed on Jan
10,2006, by an agent appointed( on Dec31, 2005)by the customer. The agent died on January
26, 2006. The cheques are presented for payment on Feb 12, 2006 which of the following is
correct:
a. Cheque dated Dec 25 and Jan 05, shall be paid
b. Cheque dated Jan 05 and Feb 01, shall be paid
c. all the Cheques would be returned as the signatory has died
d. Cheque dated Jan 05 only shall be paid
16.An order cheque is written by the drawer in English but he did not write the name of the payee.
Payee wrote his name in Hindi script. The cheque is presented for payment by the payee. What
should the Bank do?
a. Payee should be advised to get it authenticated from the drawer
b. drawer should be asked to write the name in English and put is authentication
c. payee would be advised that he cannot write his name
d. cheque will be paid
e cheque will be returned
17.There is credit balance of Rs.55000 in Current Account on 1.1.2011 and Three cheques of
Rs.12000(favouring Income Tax Dept), Rs.44000(favouring LIC of India and Rs.46000 (Telephone
Bill) respectively and simultaneously presented for payment through clearing on 2.1.2011.
a. Bank will pay the cheque which is in favour of ITO
b. Bank will pay the cheque with highest amount
c. Bank will return all the cheques
d. Bank will pay the cheque with lowest cheques.
18. Which of the following is true with regard to objective of getting signature of the person
obtaining payment of a bearer cheque?
a. to get it endorsed properly
b. to get final discharge of the instrument
c. to create proof that the instrument was presented
d. to get receipt of payment
21. To prevent cheque related frauds, the examination under ultra- violet (UV) lamp for all
cheques beyond a threshold of Rs. _____ is mandatory:
a. Rs. 50000 b. Rs. 1 lac
c. Rs. 2 lac d. Rs. 5 lac
22. Z issues a cheque in favour of Y and X steals it. By forging Y’s signatures, he delivers it to W,
who obtains the payment of the cheque from your branch. As a paying branch, can you get
protection?
a. Yes u/s 85(1) b. Yes u/s 131 & 10
c. No it is forgery d. No not permitted u/s 118
e. no protection is available
23.When a bank is collecting a cheque of a newly opened saving bank deposit account as first
entry in the account:
a. Banker would not get protection because it has not collected the cheque for a customer
b. The banker will get protection if the account it opened after complying with KYC requirements
c. The banker will not get protection because the first entry in the accounts is not in cash.
d. a and c
24. A customer in your branch deposited a cheque for collection from some other bank. The
cheque kept on lying with the branch for a long period for its collection and in the meantime
drawer has become bankrupt:
a. loss will be of paying bank
b. collecting bank will pay for loss to the customer due to unreasonable delay
c. loss will be of the customer
d. loss shall be borne by the collecting bank and the customer
25.What is the time period, to make complaint (i.e. file suit in the court) by the holder:
a. within 30 days from date of receipt of information about dishonor by the holder
b. within 3o days from date of issuing notice to the drawer to make the payment
c. within one month from date of cause of action
d. within two months from date of non-receipt of reply from the drawer, in response to the notice
from holder
e. any of the above, whichever is later.
28. A customer will not be issued a further cheque book if ______ cheques of Rs.1 cr each are
returned bank in a financial year:
a. 10 cheques b. 6 cheques
c. 5 cheques d. 4 cheques
29. What is the time limit during which the bank has to return the dishonoured cheque to the
customer:
a. one week b. three days
c. 24 hours d. at discretion of the bank
30. Due to heavy rush of customers, a cheque with forged signatures in the account of Images and
Graphics is paid by bank:
a. bank is liable as no statutory protection is available
b. if payment is in due course, bank is not liable
c. bank is not liable since bank was not negligent
d. none of the above
e. when payment is due to rush of work, the bank will not liable
31. A drawee bank is liable to the following for wrongful dishonour of a cheque:
a. The payee, if suffers any loss
b. The endorsee, if suffers any loss
c. The presenter, if suffers loss
d. The account holder (drawer), if suffers loss
33. If a materially altered cheque is paid and the alteration is not visible even after careful
examination of the cheque, the bank is protected:
a. U/s 87 of NI Act b. U/s 89 of NI Act
c. U/s 85(1) of NI Act d. No protection is available
1 a 2 a 3 b 4 d 5 a
6 b 7 c 8 e 9 b 10 d
11 c 12 a 13 d 14 c 15 d
16 d 17 a 18 d 19 b 20 a
21 c 22 a 23 b 24 b 25 c
26 e 27 e 28 d 29 c 30 a
31 d 32 c 33 b 34 b
1. In case of payment of draft bearing endorsements, the paying banker is protected under….
Section of Negotiable Instruments Act 1881, if other conditions are satisfied:
a. 85 b. 85 A
c. 131 d. 87
e. 128
2. On the information that the draft has been lost, a duplicate has been issued after taking
indemnity bond. The original and duplicate are presented for payment through clearing, by two
different banks on the same day. Both have been branded with stamp payee’s account credited.
The bank:
a. Will pay the duplicate b. Will pay the original
c. Will return both d. Both will have to be paid
3. Which of the following can be issued against cash as per RBI guideline, if the amount is Rs.50000
or above (1) demand draft (2) mail transfer (3) telegraphic transfer (4) travellers cheques:
a. 1 and 4 only b. 2 and 3 only
c. 1 to 4 any d. none of the above
4. Who among the following can Stop Payment of a Bank Draft once it reaches the payee:
a. the issuing branch
b. the drawee branch
c. the purchaser of the draft
d. the purchaser with consent of the issuing branch
e. None of the above
5. The Bank Draft can be issued by accepting cash provided the amount is less than Rs. ___ :
a. Rs. 20000
b. Rs.30000
c. Rs.50000
d. Rs.75000
e. Rs.100000
8. Bank drafts are issued by banks payable to order only and not payable to bearer:
a. due to restriction imposed by Govt.
b. because that would be risk prone
c. as per provisions of Section 31 RBI Act
d. as per directive of Banking Regulation Act
KEY:
1 b 2 a 3 d 4 e
5 c 6 b 7 d 8 c
4. The annual return of unclaimed deposit u/s 26 of Banking Regulation Act should be submitted to
RBI within the following days after close of the calendar year.
a. 15 Days.
b. 23 Days
c.30 Days
d. 45 days.
5. What is the minimum value of stock of gold coins, which RBI has to maintain at any point of
time?
a. Rs.200 Cr
b. Rs.215 Cr
c. Rs.115 Cr
d. Rs.500 Cr
e. Rs.1000 Cr
6.No person in India other than RBI or Central Govt. can draw, accept, make or issue any bill of
exchange or promissory note for the payment of money payable to bearer on demand. This is
as per provision of:
a. Section 31Banking Regulation Act
b. Section 31 of Negotiable Instrument Act
c. Section 31 of RBI Act
d. Section 35 Banking Regulation Act
8. Banks disclose the information about their borrowers to RBI under provisions of:
a. Directives of RBI
b. Section 45-C, RBI Act
c. Section 45 of Banking Regulation Act
d. Directions of Finance Ministry
9.What is the highest denomination bank note that RBI can issue per provisions of RBI Act:
a. Rs.1000
b. Rs.2000
c. Rs.5000
d. Rs.10000
11.Under Section 5(a) of the Banking Regulation Act 1949, approved securities denote:
a. Securities approved by Indian Banks Association
b. Securities defined under Section 20 of the Indian Trusts Act 1882
c. The Securities approved by IDBI
12.As per Section 17 of Banking Regulation Act 1949,31.03.2001, every Banking Company
incorporated in India is required to create a reserve fund and to transfer to it at least:
a.50% of profits after dividend b.25% of profit before dividend
c.15% of total profit d.20% of total profits
13.On the basis of powers drawn mainly in which of the following Acts, RBI regulates and controls
the banks in India?
a. Banking Regulation Act and RBI Act
b. RBI Act and Companies Act
c. Banking Regulation Act and Companies Act
d. Banking Regulation Act, RBI Act and Negotiable Instruments Act
14. Banks have been prohibited to staple bank notes by RBI by issuing strict directives for
implementation. Under which of the following, these directives have been issued?
a. Section 35 A of Indian Currency Act
b. Section 35 -A : Negotiable Instrument Act
c. Section 35 A of Banking Regulation Act
d. Section 35 A of Reserve Bank of India Act
KEY:
1 2 3 4 5 6
a b c c c c
7 8 9 10 11 12
d b d c b b
13 14
a c
3. What is the Rate of Interest offered to SB account deposits less than Rs. 50 lakhs?
a. Up to Rs.50 lakhs at 2.9 %
b. less than Rs.50 lakhs at 2.90 %
c. At 3.00% irrespective of balance
d. None of the above
6. What is the minimum amount of Cash Deposit/Cash withdrawal from Savings bank Account?
a. Rs.50/- b. 100/- c. 10/- d. any amount
7. What is the discretionary power for allowing TOD in SB/CA ,to Scale II In charge Manager of
Semi Urban Branch?
a. Rs.10000/- can be granted b. No powers to sanction TOD in
SB/CA
c. Can be granted, but the same is to be ratified by RO d. Rs.50000/- can be granted.
8. Monthly average minimum balance requiredfor General SB A/c (101) in Semi-urban area is ?
a. Rs. 500/- b. Rs. 1000/- c. Rs. 100 d. Rs. 3000/-
13. Sri J Singh approaches you to open a savings bank account in the name of his grandson whose
age is 12 years under his guardianship. Which among the following precautions will be taken by
the bank?
a. bank should obtain proper introduction and photograph while opening the account
b. declaration should be obtained that all operations will be done for benefit of minor
c. date of birth certificate of the minor should be obtained
d. account cannot be opened as the grandfather cannot become natural guardian, so long the
father is alive
14. Which of the following kinds of deposits are not insured under DICGC scheme:
a. Inter bank deposits b. Deposits from government
c. Deposits of State Land Dev Banks with State Coop Banks d. All the above
15. Deposit Insurance cover upto ________ is available in respect of amount due to a depositor
under DICGC Scheme
a. Rs. 1 lac b. Rs. 2 lac c. Rs. 5 lac d. Rs. 10 lac
16. A saving bank account or a current account is to be treated as inoperative accounts if there is
no operation in the account for the last:
a. 2 years b. 3 years c. 4 years d. 5 years
19. In case any loan is granted against the Term deposits in minor’s name accepted with mother as
guardian for meeting necessities of the child , the loan papers should be signed by
a. By mother b. By father along with mother c. By father or mother d. By father
21. Who can open and operate the bank accounts in respect of persons with autism , Cerebral
palsy , Mental retardation and multiple disabilities
a. Testamentary Guardian
b. Court appointed guardian
c. The person to whom Guardianship Certificate is issued either by the District Court under Mental
Health Act or by the Local committee under National Trust Act 1999
d. Natural Guardian
22. What should be the repayment condition in respect of a deposit in the joint name of a literate
and an illiterate. Parties insist that it should be made payable to any one of them. What will be
repayment condition bank will be stipulating ?
a. Payable to illiterate depositor or survivors
b. Either or Survivor
c. Payable to literate or survivor
d. Any of the above
24. 5 basic minimum facilities, free of charge and without requirement of minimum balance, to be
offered in the BSBD a/c, which is not correct
a. deposit of cash at bank branch as well as ATMs/CDMs deposit
b. receipt of money through any electronic channel or by means of deposit of cheques drawn by
central/state govt agencies and department
c. No limit on number and value of deposits that can be made in a month
d. Minimum of Six withdrawals in a month, including ATM withdrawals
e. ATM Card or ATM-cum-Debit Card
a. i b. ii c. iii. d. iv
26. A term deposit has matured on May 31, being Sunday. The payment of the deposit would be
made by the bank on-------------with interest rate
a. Saturday, at contracted rate
b. Saturday,at contracted up to Sunday
c. Monday, at contracted rate till Sunday and at saving bank rate for Monday
d. Monday ,at contracted rate
29. The ‘undertaking letter’(NF 173) obtained from the pensioner at the time of commencement
of pension/family pension is meant for
a. pensioner will visit the branch whenever called for
b. pensioner will submit annual Life Certificate in time
c. bank can recover the excess amount of pension, if any, credited to pensioner
d. pensioner will not leave country without intimation to bank
30. RBI has prescribed 5 basic minimum facilities, free of charge, to be made available to BSBD
account holders. Which one is not one of such facilities?
a. credit card
b. ATM Card or ATM-cum-Debit Card
c. Deposit of cash at bank branch as well as ATMs/CDMs
d. No limit on number and value of deposits that can be made in a month
31. Savings Bank account of prisoners can be opened under Product Code
a. Basic Savings Bank Deposit Account (108)
b. Small Savings Bank Deposit Account (127)
c. NSIGSE Savings Bank Account (128)
d. Product Code-101
33. All employees of a firm / company with minimum ___ employees, with standing over___
year/s are eligible to open account under Canara payroll Package scheme
a. 10, 5 b. 20, 2 c. 25, 3 d. 25, 1
34. Which one in not correct in case of Canara Junior Savings account?
a. opened under product code - 121
b. foreign remittance not permitted
c. Declaraon to be obtained from parent / guardian
d. Balance in the account not to exceed 50000 at any point of time
35. As per modified RBI policy, which one of the following cannot verify OVDs of NRI/PIO
a. Indian Embassy/Consulate General in the country where the non-resident customer resides
b. Notary Public abroad
c. Official of any overseas bank
d. Court Magistrate
36. Wherever withdrawal by bearer from SB account exceeds ___, identity of the payee should be
established by obtaining suitable KYC documents.
a. Rs.10,000 and above b. Rs.25,000 and above
c. Rs.50,000 and above d. Rs.100,000 and above
38. Preferential ROI given to ex-employees cum Senior Citizen on Canara Tax Saver Deposit
a. 0.5% b. 1% c.1.5% d. no preferential interest
39. How many nominees (maximum) can be accepted under Capital Gains Account scheme ?
a. No nominee b. 1 c. 2 d. 3
40. In SB Canara Champ Deposit scheme minimum ___credits in a half year, aggregating ____in
Rural/Semi-Urban and _______in Urban/Metroexcludinginteresthavetobemade.
a. 2, Rs. 1000/-, Rs. 2000/- b. 4, Rs.500/- , Rs. 1000/-
c. 2, Rs. 500/-, Rs. 1000/- d. 4, Rs. 1000/-, Rs. 2000/-
43. Product code for Canara SB POWER PLUS NRE a/c is _____
44. A SB account in the names of Sudhir and Samir is opened with operation condition “Former or
Survivor”. Samir wants to change the operation condition “E or S”
a) Bank can change condition as above on basis of Samir’s letter to the effect
b) Such request letter need to be signed by both of them for bank to change
c) Bank cannot change the condition by letter only
d) Account to be closed and fresh account to be opened with such condition
45. SB CANARA CHAMP account can be opened for children up to the age of
a) 8 years b) 10 years c)12 years d) 9 years
46. CANARA NATIONAL SCHEME OF INCENTIVE TO GIRLS FOR SECONDARY EDUCATION SAVINGS
BANK DEPOSIT ACCOUNT (NSIGSE) can not be opened by
a) All SC/ST girls who pass class VIII
b) Students enrolled in schools run by Central Government
c) Girls who pass class VIII examination from Kasturba Gandhi Balika Vidyalayas
d) Any girl student irrespective of SC/ST passing Class VIII from Kasturba
47. Bank is going to settle a claim in favour of a nominee, i.e., son of the deceased depositor. On
the day of settling of claim, the deceased’s wife claimed, in person, 50% of the amount to be
settled.
a) Bank can settle the claim equally between the 2 legal heirs of the deceased
b) Bank can stop settlement of the claim in favour of the nominee based on the advocate’s letter
fromthe deceased’s wife
c) Bank can settle claim in favour of the nominee only
d) Bank can first credit the settlement amount to the nominee’s account, and then transfer the
50% amount to the other legal heir’s account, so that bank is not blamed later.
48. Total Debit Transaction limit per month in Canara Junior Saving Account is _____including
maximum monthly withdrawal limit by using Debit Cardis _______ and total Credit in such
accounts should not exceed Rs._________ per annum
a. Rs, 5000, Rs. 5000 , 50000 b. Rs. 10000, Rs. 5000/- , 100000
c. 15000, Rs. 10000/-, 100000 d. Rs. 20000, Rs. 10000, 200000
49. In recently introduced Doorstep Banking , following type of a/c holder are eligible, which is not
correct
a. SB, CA -Individual a/c b. SB- Joint a/c with E or S
c. CA, OD- Proprietorship account d.CA,OD- Partnership
51. Scale IV and above can permit TOD up to Rs.____upon satisfactory dealings for 6months.
a. 5000 b. 10000 c. 25000 d. 50000
Q. 55. Regarding Opening of Saving Bank A/c of a SHG, which is not correct
a. CDD of all members of SHG required b. CDD of office bearers only required
c. No separate CDD of the members or office bearers shall be necessary at the time of credit
linking of SHG
d. All are correct
1 D 2 D 3 B 4 D 5 B
6 C 7 B 8 B 9 D 10 A
11 B 12 A 13 D 14 D 15 C
16 A 17 A 18 B 19 B 20 C
21 C 22 A 23 B 24 D 25 B
26 D 27 B 28 B 29 C 30 A
31 B 32 B 33 D 34 A 35 C
36 A 37 B 38 B 39 D 40 C
41 C 42 A 43 B 44 B 45 C
46 B 47 C 48 B 49 D 50 A
51 B 52 D 53 D 54 D 55 A
6. The Financial Literacy centre and rural branches of the banks to conductoutdoor financial
literacy camps at least----------------
a. Once inamonth b. Twice in amonth
c. Twice inaquarter d. Once in aquarter
7. Personalized PMJDY RuPay Debit Cards are not facilitated with GREEN PIN because ………
a. Cards are not linked to CBS intentionally due to security reasons
b. Not eligible for personalized cards
c. No minimum balance in the account
d. No Service Charges collected for PMJDY accounts
10. Benefits of PMJJBY insurance Scheme offers life cover for death for an amount of………
a. Rs.5lakhs b. Rs.2 lakhs c.Rs.1lakh d. Rs.1.50lakhs
11. In respect of Atal Pension Yojana the central Govt contributes …………..
of subscriber’s contribution or Rs …………….whichever is lower to each subscriber.
a. 50%,Rs.1000/- b. 50% , Rs.2000/-
c. 50%,Rs5000/- d. 50% Rs10000
12. After 28.8.2018, the focus of Financial Inclusion changed from opening of accountsfrom……….
to………..
a. villages having population >2000 to villages having population<2000
b. every house hold to every adult
c. villages having population <2000 to every household
d. There was no change
13. What is the amount of reimbursement for each account (covered under
insurance) as administrative expenses to Bank in PMJJBY
a.Rs.9 b.Rs11 c.Rs.12 d.Rs.13.
14. Under PMJJBY, "CHOICe" shall process the claim and disburse the money within from the
receipt of the claims from Circle Office provided all claim papers are in order.
a. 3weeks b.4 weeks c.30days d. 45days
15. PMSBY covers the SB account holders of our bank in the age group of
a. 18 to70years b. 18 to 55years
c. 21 to70 years d. 21 to 55years
16. Irrespective of the date of enrolment under PMJJBY/PMSBY Scheme the renewal will fall
due on or before …………….
a. 1st July of sub sequent year b. 1st June of sub sequent year
c. 1st May of sub sequent year d. None of the above
19. Under PMSBY, within …………. the nominee of the insured should givenotice
to the bank regarding accident / death of the insured customer:
a. 1Month b.3 Weeks c.30days d. 60 days
20. For lodging the claims under PMSBY, all papers should be submitted within------
------ from the date of accident:
a. 60days b.30days c.3weeks d. None of theabove
21. Maximum transaction through BC (including deposit & withdrawal) per customer on a
particular day is for AEPS and for Non – AEPS transactions.
a. Rs.10000&5000 b. Rs.5000 &5000
c. Rs.5000&2000 d. Rs.20000 &10000
26. Under Atal Pension Yojana, Fixed monthly pension per month for the subscribers ranges
from Rs…………………to Rs…………….
a. Rs 900/- to Rs 2500/
b. Rs 1000/- to Rs 5000/-
c. Rs 1000/- to Rs 3000/-
d. Rs 2000/- to Rs 5000/-
27. Our bank has outsourced operators in Aadhaar Seva Kendras established at identified branches
of our Bank to…..
a. M/S Integra
b. M/s TATA tech . solutions
c. not outsourced
d. M/s. Can bank Computer Services Limited
28. A customer wishes to join PMJJBY on April 19, the premium he has to pay at the time of
enrolment is.......................... plus ST
a. Rs.12
b. Rs.330
c. Rs.86
d. cannot be enrolled at the mid of the annual coverage
ANSWER KEY –
1 a 8 d 15 a 22 c
2 d 9 c 16 b 23 c
3 d 10 b 17 a 24 c
4 b 11 a 18 b 25 a
5 b 12 b 19 c 26 b
6 a 13 b 20 a 27 d
7 a 14 c 21 a 28 c
Q2) The Cumulative target for priority sector lending, is ____ per cent of Adjusted Net
Bank Credit (ANBC)or Credit Equivalent of Off-Balance Sheet Exposures (CEOBE)
(a) 48 %
(b) 60%
(c) 40%
(d) 50%
Q3) The mandated target of Small and Marginal farmers is modified to ___ from of
Adjusted Net Bank Credit (ANBC)from the existing level of ____ ofAdjusted Net Bank
Credit (ANBC).
(a) 7%; 8 %
(b) 8 %; 6%
(c) 9%; 6%
(d) 10%; 8%
Q4) The mandated target of weaker sections is increased to ____of Adjusted Net Bank
Credit (ANBC) from the existing level of ____ofAdjusted Net Bank Credit (ANBC).
(a) 12%;10 %
(b) 12%; 8%
(c) 11%; 9%
(d) 12%; 8%
Q5) Loan limits for Renewable Energy have been increased to _____ Crore from the
existing limit of ____Crore.
(a) Rs35 Crore,Rs15 Crore
(b) Rs20 Crore,Rs15 Crore
(c) Rs15 Crore,Rs10 Crore
(d) Rs30 Crore,Rs15 Crore
Q9)Under Social Infrastructure, lending loans up to a limit of Rs_____ per borrower for
building health care facilities including under ‘Ayushman Bharat’ in Tier II to Tier VI
Centers is now classified under Prioritysector.
(a) Rs05 Crore
(b) Rs10 Crore
(c) Rs15 Crore;
(d) Rs20 Crore
Q10) Loans to individuals for educational purposes, including vocational courses, not
exceeding ______will be considered as eligible for Priority SectorClassification.
(a) Rs05 Lakhs
(b) Rs10 Lakhs
(c) Rs20 Lakhs
(d) Rs25 Lakhs
Q12) with in the ----% target for total agriculture, a target of ______percent is prescribed for
Small and Marginal farmers.
(a) 18%;10 %
(b) 12%;10%
(c) 11%;9%
(d) 12%;8%
Q13) For priority sector classification the quantum of Loans to individuals for educational
purposes, including vocational courses, is enhanced from ______to ______Lakhs
(a) Rs12 Lakhs;Rs 20 Lakhs
(b) Rs10 Lakhs;Rs18 Lakhs
(c) Rs10 Lakhs;Rs20 Lakhs
(d) Rs12 Lakhs Rs18 Lakhs
Q14) Bank loans up to a limit of ______Crore to borrowers for purposes like solar based
power generators, biomass-based power generators etc. and other non- conventional
energy based public utilities, viz., street lighting systems and remote village
electrification etc., are eligible for Priority Sector Classification.
(a) Rs25 Crore
(b) Rs30 Crore
(c) Rs15 Crore;
(d) Rs10 Crore
Q15) For individual households, the loan limit is ______ per borrower for purposes like
solar based power generators, biomass-based power generators etc. and other non-
conventional energy based public utilities, viz., street lighting systems and remote
village electrification etc., are eligible for Priority Sector Classification
(a) Rs25 Lakhs
(b) Rs20 Lakhs
(c) Rs15 Lakhs
(d) Rs10 Lakhs
Q17) Loans not exceeding ______provided directly by banks to SHG/JLG for activities
other than agriculture or MSME, viz., loans for meeting social needs, construction or
repair of house, construction of toilets or any viablecommon activity started by the
SHGs are eligible for Priority Sector Classification.
(a) Rs2.5 Lakhs
(b) Rs2 Lakhs
(c) Rs1.5 Lakhs
(d) Rs1 Lakhs
Q22) For the purpose of computation of achievement of targets and sub targets in
Priority Sector Lending sub-target, Farmers with landholding of up to 1 hectare are
considered to be
(a) Small Farmers
(b) Marginal Farmers
(c) Medium Farmers
(d) Tenant Farmers
Q23) For the purpose of computation of achievement of targets and sub targets in
Priority Sector lending sub-target, Farmers with landholding of more than 1 hectare to
2 hectares are considered to be___
(a) Small Farmers
(b) Marginal Farmers
(c) Medium Farmers
(d) Large Farmers
Q24)Solar units for individual households upto a limit of __________ is treated as priority
Sector
(a) Rs 5 lakhs
(b) Rs 10 lakhs
(c) Rs 15 lakhs
(d) Rs 20 lakhs
Q25) The mandated sub target for weaker sections for the financial year 2020-21is
_________% per cent of Adjusted Net Bank Credit (ANBC) or Credit Equivalent of Off-
Balance Sheet Exposures (CEOBE) whichever is higher
(a) 7.5%
(b) 8%
(c) 9%
(d) 10%
Q27) Lending by banks to NBFCs with Registered NBFCs and MFIs for on-lending under
‘Micro& Small enterprises ‘will be allowed up to ______per borrower Valid up to
31.03.2021.
(a) Rs 25 Lakh
(b) Rs 20 Lakhs
(c) Rs 15 Lakh
(d) Rs 100 Lakh
Q28) The mandated sub target for micro enterprises is _________% per cent of Adjusted
Net Bank Credit (ANBC) or Credit Equivalent of Off-Balance Sheet Exposures (CEOBE)
whichever is higher.
(a) 7.5%
(b) 8%
(c) 9%
(d) 10%
Q29) All loans to units in the KVI sector will be eligible for classification under the sub-
target of ___ percent prescribed for Micro Enterprises under priority sector.
(a) 7.5%
(b) 8%
(c) 9%
(d) 10%
Q32) Loans to individual up to ______ in metro politan centers for repairs to damaged
dwelling units conforming to the overall cost of the dwelling unit are eligible for
classification under priority sector. (Cir. 685/2020)
(a) Rs 25 Lakh
(b) Rs 15 Lakh
(c) Rs 10 Lakh
(d) Rs 06 Lakh
Q33) Loans to individuals up to ______ in Centres other than metro politan centres for
repairs to damaged dwelling units conforming to the overall cost of the dwelling unit
are eligible for classification under priority sector.
(a) Rs 25 Lakh,
(b) Rs 15 Lakh,
(c) Rs 10 Lakh,
(d) Rs6 Lakh,
Q34)No loan related and ad-hoc service charges/inspection charges should be levied on
priority sector loans up to _______ ?
(a) Rs 25000/-
(b) Rs 15000/-
(c) Rs 10000/-
(d) Rs 5000/-
Q35) Bank credit to Housing Finance Companies (HFCs), approved by NHB for their
refinance, for on-lending for the purpose of purchase/construction/ reconstruction of
individual dwelling units or for slum clearance and rehabilitation of slum dwellers,
subject to an aggregate loan limit of ____ per borrowerare eligible to be classified
under priority sector?
(a) Rs 25 Lakh
(b) Rs 20 Lakh
(c) Rs 15 Lakh
(d) Rs 10 Lakh
Q37) As per the revised definition of MSMEs as per latest Gazette Notification S.O. 2119
(E) dated June 26, 2020, If the Investment in Plant and Machinery or Equipment does
not exceed Ten Crore rupees and turnover does not exceed Fifty Crore rupees; the
enterprise will be classified as __________?
(a) Micro Enterprise
(b) Small Enterprise
(c) Medium Enterprise
(d) None of the above
Q38) As per the revised definition of MSMEs as per latest Gazette Notification S.O. 2119
(E) dated June 26, 2020 ,If the Investment in Plant and Machinery or Equipment does
not exceed Fifty Crore rupees and turnover does not exceed Two Hundred and Fifty
Crore rupees; the enterprise will be classified as __________?
(a) Micro Enterprise
(b) Small Enterprise
(c) Medium Enterprise
(d) None of the above
Q40)Loans to farmers for installation of stand-alone Solar Agriculture Pumps and for
solarisation of grid connected agriculturepumps can most appropriately be classified
under the following sub category of Priority sector classification______
(a) Farm Credit
(b) Ancillary Activities
(c) Social Infrastructure
(d) MSME
Q42) Incremental export credit (other than in agriculture and MSME) over corresponding
date of the preceding year, up to 2 per cent of ANBC or CEOBE whichever is higher,
subject to a sanctioned limit of up to ______ perborrower is eligible for being
considered under priority sector
(a) Rs 15 Crore
(b) Rs 20 Crore
(c) Rs 35 Crore;
(d) Rs 40 Crore
Q44) Overdraft availed by PMJDY account holders as per limits and conditions prescribed
by Department of Financial Services, Ministry of Finance from time to time may be
classified under ______ category of Priority Sector advances.
(a) Weaker Sections
(b) Ancillary Activities
(c) Social Infrastructure
(d) MSME
Q45)To ensure continuous flow of credit to priority sector, the compliance of banks will
be monitored on ‘______’ basis.
(a) Monthly
(b) Quarterly
(c) Half Yearly
(d) Annual
Q47)As per RBI guidelines on priority sector credit banks: a register/ electronic record
should be maintained by the bank wherein the following information with thereof,
etc. should be recorded. The aforesaid register/electronic record should be reasons
made available to all inspecting agencies
(a) Date of Receipt
(b) Date of Sanction/Rejection
(c) Date of Disbursement
(d) All of the above
Q48) As per RBI guidelines on priority sector credit banks are supposed to provide______
to all priority sector loan applications
(a) Acknowledgement
(b) In-Principle Sanction letter
(c) Credit Information Report
(d) Internal/External Credit Rating
Q49) In case of priority sector loans the rates of interest on bank loans will be as per
directives of _____?
(a) Priority Credit Wing, HO
(b) Department of Regulation (DoR), RBI
(c) Management Committee of the Board (HO)
(d) AEPS Wing HO
Q50)Bank credit to NBFCs (including HFCs) cap on-lending will be allowed up to an overall
limit of ______ of individual bank’s total priority sector as applicable for priority
sector lending .
(a) 2 %
(b) 3%
(c) 5%
(d) 10%
2. Waiver of bird insurance is permitted if ____ & _____ percentage of the corpus fund
at Borrower level is collected as RD per month (collected for 5 yrs) on working capital
limit/s granted to commercial LAYER & commercial BROILER birds respectively.
a. 10 % & 12%
b. 6 % & 12%
c. 5% & 10% .
d. 6% & 6%
4. Margin required for loan Scheme for financing farmers for purchase of lands for
agricultural purposes is
a. 10-15 % b. 20 % c. 15-25 % d. 5-10 %
5. Margin for ALLHV loans for light vehicles is __& for Medium/Heavy vehicles it is ___
a. 15 % & 25 % b. 10 % & 15 % c. 10 % & 25 % d. 15 % & 15 %
6. Margin for second hand ALLHV is _____& for second hand tractor , it is ______
a. 10 % & 15 % b. 15 % & 25 % c. 25 % & 40 % d. 15 % & 40 %
7. In case party is already having a KCCS loan, and total exposure including the
proposed development/ investment loan exceeds Rs.2,00,000/-, security to be
obtained under this situation is______________
a. Hypothecation of crops/ assets created out of our finance.
b. Hypothecation of crops/assets created out of our finance & creation of
charge on landed property
c. Mortgage of land has to be stipulated in addition to hypothecation of crops/assets
created out of our finance.
d. Mortgage of land/ co obligation has to be stipulated in addition
to hypothecation of crops/ assets created out of our finance.
9. Loan for Deep Sea Fishing vessels, the value of collateral security of immoveable
properties should be at least ---- of the loan amount
a. 200% b. 100 % c. 125 % d. 150 %
11. Security for a dairy loan above Rs 2.00 lakhs & upto Rs 10.00 lakhs is---
a. To be covered under CGTMSE.
b. Hypothecation of assets/livestocks to be purchased/ financed only.
c. Hypothecation of assets/livestocks to be purchased/financed plus mortgage of
landedproperty where primary activities are under taken.
d. Hyp. of assets/livestocks created out of bank’s finance + Mortgage of land where
primary activities are under taken along with compulsory coverage for credit cover
under CGFMU.
12. Security for poultry finance for loan limit above Rs. 10,00,000 is ---
a. Hypothecation of assets/birds to be purchased/financed along with creation of
charge on landed property.
b. Hypothecation of assets/birds to be purchased/ financed.
c. Hypothecation of assets/birds to be purchased/ financed plus mortgage of landed
property.
d. Hyp. of assets/birds created out of our finance + Mortgage of land along with
compulsory coverage for credit cover under CGFMU
14. Loans sanctioned to food & Agro-processing units is classified under Priority Sector
Agriculture- ___________ upto the eligible extent & delegation of powers as
applicable to________ advances to be adhered :
a. Farm credit; Agriculture
b. Ancillary activities, Agriculture
c. Ancillary activities, MSME
d. Agri-Infrastructure; MSME
15. Report from one Credit Information Company (CIC) is required upto Rs. ______ limit
under secured agri-loans & upto Rs._____ limit for unsecured agri-loans
a. 5 Lakhs, 3 Lakhs
b. 3 Lakhs, 2 Lakhs
c. 2 Lakhs, 1 Lakhs
d. 3 Lakhs, 1 Lakh
16. Cut off limit for appraisal of term loan proposals by Agricultural Innovation
Centre (AIC), HO for new customers & existing customers is above—
a. Rs.100 lakhs & Rs. 200 lakhs
b. Rs.50 lakhs & Rs.100 lakhs
c. Rs.150 lakhs & Rs.300 lakhs
d. Rs. 200 lakhs & Rs. 400 lakhs
18. In respect of KCCS / Canara Kisan OD / Kisan Tatkal / Krishi Mitra / tenant farmers
groups, obtention of bills/vouchers is ---
a. waived upto Rs 50,000
b. waived upto Rs 1,00,000
c. waived only by next higher authority
d. not required irrespective of loan amount
19. Valuation of agricultural lands with structures (like farm house/poultry sheds) to be
taken once in ____years and in case of lands without any structures, once in _____
years.
20. No Due Certificate’ from the individual borrowers (including SHGs & JLGs) in rural
and semi- urban areas for all types of loans is dispensed with for loan limits……….
a. Irrespective of the amount involved (unless stipulated in Govt. Sponsored scheme)
b. Rs.25000
c. Rs.50000
d. Rs.1,00,000
21. In which of the following cases, though CIR is to be mandatorily obtained, respective
sanctioning authority can consider the proposal irrespective of Risk Grade.
23. Coverage of Personal Accident Insurance scheme (PAIS) for KCC card holders (of
amalgamated entity ) is providedby
a. General Insurance Co.
b. LIC
c. Bajaj Allianz GIC Ltd.
d. United India Assurance Co.
24. Which of the following risk is covered by PMFBY: 1) yield losses 2) prevented sowing
losses 3) post harvest losses 4) localized calamities 5) war and nuclear risk
26. A budget of Rs. .......................- in respect of rural and semi urban branches has been
provided for conducting a minimum .... Extension activities per year.
a. Actual expenses incurred & 2
b. Actual expenses incurred & 4
c. 2500 & 4
d. 5000 & 4
29. Agriculture Gold loan is granted to meet the following purpose (select most
appropriate option)
a. For meeting expenses for crop production
b. For meeting expenses involved in Land Development activities
c. To meet expenses for carrying out various allied activities
d. All of the above
30. Agriculture Gold Loan is granted against security taken by way of pledge of gold items which
may be listed as following
1. Gold ornaments
2. Gold bullion/ Gold Bar, Primary gold
3. Specially minted gold coins, weight of the Gold coins shall not exceed 50 grams per
customer cumulative of all Gold loans availed.
4. Gold coins provided by renowned jewelers
31. Minimum amount of loan that can be granted under AL GLOD against Gold Jeweler is
Rs.______
a. 500
b. 1.75 lakhs
c. 5000
d. No such limit
32. In case of AL Gold Overdraft for Crop production Purpose, Scale of Finance or ______
of the gold value (max. LTV), whichever is less to be taken as loan quantum.
33. Under Revised KCCS, loan limit should not exceed ___of value of the produce
34. For short term crop loans interest subvention at the rate of ____ is available from
Govt of India through RBI & additional incentive____ is available where the farmers
make prompt payment of the loans
35. KCCS facility extended by RBI, cover which of the following activities?
a. fisheries b. poultry c. dairy d. All of the above
36. Maximum sub limit which can be permitted for Repairs and maintenance expenses of
farm assets under revised KCC is______
a. Need based
37. Term loan component under Revised KCCS to meet present & future investment &
development credit requirement is assessed as—
b. Up to 3 times the annual net income of the farmer with max of Rs 3.00 lakhs.
d. Up to 3 times the annual net income of the farmer with maximum of Rs. 5 lakhs.
39. Personal Accident Insurance (PAIS) to revised KCCS borrower covers farmers up to
age of ___ years, with maximum Sum Assured of _____ (death due to accident) with
annual premium of Rs._____
a. 50, 1,00,000 & 329
b. 70, 150000 & 25
c. 60 , 2,00,000 & 12
d. 40, 50,000 & 15
40. Under KCCS, the marginal farmer can be sanctioned a flexible limit of Rs __ to Rs _____
a. 5000 to 100000
b. 5000 to 50000
c. 10000 to 50000
d. 25000 to 50000
41. In KCC, if there is recovery tieup with sugar mills, banks can consider waiver of collateral
security for loans up to________
a. 5.00 Lakhs b. 3.00 Lakhs c 2.00 Lakhs d. 1.60 Lakhs
42. Security taken for KCCS limit granted to farmer above Rs 2.00 lakhs will be
a. Hypothecation of crops / assets created out of our finance + Mortgage of landed
properties where crop is cultivated
b. Hypothecation of crops / assets created out of our finance + Collateral security of Gold
Jewellery with security value of 100% of the loan amount (value equal to the 5th year
limit)
c. Either a or b
d. Only hypothecation of crops
43. Under Canara Kisan OD scheme, mortgage of landed property is to be obtained with at
least ____ value of the limit for loan limit of above ____
a. 100 %,Rs.1,00,000
b. 125 %, Rs.1,50,000
c. 200 %, Irrespective of the limit
d. 100 %, Irrespective of the limit
44. Under Canara Kisan OD, maximum sub limit for repayment of genuine Private Debt is
Rs.____
45. Generally the limit under Canara Kisan OD is subject to max. ____ times of gross annual
income or based on assessment or Rs. 7. 5 lakhs whichever is less
a. 2 b. 3 c. 4 d. 5
46. For Canara Kisan OD scheme,under relaxed norms, maximum limit up to Rs.-
12.50 lakhs can be financed, with ceiling on per acre of land mortgaged Rs.
___ lakhs per acre or ____ times gross annual income or based on assessment whichever is
less subject to a Recovery of 90% and above under the scheme.
47. Maximum limit under Krishi Mitra Card scheme is Rs ____ and loan is ______ limit,
tenable for ___________ years
a. 1,00,000 ; single transaction & 3
b. 50,000; revolving & 5
c. 50000; revolving & 3
d. 50,000; single transation & 5
50. Under Revised Joint Farming Group Of Bhoomi Heen Kisan Scheme, for financing
under model ii-JLG as a group, no. of members in the group may be _______ & ceiling
on the quantum of loan is Rs____
a. 5-10 & 5,00,000
b. 4-10 & no ceiling
c. 10-20 & 1,00,000
d. 4-10 & 10,00,000
54. Farm Development loans are generally repayable within ____ to __years.
a. 5-9 b. 9-15 c. 3-5 d. 8-10
54. Under Farm Development loans, expenses can be reimbursed whereever movable
/immovable properties are created within_____months of purchase / creation of
asset
a. 12
b. 6
c. 3
d. 5
57. For financing Power Tillers (alone/with trailers)/ Trailers alone (for existing Tractors),
the applicant should have at least ____acres of irrigated lands or ____ acres of dry
land & land holding criteria can be relaxed by _______depending on merits .
a. 3, 6 & RO head
b. 2, 4 & RO head
c. 2, 4 & Circle head
d. 2, 4 & DGM, CO
b. RO Head CAC including DM –RO- CAC if RO is headed by DM, otherwise AGM and
above authorities at RO /CO CAC
c. Up to Scale IV headed branches AGM-RO-CAC
59. Cap of ______ farm machinery loans per branch /year is fixed for branches where
the outstanding Farm Machinery portfolio is less than _______
60. For financing second hand tractors age of the tractor should not be morethan
______ old, with loan repayable within______years.
a. 5, 5 b. 3, 5 c. 5, 3 d. 3, 3
a. 40 %, 60%, b. 60% , 40 % c. 25 %, 75 % d. 10 %, 90 %
ALLHV
62. For financing Heavy Commercial Vehicles (HCV) under ALLHV, farmer should
have minimum________.
62. Under Scheme for Financing Small & Marginal Farmers for Purchase of Land for
Agricultural purpose, maximum permissible loan is Rs._____, repayable within ____
to_____years with a max moratorium of 24 months
a. 5 lakhs, 12-15
b. 7.5 lakhs, 7-10
c. 10 lakhs , 7-10
d. 7.5 lakhs, 5-7
Produce Loans
64. Under loan for agri. Clinic & agri. Business centres,for loans beyond Rs_____lakhs,
margin of 15-25 % is to be stipulated with project cost ceiling/ quantum not exceeding Rs
_______ lakhs for individual projects & overall ceiling of Rs.________ lakh for group
projects.
a. 5, 20 & 100
b. 1,10, & 50
c. 10, 20 & 100
d. 5, 10 & 50
65. In case of agri-clinics and agri business centres, which of the following is correct
a. Max. project cost per individual is Rs 20 lakhs
b. Loan to be classified as direct agriculture advance borrower’s margin is 5%
c. Borrower’s margin is5%
d. For loan up to Rs 5 lac, no collateral security or margin to be taken.
Fisheries Schemes
66. Under MATSYA Suraksha scheme, minimum Rs.______& maximum loan limit up to Rs
______ may be sanctioned for the purpose of _______
a. 10,000 & 50,000,meeting fish processing expenses
b. 10,000 & 1,00,000, meeting recurring expenses of fishermen
c. 50,000 & 10,00,000, meeting fish vending by SHG/JLG
d. 10,000 & 50,000,meeting recurring expenses of fishermen
67. Under Matasya Parirakshan, minimum & maximum loan limit for recurring business
expenses of fisherwomen is Rs. ________ & _______with repayment period up to
_______months
a. 1000 & 10,000, 12
b. Rs.5,000 & 25,000, 24
c. Rs.5,000 & 50,000, 35
d. 10,000 & 25,000, 36
71. What is the collateral security by way of mortgage under Area specific “OD facility to
Potato Cold Storage Units”?
a. Landed properties shall not be less than 200% for limits upto Rs 1crore and 300% for
units above Rs 1 crore.
b. Landed properties shall not be less than 150% for limits upto Rs 1crore and 300% for
units above Rs 1 crore.
c. Landed properties shall not be less than 125% for limits upto Rs 1crore and 150% for
units above Rs 1 crore.
d. Landed properties shall not be less than 100% for limits upto Rs 1crore and 150% for
units above Rs 1 crore.
Dairy Loans
75. Milch animals should be bought at ________________ lactation stage for economic
yielding
a. fifth
b. maximum upto 4th stage
c. first or second
d. Any stage
76. The normal economic life of a milch buffalo is _____lactations and that of a cow is ____
lactations
a. 6 to 8, 9
b. 5 to 7, 10
c. 5 to 8, 15
d. 9, 10
77. Repayment period for Dairy animals is ____ years and repayment period stipulated for
sheep & goat rearing is _____ years
a. 5-7; 5-6 b. 5-7, 5 c. 5-7; 7-9 d 7-9;8-10
80. Quantum under FPO finance by way of Term loan facility is ____% of the project cost
and incase of Working Capital ____ times of NOF/TNW for WC limit that exceeds Rs3 Cr.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
b b b b c c c b a e
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
d c d c d c d d a A
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
d a c b c c c a d b
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
b d b c c d c d c b
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
c b c c b b a c b D
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
b c a a b b a c a c
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
b b a b c a a a b c
71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
c b d c c b c d a b
2. The repayment period for the Term loan under NRLM for Second dose is:
a) 36-48 months b) 12-18 months c) 24-36 months d) 3-6 years
3. What is the Weighted Average Interest charged under NRLM for the year 2020-21?
a) 7.70% b) 9.90% c) 10% d) 8.30%
6. Rate of subsidy in Rural areas for Special category beneficiary under PMEGP is
a) 15% b) 25% c) 30% d) 35%
8. Fixed Capital Investment per Artisan/worker should not exceed ___in plain areas under
PMEGP
a) 1 lakh b) 1.5 lakh c) 10 lakhs d) 5 lakhs
9. Minimum CIR score from any CICs to be obtained to be eligible for a loan under PMEGP is
a) 650 b) 700 c) 750 d) 600
10. How many years ITR has to be submitted by the borrower for availing 2nd loan under
PMEGP?
a) 3 Yrs b) 1.5 Yrs c) 1 Yr d) 2 Yrs
12. The Project cost under National Urban livelihood mission (NULM) in case of individual
borrwers is restricted to
a) Rs. 5 lakh b) Rs. 50000 c) Rs. 3 lakh d) Rs. 2 lakh
15. Repayment period under DRI scheme for solar home lighting system is
a) 60 mths b) 24 mths c) 30 mths d) 40 mths
16. Under Self employment scheme for rehabilitation of manual scavengers (SRMS) micro
finance up to a maximum project cost per scavenger given is
a) Rs. 25000/- b) Rs. 15000/- c) Rs. 50000/- d) Rs. 10000/-
17. The annual income of applicant's family should be below doublel poverty line to be
eligible under NBCFDC schemes. What is the income criteria in Rural areas
a) Rs. 120000/- b) Rs. 100000/- c) Rs. 98000/- d) Rs. 95000/-
20. Maximum loan quantum under New Swarnima for women under MSME self
employment loan scheme is
a) Rs. 95000/- b) Rs. 55000/- c) Rs. 85000/- d) Rs. 100000/-
22. What is the number of persons to form WSHG group in case of special SHGs under
NRLM
a) five to ten persons b) fifteen to twenty persons
c) minimum 5 persons d) Minimum 10 persons
25. What is the margin amount under MahilaSamridhiYojana, a micro finance scheme for
women
a) NIL b) 2% c) 3% d) 5%
ANSWER KEY
1 c 2 a 3 b 4 d 5 c
6 d 7 b 8 a 9 a 10 c
11 b 12 d 13 c 14 b 15 a
16 a 17 c 18 c 19 b 20 d
21 d 22 c 23 B 24 A 25 a
3 After the maturity of PPF account it can be extended further for one block for a period of
a)1 year b)5 years c)Cant be extended d)10 years
5 The age criteria for retired personnel of defense services (excluding civil defense
employees) to open an account under Senior citizen Savings scheme is:
a) 60 years b) 55 years c) 50 years d)65 years
6 The minimum and maximum amount of deposit under Senior citizen Savings scheme is:
a)100 & 1,50,000 b)500 & 5,00,000
c)1000 &1,50,000 d)1000 & 15,00,000
7 After the maturity of the Senior Citizen Savings schemeupto what period the tenure of
the account can be extended.
a) 5 years b) 3 years c) 1 year
d) Can’t be extended further as it will violate income Tax guidelines.
9 Deposits in Sukanya samriddhi account can be made up to ______years from the date of
account opening.
`a)10 years b)15 years c)21 years d)5 years
11 Among which of the small savings schemes, the compounding frequency is Quarterly
a)Public Provident Fund Scheme b)Senior Citizen Savings Scheme
c)Kisan Vikas Patra d)Sukanya Samriddhi Account Scheme
12 In the Senior Citizen Savings Scheme the interest on deposits from the date of death of
account holder till date of final closure of the account will be at
a) SB Rate of SBI b)Post office savings Account Rate
c)Flat 3 % d) Repo Rate
13 In a PPF Account withdrawal can be made any time after the expiry of ______ years
from the end of the year in which the initial subscription was made
a)10 years b) 7 years
c) No withdrawal can be made before maturity of account d) 5 years
14 In Senior citizen savings scheme if the account is closed within a year of opening of
account then which of the following conditions will apply:
a) 1% of deposit amount will be deducted
b) 1.5% of the deposit amount will be deducted
c) Interest paid will be recovered
d) 1% of the deposit amount will be deducted.
15 A default account in sukanya samriddhi scheme can be regularized .Mark the correct
answer
a) It cannot be regularized once defaulted for a year.
b) It can be regularized by paying penalty of Rs 250/- only.
c)Can be regularized any time during the period of deposit by paying penalty of Rs 50/- and
the minimum deposit of Rs 250/-for each defaulted financial Year
d)It can be regularized by paying a penalty of Rs 250 and Rs 100 per year of default.
17 What is the maximum number of nominations that can be made in Sukanya Samridhi
Account?
a)3 b)2 c)4 d)5
22 In case of opening of a new KVP account by cheque ,DD.Which of the statements is true?
a. Certificate will be issued from the date of realization of instrument
b.Certificate will be issued from the date of deposit of cheque/DD.
c. Certificate will be issued from the date mentioned in the instrument
d.None of the above
23 Transfer of certificate in KVP can be made provided the transferee eligible rules to
purchase certificates, transfer is made after expiry of ________ years
a) 1 year b)2 year c)3 year d)5 year
28 The NPS offers two approaches to invest subscriber’s money: what are those choices?
a)Active Choice & Passive Choice b)Passive Choice & Traditional Choice
c) Active choice and Auto Choice d)Auto Choice and Passive Choice
29 There are four Asset classes under Active choices in NPS account. The three of them are
Equity, Government securities, Alternative Investment Funds. The fourth one is….
a)Corporate Debt b)Gilt Funds c)Futures d)Options
30 In Auto choice aggressive option, under NPS account the maximum Equity exposure is
__________upto age of 35.
a)65% b)70% c) 75% d) 80%
31 In NPS account, Conservative (LC - 25) – Maximum Equity exposure is 25% up to the age
of_________
a)30 years b)35 years c)40 years d)50 years
33 Under NPS account, If the accumulated pension wealth > Rs.200000.00 (A subscriber can
withdraw ______ of his accumulated pension wealth as a lump sum and the rest _____
will be utilized for purchase of an annuity
a)60% & 40% b)50% & 50% c)70% & 30% d)65% & 35%
34 The Sovereign Gold bonds are issued in denomination of 1 gm of gold and multiple
thereof subject to maximum of 4kg Individual& HUF and ____ Kg for trust.
a) 10 b)15 c)20 d)25
ANSWER KEY –
1 a 6 d 11 b 16 b 21 a 26 c 31 b
2 d 7 b 12 b 17 c 22 a 27 c 32 a
3 b 8 c 13 d 18 a 23 a 28 c 33 a
4 a 9 b 14 c 19 b 24 d 29 a 34 c
5 c 10 c 15 c 20 c 25 a 30 c 35 a
4. A currency note that is formed by joining a half of any one note to a half of another note
is called
a. Fake note
b. Mismatched note
c. Mutilated note
d. Impound note
6. Excess cash kept in SL–Excess Cash is to be credited to Commission account at the end of
a. Quarterly
b. Half Yearly
c. Feb & Aug
d. End of Financial year
8. As per the revised guidelines of RBI, penalty for shortage of notes of Rs.50 and above in
the remittance to RBI is
a. Equal to value of denomination
b. Value of loss or shortage of notes
c. Flat 10,000
d. Both a and b
9. Penalty for non-functioning of CCTV, cash /treasure kept outside strong room, non-
utilization of note sorting machine etc.
a. Rs.1000 enhanced toRs.5000
b. Rs.5000 for each irregularity, enhanced to Rs.10000 in case of repetition
c. Rs.500 for inspection
d. Both b &c
10. What is the insurance cover available for money & securities of Bank while in transit
and held at Branches & offices.
a. 10 cr & 100cr
b. 25 cr & 50cr
c. 10 cr & 120cr
d. 5 cr & 30cr
MISCELLANEOUS:
14. What is the Cut off Limit to report the Fraud to Central Bureau of Investigation:
a. 3 Crore & Above
b. 1 Crore & Above
c. 5 Crore & Above
d. None
15. Which is not the identified sources where the Leads are being generated into the LMS: I
Lead : 2.0 as per EASE 3.0 of DFS.
a. Internet Banking
b. Mobile Banking,
c. SMS and Missed Call.
d. None
KEYS
1d 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
d a d a c d b d b D
11 12 13 14 15
b a b a d
2. Death Claim papers should be held in double lock for a period of years from
the date of settlement
a. 12 years b.8 years c.21 years d. permanently
4. Normally the work of destruction of old records is undertaken during the month of
a. April b. November c. September d, December
7. Branches to collect advance rent of years + break open charges, whenever locker is hired,
apart from normal rent
a. 5 years b. 3 years c. 10 years d. 8 years
8. Refund of locker rent in case of surrender of locker before expiry date shall be
a. Remaining period
b. remaining period should be more than 6months
c. For the unexpired quarters
d. No need to refund rent
9. In the case of Safe Custody service, the relationship between the customer and the
banker is that of
a. Banker & Customer c. Bailor & bailee
b. Lessor and lessee d. Principal & Trustee
11. In the event of death of any of the joint hirers of lockers with “Operation under Joint
signature clause“ , where there is nomination available branch should give access of the
locker to
a. Survivor alone can operate
b. No operations allowed
c. Legal hearers are to called to settle
d. Jointly to the survivor and nominee
13. To open the Bankers account, Branch to get the permission from
a. AGM of Regional Office b. Section incharge in RO
c. DM fromCircleOffice d. MIPD section fromCO
14. Whether manual Refund claims against written back non-credit items can be submitted?
a. Manual claims are since dispensed with and claim to be preferred in SAS package
b. Branch Manager &Cashier to prefer the claim
c. Both key holder to sign the claim letter
d. Branch cannot get back these sums.
b. GL209272431
18. Delegation of powers to incur revenue expenditure in case of II line manager/ Scale I
heading branch for premises
20. Cash incentive for accepted suggestions under Employees Suggestion Scheme
for individuals (ESS)
21. What is the incentive under Employee Suggestion Scheme for Group suggestion?
22. Where is the General Power of Attorney of officers working in branches are held?
a. At HRM Section of Circle Office
b. At GA Section of RO
c. At respective Branches only
d. With the individual Officers only
24. The main reason for slippage of Branch gradation from Low to Medium or High
is because of
a. Operational Risk
b. Compliance Risk
c. Internal Risk
d. Credit Risk
26. What is MAP drawn by Circle Office to mitigate risks in Risk Based Internal Audit?
28. Areas under assessment in respect of Management Risk under Control Risk?
a. Business Strategy
b. Branch Management
c. Both a &b
d. Profitability of Branch
29. Life Certificate to be obtained from Pensioners every year in the month of
a. April c. January
b. November d. September
a. Quarterly April/July/Oct/Jan
31. Relationship between a banker and a customer in the case of OSC/OBC is that of
32. Bank can stop issuing cheque book, if there are _occasions of dishonor of cheque of
value less than Rs.1 crore, during the financial year
34. What is the maximum deposit that could be accepted under the Senior Citizen Scheme?
a. 60years
d. a and b
36. mmediate credit of local cheques upto the prescribed limit is to be done for eligible
accounts incase
37. Dishonor of ECS mandate for reason of insufficient funds for four or more occasions
during the financial year may result in
40. For Issuing Duplicate DDs, a simple undertaking letter from purchase in lieu of
indemnity upto
b. Rs. 5000 for non customer & Rs.1 lakh for customer
41. What is the maximum amount of DD that can be issued by Rural & Semi urban
branches as on date:
43. Destruction of cancelled security items to bed one and recorded in register
b. During course of regular inspection certified by inspecting officers and joint key holders
c. Branch Manager and the SWO who has cancelled the instrument.
d. Before the Day End all cancelled instruments for the day are to be destroyed.
d. Both A & B
d. Death due to accident, Loss of both eyes, hands, foot subject to maximum of Rs.2lakhs
49. Our Bank has entered into MoU for Life Insurance with
53. The time limit adopted by our bank to ensure redressal of complaints/
representations received from the customers directly is:
a. 7days c. 21days
b. 30days d. 24hours
a. It is the period commencing from the first day following the end of the reporting period
until the release of financial results/performance by the Bank
c. Both a & b
b.01-04-2017 d.01-01-2017
59. In case of resident assesses PAN is compulsory for entering into financial transaction of
an amount aggregating to
62. The threshold limit for TDS on Interest income other than interest on securities for
other than senior citizen, is
a. 10000 or more
b. 40000 or more
c. 50000 or more
d. 85000 or more
63. The threshold limit for TDS on Interest income other than interest on securities for
senior citizen,is
a. 10000 or more
b. 40000 or more
c. 50000 or more
d. 5000 or more
c. 100000 or more
d. d.150000 or more
a. (i) and (ii) b. (i) and (iii) c. (ii) and (iii) d. (i) to (iv)
Keys:-
1a 2d 3c 4b 5b 6a 7b 8c 9c 10 b
11d 12 b 13 d 14 a 15 c 16 d 17 c 18 a 19 a 20 c
21 b 22 c 23 d 24 b 25 d 26 c 27 d 28 c 29 b 30 d
31 a 32 d 33 d 34 d 35 d 36 c 37 c 38 c 39 a 40 d
41 d 42 c 43 b 44 d 45 a 46 b 47d 48 a 49 d 50 b
51 a 52 d 53 a 54 b 55 d 56 a 57 c 58 a 59 b 60 c
61 b 62 b 63 c 64 b 65 d
(2) What is the quantum and NTH for Retired Employees of our Bank/Family Pensioners of
Retired Employees of our Bank under Canara Pension Scheme:-
a) 20 months’ pension amount or Rs.10,00,000/- whichever is less, subject to maintenance
of NTH of 25% of Gross after deducting the proposed EMI.
b) 10 months’ pension amount or Rs.5,00,000/- whichever is less, subject to maintenance of
NTH of 25% of Gross after deducting the proposed EMI.
c) 15 months’ pension amount or Rs.7,00,000/- whichever is less, subject to maintenance of
NTH of 25% of Gross after deducting the proposed EMI.
d) 15 months’ pension amount or Rs.10,00,000/- whichever is less, subject to maintenance
of NTH of 25% of Gross after deducting the proposed EMI.
(3) Persons eligible for applying under Canara Pension Scheme(towards premium payment
for IBA Medical Scheme) are:-
a) Pensioners of the bank
b) Family pensioners of the bank
c) Family pensioners of other Scheduled Commercial Banks can also apply
d) Both options a& b are correct
(4) Security in case of loan to family pensioners under Canara Pension Scheme:-
a) Third party guarantee / co-obligation good for the amount should be obtained invariably.
b) Obtaining Third party guarantee / co-obligation good for the amount is optional.
c) Collateral equivalent to the loan amount like mortgage of L & B to be obtained
d) Third party deposit may be obtained
(5) Maximum loan eligibility of the pensioner/Family pensioner to remit the Annual
Premium of the IBA Group Medicaid Insurance Policy as a Second Loan shall be:-
a) The amount of Annual Premium payable for the year
b) Maximum, eligible loan amount as per Canara Pension Loan Scheme
c) Rs.90,000/-
d) Whichever is lower out of the above three(option a , b , c)
(7) Based on merits of individual cases(under Canara Vehicle for Two Wheelers), the
respective sanctioning authority may permit relaxation in the net take home salary for
salaried personsto:-
a) 25% of gross salary after meeting the proposed instalment for the loan.
b) 35% of gross salary after meeting the proposed instalment for the loan.
c) 40% of gross salary after meeting the proposed instalment for the loan.
d) 30% of gross salary after meeting the proposed instalment for the loan.
e) None of the above
(8) For existing customer under Canara Vehicle (2 wheelers) for salaried persons, the loan
quantum may be granted:-
a) up to 85% of the total value inclusive of invoice value, Life Tax, registration charges,
insurance premium and other accessories OR
b) To the extent of 50% of their annual net income in the immediate previous year
c) Whichever is less of the above two options a & b
d) None of the above
(9) For new customer under Canara Vehicle (2 wheelers) for salaried persons, the loan
quantum may be granted:-
a) up to 80% of the total value inclusive of invoice value, Life Tax, registration charges,
insurance premium and other accessories OR
b) To the extent of 50% of their annual net income in the immediate previous year
c) Whichever is less of the above two options a & b
d) None of the above
(10) Margin for existing customer salaried class for canara vehicle (2 wheeler) loan is:-
a) 15%
b) 20%
c) 10%
d) None of the above
(11) Margin for New customer salaried class for canara vehicle (2 wheeler) loan is:-
a) 15%
b) 20%
c) 10%
d) None of the above
13) Persons/ entities eligible for Canara Vehicle (4 wheeler) if they meet other eligible
criteria are:-
a) individuals
b) professionals
c) reputed firms/ companies
d) All of the above
14) The following persons/ entities is/are not eligible for Canara Vehicle Loan:-
a) individuals
b) professionals
c) reputed firms/ companies
d) HUF
16) Margin for loan above Rs.25 lakhs for new 4 wheeler for Existing Salaried Customers is:
a. 10% b. 15% c. 20% d.30%
19) Old car financed under canara vehicle should be not older than:-
a. 5 years b. 7 years c. 10 years d. 6 years
20) Margin on loans up to Rs 10lacks for new 4 wheeler vehicle loan for agriculturists who
are our existing customers:-
a. 10 % b. 15% c. 20% d. 25%
22)Entire quantum under Teacher’s loan must be cleared with a maximum of:-
a. 48 EMIs b. 60 EMIs c. 36 EMIs d. 24 EMIs
27) Who are not eligible for Loan under Canara Mortgage:-
a. Individual customers
b. Non customers well introduced to bank
c. NRI customers with their resident close relatives as co-borrower
d. Companies/Firms/Trust/HUFs/Business establishments
28) Minimum marks required to eligible for retail loanin NF 990(Retail scoring model):
a. 70 b. 60 c. 80 d. 40
29) Total marks required for recommending ROI concession in retail lending loans(NF 990):
a. 70 b. 45 c. 60 d.80
34) Canara Rent and Canara Mortgage proposals with exposures beyond Rs. 5 Crores
falling under HO powers shall be handled, processed and sanctioned by:-
a. Board of Directors b. Retail Assets Wing, HO
c. CAC of Board d. Respective Credit Wing, HO
35) Cut off limit for endorsing copies of retail application/credit report isabove:-
a. Rs.10lacks b. Rs. 5lacks c. Rs. 1 Lac d. 3 lakhs
37) Prior to take over of Retail loans from NBFCs /HFCs, the account should have
satisfactory conduct forMinimum period of
a. 1 year b. 2 years c. 3 years d. 4 years
38) Branch having more than ---- % of NPA under retail loans have no powers to
sanction loan under these scheme
a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 5
HOUSING LOAN:-
39) Minimum margin for new Housing loans upto Rs.30lacs:
a. 10% b. 20% c. 25% d. 40%
40). Margin on HL for loans above Rs. 30lacks upto Rs.75lacks for old houses more
than 10 years old:
a. 20% b. 25% c. 30% d. 40%
42) Housing loan is classified under priority in metropolitan centre (with population
of 10 lakhs and above):
a. Upto Rs.35 lakhs loan overall cost should not exceed Rs.45lacs.
b. Loan should not exceed Rs.20 lakhs and project cost shall not exceed Rs.25lacks.
c. Loan upto Rs.15lakhs and project cost shall not exceed Rs. 20lacks
d. HL in metros are not considered under priority sector
44). Minimum confirmed service in Housing loan for salaried class applicant :
a. 3 years b. 4 years c. 1 year d.2 years
46) Pre-penalty for closure of housing loan(floating ROI) before maturity period:
a. NIL b. 25% c. 10% d. 15%
47) . Risk weight for individual housing loans sanctioned on or after 16.10.2020where LTV is
above 80% and below 90% will be
a. 35 b. 50 c. 40 d. 75
48). In composite housing loans, utilization of loan amount for purchase of plot is
restricted to:
a. 75% b. 60% c. 50% d. 40%
51). Payment of service charges to approved builders under housing loan scheme:
a. 0.25 % of housing loan amount subject to a maximum amount of Rs.50000
per sanction provided minimum 3 housing loans or a minimum amount of Rs.1
Crore is sanctioned and disbursed in same project.
b. 0.50% of housing loan subject to maximum of 1 lakh
c. 0.15% of housing loan amount subject to a maximum of Rs.75000
d. Needs HO confirmation
53). Generally in how many stagesdisbursement are to be made in housing loan for
construction purpose.
a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d.4
54). If the entry age is more than the 70 years at the time of availing loan , HL loans can be
sanctioned by
a. Branch b. cannot be sanctioned
c. RO head d. Circle Head CO- CAC & above authorities
57). In case of loans for purchase of flat under construction, maximum moratorium
period can be permitted:
a. 36 months b. 24 months
c. 15 months d. 6 months
63). Loan under Canara Solar loan should be repaid within a maximum period of:
a. 2 years b. 3 years c. 4 years d. 5 years
Canara site:
67). Maximum repayment period:
a. 10 years b. 5 years c. 7 years d. 3 years
Miscellaneous questions
68) Maximum number of loan disbursements eligible for claiming subsidy under PMAY
(urban)- CLSS HL A/Cs is:-
a) 9 b) 10 c) 7 d) 8
70) Administrative/legal charges for switching over from MCLR to RLLR for loans under both
MSME and retail sectors are:-
a) @ 0.50% of the liability with a minimum of Rs. 500/- & a maximum of Rs. 50000/-.
b) charges since withdrawn
c) @ 1.00% of the liability with a minimum of Rs. 600/- & a maximum of Rs. 40000/-.
d) @ 2.00% of the liability with a minimum of Rs. 600/- & a maximum of Rs. 50000/-.
71) Revised rate of advance for Swarna Express and Swarna Overdraft is (valid till
31.03.2021) :-
a) 85% of the appraised value b) 70% of the appraised value
c) 90% of the appraised value d) 80% of the appraised value
ANSWER KEY
1 d 8 c 15 a 22 a 29 d 36 a 43 a 50 d 57 b 64 d 71 a
2 a 9 c 16 c 23 a 30 b 37 a 44 d 51 a 58 b 65 a 72 b
3 d 10 a 17 a 24 b 31 d 38 d 45 a 52 a 59 d 66 a
4 a 11 b 18 a 25 a 32 a 39 a 46 a 53 c 60 b 67 a
5 d 12 d 19 a 26 b 33 d 40 b 47 b 54 d 61 b 68 a
6 a 13 d 20 a 27 d 34 d 41 a 48 b 55 a 62 c 69 a
7 a 14 d 21 a 28 a 35 b 42 a 49 a 56 a 63 d 70 b
2) The investment in plant and machinery for priority sector classification in caseof small
enterprise does not exceed ------- and turnover does not exceed ------
a. Rs.100lacks , Rs.500lacks b. Rs.10 Cr. and Rs.50 Cr.
c. Rs.50Cr, Rs.250 Cr. d.Rs.10 Cr, andRs.500lacks
3) The investment in plant and machinery for priority sector classification in caseof Micro
enterprise does not exceed ------- and turnover does not exceed ------
a. Rs.1Cr., Rs.500lacks b. Rs.10 Cr. and Rs.50 Cr.
c. Rs.50 Cr, Rs.250 Cr. d.Rs.10 Cr, and Rs.500lacks
4) The investment in plant and machinery for priority sector classification in caseof Medium
enterprise does not exceed ------- and turnover does not exceed ------
a. Rs.100lacks , Rs.500lacks b. Rs.10 Cr. and Rs.50 Cr.
c. Rs.50 Cr, Rs.250 Cr. d.Rs.10 Cr, and Rs.500lacks
5) The investment in Equipment for priority sector classification in caseof Micro enterprise
does not exceed ------- and turnover does not exceed ------
a. Rs.1Cr. , Rs.500lacks b. Rs.10 Cr. and Rs.50 Cr.
c. Rs.50 Cr, Rs.250 Cr. d.Rs.10 Cr, and Rs.500lacks
6) The investment in Equipment for priority sector classification in caseof small enterprise
does not exceed ------- and turnover does not exceed ------
a. Rs.100lacks , Rs.500lacks b. Rs.10 Cr. and Rs.50 Cr.
c. Rs.50 Cr, Rs.250 Cr. d.Rs.10 Cr, and Rs.500lacks
8) All MSME enterprises are required to register online and obtain ‘Udyam Registration
Certificate’ well before
a. 01/04/2021 b. 31/12/2021
c. 31/03/2021 d.31/03/2020
10. For existing enterprise, calculation of investment in plant and machinery or equipment
will be linked to
a. Self – Declaration of promoter b. ITR of previous year
b. Certificate from CA d. any of above.
11. In case of a new enterprise, where no prior ITR is available, the investment will be
based
12. The purchase (invoice) value of a plant and machinery or equipment, whether
purchased first hand or second hand, shall be taken into account
a. Including GST b. excluding (GST),
c. Certificate from CA. d. any of above.
13.The value of Plant and Machinery or Equipment for all purposes and for all the
enterprises shall mean
a. Written Down Value (WDV) b. Original Invoice value
c. Original invoice excluding GST D. Any of above
14. Calculation of investment in plant and machinery, cost of pollution control, research and
development, industrial safety devices, and such other items as may be
a. Included b. Excluded
c. Specified by GoI every year d. As per choice of customer
15. While calculating turnover of any enterprise for the purposes of classification. We
exclude
a. Export of goods b. Services
C. Export of goods or services both d. None of above.
16. Information as regards turnover and exports turnover for an enterprise shall be linked
to
A. Income Tax Act b. Central Goods and Services Act (CGST Act)
c. GSTIN. D. All the above.
18. The existing enterprises registered prior to ________________ shall continue to be valid
only for a period up to ______________
a. 31/03/2020, 31/03/2021 b. 30/06/2020, 31/03/2021
c.31/03/2020, 31/12/2020 d.31/03/2021, 30/06/2020
21) The land & building accepted as collateral security under MSME CAP must be
situated in
a. metro area only. b. metro,urban& semi urban area only.
c. metro,urban,semi urban & select rural area. d. none of above.
22) If there is shortfall in Priority sector-MSME advances target, banks have to invest
thefunds maintained by
a. RBI b. NABARD
c. SIDBI d. SEBI
23) Which committee has recommended for Turn Over Method for Working CapitalFinance
a. P R Nayak b. Tandon
c .Ghosh d. Kalyanasundaram
a. Maximum loan limit is Rs. 5 lakhs b. Maximum loan limit is Rs.10 lakhs
c. Maximum loan limit is Rs. 2 lakhs d. Maximum loan limit Rs. 1 lakhs
25) The processing fees collected by bank from customers of “M/S Online PSB Loans
Limited” is to be…….
a. shared on 50-50 by Bank & OPL b. shared on 75-25 by bank & OPL
C. retained by Bank only d. retained by OPL only
26) As per BCSBI code for MSEs, when loan is adjusted by the borrower, the security
documents are to be returned within
a. 10 days. b. 15 days.
c. 20 days d. 30 days
c. 10lacks d. up to 100lacks
32) Due diligence to be done in case of MSME units (eligible if the party approaching the
bank for the first time for above Rs. ------------ which are eligible to be covered under
CGTMSE
a. Rs. 100lacks and Rs.200lacks b. above Rs 10lacks
c. Rs25lacks and up toRs. 500lacks d. Rs. 100lacks and uptoRs. 500lacks
34) The processing fees to be collected for fresh working capital through Bank specific URL
for the proposal submitted through Online PSB Loans Limited is
a. 0.15% b. 0.20%
c. 0.75% d. none of above
35) The maximum loan can be granted under MSE Unnati scheme is
a. Rs. 10lacks b. Rs. 50lacks
c. Rs. 100lacks d. Rs. 25lacks
36) Which of the following units are not eligible under MSE Unnati scheme
a. Schools, Educational Institutions b. Retail trade
c. SHG & JLG d. All the above
40) In case of Start Ups and Early Stage Units, the age criteria is
a. 18 to 50 b. 20 to 50
c. 18 to 60 d. 18 to 65
41) Which types of loans can be considered under Startups and Early Stage Units scheme
a. Working Capital b. Term Loans
c. Non Fund Based limits d. all the above
42) In case of Start Ups and Early Stage units, the Margin stipulated in case of Term
loan is
a.20% b.25%
c.30% d.15%
44) In case of Start Ups and Early Stage Units, repayment of term loan is
a. Project cost uptoRs. 100lacks is 5 years b. Project cost uptoRs. 100lacks is 7 years
not exceeding 10 years
c. Project cost of above Rs. 100lacks is 7 years d. both b & c
upto 10 years in exceptional cases not
exceeding 12 years
45) Under MSME Cap the maximum loan amount can be granted
a. Rs. 1000lacks in case Manufacturing b. Rs. 500lacks in case of Service unit
c. Rs. 50lacks d. both a and b are correct
47) Which of the following activities permitted under MSE SMART scheme is
a. Purchase of office premises b. Construction of Office Premises
c. Expansion and Modernization of premises d. All of the above
49) Margin for Non Fund based limit in case of MSME Cap is
a. 10 % b. 15%
c. 20% d. 25%
50) The maximum loan can be granted under Weaver Mudra scheme
a. Rs. 5lacks b. Rs.3lacks
c. Rs. 1 lacks d. Rs.2 lacks
51) Under Canara Caravan the maximum loan amount can be granted is
a. Rs. 1 cr b. Rs. 25cr
c. Rs. 5 cr d. Rs. 2 cr
53) Viability Parameters for CGTSME coverage loans of above Rs. 50 lakes, the
promoters contribution with a minimum of project cost
a. 25% b. 20%
c.50% d.30%
55) Banks are not to insist up on collateral security on mandatory basis, when
amount of loan is to Micro and Small Enterprises
a. Up to 10lacks b. Up to Rs. 50lacks
c. Up to Rs. 100lacks d. Up to Rs. 25lacks
57) The MSME unit eligible for interest subvention scheme for incremental credit
availed incremental funded assistance
a. before 02.11.2018 b. on or after 02.11.2018
c. on or after 01.04.2019 d. none of above.
61) In case of recovery after receipt of claim from CGTMSE (Other than Hybrid Security), the
recovered amount is to be used for?
a. Not to be remitted to CGTMSE b. Remit entire amount to CGTMSE
c. Sharing on a prorate basis d. none of the above.
62) For invoking Guarantee claim, filing of suit is mandatory in respect of CGTMSE
guaranteed loans with aggregate liability of -------------------
a. Rs. 50,000/- & above b. Rs.1,00,000/-
c. Rs.5,00,000/- d. Rs.10,00,000/-
65) The unit eligible under interest subvention scheme for incremental credit to
MSME must have.
a. Valid Udyog Adhar Number (UAN) b. Valid GSTN number
c. a & b both d. none of a & b
66) What is maximum amount of loan under Laghu Udyami Credit Card Scheme
a. Rs. 10lacks b. Rs.25lacks
c. Rs.50lacks d. Rs. 100lacks
69) For Doctor Choice scheme, the maximum working capital can be sanctioned is
a. Rs.25 lakes b. Rs. 50 lakes
c. Rs.1 lakes d. Rs. 5 lakes
72) Under PMEGP, educational qualification is min. 8thstd pass for setting un projects above
Rs. _ __ lacks under business service sector.
a. Rs.25lacks b. Rs. 15lacks
c. Rs.10 lakes d. Above Rs. 5lacks
81) What is the minimum Current Ratio is required for CANARA GST for Take Over
of Account
a. 1.33% b. 1.25%
c. 1.10% d. 1.00%
83) What is collateral security minimum stipulation under CANARA GST for Low &
Normal Risk account
a. 100% of loan amount b. 133% of loan amount
c. 50% of loan amount d. 75% of loan amount
84) The Penal Interest to be made applicable for passing the 50-74% of turnover
reflected in GST return
a. 0.50% b. 0.25%
c. 0.60% d. none of above
86) The NPA reporting of CGTMSE covered accounts in the CGTMSE Portal to be completed
a. Within last day of subsequent Quarter to the Quarter in which the accounts lipped to
NPA.
b. within 15 days to the subsequent month in which the account slipped to NPA
c. Within last day of subsequent Month to the Month of slipping to NPA.
d. on the day of account slipped to NPA
90) Extending loan under MSE &Tie Up arrangements with Fin-Tech Companies (M/s. Basix
Sub-K i Transactions Ltd. and M/s Atyati Technologies Pvt Ltd.) up to
a. inclusive of 100 lakes, b. Maximum Rs.10 Lakes.
c. above 10 lakes d.upto5 lakes
91. RO/CO shall generate BO Report No…………. Product Wise Accounts Opened for cross
verification of the Loans sanctioned and reported by the Branches in the monthly
Returns.
a. 120012/280204
b. 280012/280204
c. 120012/120204
d. 120014/280205
93. If mortgage is involved and exposure (FB+NFB) is Rs.10 Cr and above, Pre release audit
to be conducted and enforceability certificate as per guidelines to be obtained from a
panel advocate other than the Advocate who had given the LSR. Statement TRUE or
FALSE?
a. False
b. True
94. Which certificate is required to be obtained from Panel Advocate (other than who had
given LSR), In case of Pre- Release Audit?
a. Compliance Certificate
b. Adjudication Certificate
c. Enforceability Certificate
d. All above certificates are required
95. Remuneration to Panel Advocate at the time of pre-release audit, Remuneration with
minimum of Rs………………. /- per mortgage and maximum of Rs………. /- plus applicable
GST for each borrowable account to be absorbed in General Charges.
a. 500 , 1000
b. 1000, 5000
c. 1000, 15000
d. 1000, 10000
96. In case of Limits/Loans of aggregate exposure below Rs.5 crores, who can allot the
credit audit to internal auditors or external auditors.
a. Circle
b. Regional Office
c. Branch
d. Not Applicable
97. The timeline for closure of credit audit report remarks is ……..months from the date of
the credit audit report.
a. 6
b. 1
c. 3
d. 5
99. A new risk category under Small Value Model is introduced as per HO CIR 190/2020,
Select the appropriate option of the following.
a. Business Risk
b. Financial Risk
c. Demographic Risk
d. Management Risk
100. All monthly sanctions in respect of retail loans are to be reported in_____
a. NB-139
b. NB-140
c. NB-117
d. NB-179
101. All borrowers with aggregate limits of above Rs. 2lacks and up to and excluding Rs.
20lacks are to be risk rated using the Small Value model by the sanctioning branch/office.
Statement True OR False?
a. True
b. False
102. Is Canara Vyapar/loan & advances to traders - Retail Trade covered under Small Value
model?
a. Yes
b. No
103. Which of the following exposures are exempted from the use of Small Value and Manual
Model for risk rating.
a. Loans under Retail lending Schemes (other than Canara Vyapar)
b. Agriculture Loans
c. Staff loans
d. All the above
105. In case of periodicity of rating, the rating process is to be carried out for all eligible
borrowers, Within ……. month from the date of receipt of Audited Balance sheet .
a. 2
b. 6
c. 1
d. 12
106. In respect of single transaction term loans (where the party is not enjoying any WC
limits) rating shall be done at what intervals?
a. Half Yearly
b. Annually
c. Fortnightly
d. Monthly
107. Apart from the normal sanction review, a thorough review of taken over accounts other
than retail lending loans is to be carried out at ______months intervals for one year
a. 4
b. 2
c. 3
d. 6
108. The Revised Small value model is applicable for exposures with a limit of above Rs.2
lakes and not more than Rs. 25 lakes w.e.f. 01.04.2020. Statement True or False?
a. True
b. False
109. In respect of the revised Small Value Model , For Individual / Proprietorship borrower,
the rating model is divided into ………. risk categories .
a. 3
b. 4
c. 5
d. 6
111. In respect of the revised Small Value Model, For Borrower other than
Individual/Proprietorship Concern, the rating model is divided into … risk categories.
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 5
112. Revised Small Value Model as per latest HO CIR 190/2020, consist of ……grade scales.
a. 5
b. 7
c. 8
d. 2
113. Under Small Value Model for Demographic Risk, maximum score is ……& weightage
is………%
a. 100 , 50
b. 20, 100
c. 25, 100
d. 100, 20
114. Choose the correct Degree of Safety of Revised Small Value Model, if score is above 85.
a. Good
b. Satisfactory
c. Adequate
d. All above are correct
115. Facility Rating for Corporate Loan Portfolio with Exposure above …..
cores – FB+NFB) introduced w.e.f 18.03.2020 as per HO CIR 144/2020.
a. 2
b. 4
c. 5
d. 6
117. Banks are required to maintain _________ capital requirement for the borrower who is
having higher facility rating.
a. Lower
b. Higher
c. Moderate
d. All above are correct
119. For Non-Centralized Circles Exposure up to Rs. …….. crore, initiation / approval
/confirmation of Facility Rating will be done by RM Section Circle Office. Fill the correct
answer.
a. 10
b. 5
c. 20
d. 15
120. Large credit monitoring package is applicable for sanctioned limit (both FB & NFB) of Rs.
_____ Corer and above.
a. 1
b. 2
c. 5
d. 10
121. Guidelines on allocation of ASC (Asset Sub Classification) Code to accounts are
withdrawn. Do you agree with this?
a. No
b. Yes
123. The facility of issuing guarantee on behalf of third party by earmarking the limit
permitted to our borrower shall be normally permitted selectively to those borrowers to
whom loans/advances granted are classified as which of the following assets ?
a. Loss
b. Sub-std Assets
c. Standard Assets
d. Doubtful Assets
124. All types of retail lending facilities of Rs. ______Cores and above backed by mortgage
(prime/collateral) shall be covered under Pre-release audit
a. 4
b. 1
c. 2
d. 5
125. Stock and receivable audit for moderate and high risk rated accounts with exposure of
Rs. 1 Cores and above is to be conducted________ in an year.
a. Half Year
b. 3 Months
c. 1 Month
d. 1 Year
126. Waiver of display of god own boards shall be considered by the concerned sanctioning
authorities only in deserving cases under the following circumstances.
a. When the goods are stored in the show rooms.
b. When the goods are stored in the rooms where actual business is carried.
c. Both above are correct
d. Both above are In-correct
127. Branches and ROs need to report monthly sanctions are to be reported for review
before ______ of the succeeding month to the next higher office.
a. 7th
b. 15th
c. 20th
d. 30th
129. Tie up with agencies for specialized monitoring (ASM) is to be done for effective post
sanction follow-up of all the accounts with aggregate exposure (FB and NFB) of Rs.
______ Crore and above.
a. 50
b. 100
c. 150
d. 250
130. As per monitoring of cross default and other financial covenants, the guidelines are
applicable for Listed Corporate with exposure (FB+NFB) of Rs. ………… & above and listed
MSME borrowers with exposure of Rs …… from our Bank.
a. 50 corer , 1 crore
b. 2 crore , 50 lakh
c. 50 crores , 1 crore
d. All are incorrect
131. Cross Default can be defined as default with one lender that may trigger default with
another lender.
a. True
b. False
132. Fixation of Quick Ratio as one of the Financial Benchmark Parameters for the various
industries, it is applicable in respect of MSME borrowers with total exposure above
Rs………… crore (FB+NFB) from our Bank. Choose the correct answer of the following.
a. 5
b. 20
c. 50
d. 10
133. Fixation of Quick Ratio, is applicable In respect of Corporate other than MSME
borrowers with total exposure above Rs…… crore (FB+NFB) from our Bank.
a. 25
b. 30
c. 50
d. 100
135. Credit facilities provided by Banks to their own personnel/staff, Government and
PSU/PSB employees shall not be eligible for resolution under this framework. Statement
True or False?
a. False
b. True
136. Loans against shares, Loans against Deposits and other approved securities are not
eligible to be covered under this Resolution Framework of COVID-19 Issue. Do you agree
with this?
a. Yes
b. No
137. As per Resolution Framework for Personal Loans due to COVID-19-related Stress,
Processing charges 0.1% of the outstanding loan amount eligible for resolution subject to
minimum Rs……. and Maximum Rs……….
a. 500, 1000
b. 1000. 5000
c. 1600, 2000
d. 1000, 10000
138. Resolution Framework for Personal Loans due to COVID-19-related Stress, Invocation of
resolution plan , shall be invoked not later than December 31, 2020 and must be
implemented within ……… days from the date of invocation.
a. 30
b. 60
c. 90
d. 45
139. Resolution Framework for Exposure Other than Personal Loans under stress due to
COVID-19, Invocation of resolution plan , shall be invoked not later than December 31,
2020 and must be implemented within ……… days from the date of invocation.
a. 90
b. 145
c. 30
d. 180
2. Loans which are not eligible for Internal/External Rating, the pricing shall be based on
the ……… as per extant guidelines
a) CBPR
b) Facility Rating
c) CIR
d) Cross Default
3. M/s ABC Enterprises with Partneres RAJESH & SURESH are enjoying Credit limits of Rs. 10
Lakh with your branch , The same partneres are the partneres for M/S XYZ Traders ,
Whose limit is Rs. 20 Lakh with your branch. The Risk rating for M/S ABC Enterprises is
Normal risk & it is Moderate for M/S XYZ Enterprises . While applying the risk rating for
the above 2 firms , Which rating would you consider for the purpose of delegation ?
a. Normal Risk
b. Moderate Risk
c. Risk rating to be viewed separately for the firms
d. High Risk
5. Branches are categorized as Small, Medium, Large, Very Large and Exceptionally Large
branch, based on ……….. business/advances.
a. Average
b. Normal
c. Moderate
d. Agreegate
7. In the absence of Officer handling credit / credit officer, Branch Manager can allocate
processing of proposals to which Authority in the branch / RO ?
a. Another Officer in the branch
b. RO Head
c. Next Higher authority
d. Cannot allocate
9. TOD in current account can be permitted byScale IV and above authorities only to the
extent of ………% of the normal delegated powers for sanction of clean facility.
a. 15
b. 10
c. 25
d. 5
10. Which authority, is empowered to permit credit facilities to new borrower clients rated
High Risk ?
a. GM , RM WING
b. DGM, RM WING
c. CAC of the board
d. Circle Head
11. Branch has NO power to open LC having Onerous clause ? Choose the correct answer .
a. Statement is correct
b. Statement is NOT correct
13. Credit Managers / Senior Managers in VLBs/ELBs can sanction Gold Loans and VSL/OD
against our own deposits , What is the delegation of power criteria ?
a. Can sanction up to their delegated powers
b. Cannot sanction such type of loans
c. Either a or b
d. Refer to RO Head
14. The unit has defaulted in meeting its payment/repayment obligations to the lender and has
not utilized the finance from the lender for the specific purposes for which finance was
availed of, but has diverted the funds for other purposes . Choose the correct answer of the
following ?
a. It is a case of Willful Default
b. It is Not a case of Willfull Default
c. Absolutely No default
d. None of the above
15. To compute aggregate amount of the limits in respect of fund based facilities, Which
component of the following shall be considered for aggregation ?
a. Actual Outstanding limit
b. Sanctioned Limit
c. Actual o/s or Sanctioned limits whichever is Lower
d. Actual o/s or Sanctioned limits whichever is Higher
16. Credit facilities backed by 100% margin/FLCs backed by 110% cash margin or term
deposits shall be ………… while aggregating the limits to determine the sanctioning
authority.
a. Excluded
b. Included
c. Wipeoff
d. Non of the Above
17. As per categorization of Branches ,What is criteria of Business for very Large Branches
of the following ?
a. Above Rs. 40 Crores UptoRs. 105 Crores
b. Above Rs. 40 Crores UptoRs. 200 Crores
c. Above Rs. 40 Crores UptoRs. 150 Crores
d. None of the above
19. Which type of Proposals of the following sanctionedbut need not be routed through
CAC of the Board ?
a. Sanctioned by CAC
b. Sanctioned by Circle Head
c. Sanctioned by RO Head
d. Sanctioned by MC of the board
20. What is the maximum Delegated Power of CAC at branch level where AGM is the
sanctioning Authority of the branch ?
a. Rs. 5 Crores
b. Rs. 10 Crores
c. Rs. 15 Crores
d. Rs. 25 Crores
21. What is the function of New Business Approval committee ( NBAC) of the following ?
a. To provide Expression of Interest ( EOI ) on the proposals based on strenghth& capability
of the promotors.
b. Not to provide Expression of Interest ( EOI ) on proposals
c. Both not applicable
22. Which of the Following sanctioning authorities can permit takeover of Low risk
borrowal accounts without enhancement subject to compliance of other extant
guidelines ?
a. RO Head (DGM/AGM) CAC and above authorities upto their delegated powers
b. CGM/GM/DGM-CO-CAC and above authorities upto their delegated powers
c. No power
d. None of the Above
23. Where Borrowers rated ‘High Risk’ In exceptional cases, review & extension of tenability of
limits can be permitted …….. and for a period not exceeding ….. months.
a. Once , 3
b. Once, 2
c. Twice , 2
d. Once, 4
25. Rejection of export credit proposals shall be immediately reported to which Authority of the
following ?
a. CEO / GM
b. Circle Head
c. R O Head
d. MD & CEO
26. In case of Reporting &Monitoring, which sections responsibility is to place the note in
respect of sanctions made by various CACs at RO and CO (up to DGM powers) and the status of
review done to Circle Head.
a. RM Sec, RO
b. RM Sec, HO
c. CRM Sec, RO
d. RM Sec, CO
27. Need based fresh finance up to Rs……. may be considered by the respective sanctioning
authority to the borrowers who are non-wilful defaulters .
a. 25000
b. 46000
c. 50000
d. 10
28. New borrower clients of the Bank ,Risk rating grade of accounts/ borrower with Low risk
, who is the Authority empowered to sanction of the following ?
a. Respective sanctioning authority upto their delegated powers.
b. Circle Head
c. RO Head
d. None of the above
29. Delegation of powers for sanctioning of loans under consumer segment (based on the
Risk Grade) , If Risk grade is C-1 , Low Risk , Who is the sanctioning Authority of the
following ?
a. Only RO Authority
b. Only CO Authority
c. Respective Sanctioning Authority, including authorities at ROs/COs/HO
d. None of the above
31. Who is the Authority who recommends the Proposals for write off, compromise, waiver of
interest at CO / HO level ?
a. Recovery committee at CO
b. Recovery committee at HO
c. Recovery committee at RO
d. None of the above
32. Who is the Authority who can exercise the powers In the absence of authority CGM-CO-CAC of
the following ?
a. CGM-CO-CAC
b. DGM-CO-CAC
c. AGM-CO-CAC
d. GM-CO-CAC
33. In the absence of CM/AGM (VLB/ELB), the Credit Manager/ Senior Manager of VLBs/ELBs
can exercise sanctioning powers up to ? Choose the correct answer of the following .
a. Up to next higher authority delegated power
b. Up to their delegated powers ONLY
c. Cannot sanction loan
d. All the above
34. In respect of any oral instructions / telephonic permissions, written sanction / confirmation
of the authority empowered to permit should be sought by the concerned branch / official,
by submitting a report in NF ……………?
a. 239
b. 256
c. 254
d. 279
35. Regarding time line, Branch should submit the ratification note to the authorities within
how many days of permitting the facility ?
a. 7
b. 5
c. 10
d. 2
37. As per Timelines for completion of sanction review , Closure of review remarks, if any, shall be
completed within next , how many days by the branch.
a. 15 days
b. 30 days
c. 45 days
d. 60 days
38. Designated Branches may negotiate bills (both DP & DA) drawn under LCs
established by our branches to full extent and up to……. the normal delegated power for
secured facility.
a. One time
b. Twice
c. Three times
d. None of the above
39. Where devolved liability is outstanding, borrower shall clear the devolved liability
before expiry of …… days from the date of devolvement.
a. 15
b. 30
c. 45
d. 90
40. DGM-CO-CAC Head of Circle ,having delegated powers to permit advance remittance
without insisting on APG, for Import of Services – Up to USD ……?
a. 10000
b. 50000
c. 100000
d. 200000
41. Issue of solvency certificate beyond the net worth of the borrower, issuing solvency
certificates without obtaining financial statements, etc., should be referred to …….
irrespective of value of the solvency certificates to be issued.
a. RO
b. CO
c. HO
d. None of the above
43. For branches and ROs, monthly sanctions are to be submitted for review before ….. of
succeeding month to the next higher office.
a. 5 th
b. 6 th
c. 7 th
d. Not Applicable
44. Delegation of powers for permitting concession in ROI for Food and Agro Processing
Units up to a limit of Rs 100 Cr from the banking system comes under ............ Specific
Schemes which are under RLLR.
a. Area
b. Non Area
c. Both applicable
d. Not Applicable
45. Apart from the normal sanction review, a thorough review of taken over accounts other
than Retail Lending Loans is to be carried out at …… months intervals for one year. Fill
the correct choice .
a. 3
b. 4
c. 6
d. 9
46. The ………. are severally empowered to permit / approve / ratify variations in the terms
and conditions of any loan / advance granted to employee of the Bank.
a. CO / RO HEAD
b. HO / CO GM
c. RO CO AGM
d. ED or GM (MCCW)
48. If Adhoc credit facility is permitted for a period of more than 30 days as secured or more
than 15 days as clean, What are the guidelines about Documentation ?
a. Documents as applicable shall necessarily be obtained
b. No Document required
c. Only Oral permission is required
d. All are incorrect
49. Temporary Over limit ( TOL ) , If the facility is permitted for less than 7 days in a month,
Temporary Over limit can be permitted again during the month. Statement TRUE or
FALSE ?
a. True
b. False
50. When an Adhoc Credit Facility/Temporary Over limit outstands beyond the permitted
period, the details of the transaction shall be reported .….. to the next higher controlling
authorities at CO / HO as the case may be .
a. Monthly
b. Quarterly
c. Half Yearly
d. Yearly
51. Powers to modify terms of credit sanction , Who is the Authority can permit
modification for Accounts falling up to the delegated powers of Head of Circle CAC ?
a. ED-CAC
b. GM-CAC
c. AGM-CAC
d. Respective sanctioning Authority
52. What is the sanctioning power for Housing Loans not classified as Commercial Real
Estate for Branch in-charge of Medium Branches ?
a. 20 Lakh
b. 25 Lakh
c. 30 Lakh
d. 15 Lakh
54. Housing Loan to Staff under RBI Housing Loan Scheme, If the repayment period goes
beyond 70 years, minimum NTH shall be retained at …..% with a minimum of Rs. …..p.m
a. 25 , 25000
b. 15, 20000
c. 30, 100000
d. 40, 10000
55. In Case of Branches not attached to RAHs, The Home Improvement Loans can be
sanctioned to Existing Housing Loan Borrowers up to 20% of the total Housing Loan
sanctioned amount by taking mortgage of House property , Up toRs…… lakhs or One Year
Annual Income whichever is less by the Branch-in-Charge.
a. 20
b. 5
c. 15
d. 10
56. CANARA SITE Loans can be sanctioned by the authorityAGM VLB/ELB/ DM-CO-CACs,
What is the sanctioning power ?
a. 50 Lakh
b. 40 Lakh
c. 20 Lakh
d. 30 Lakh
57. In case Housing Loans are permitted by authorities at Head Office, in such cases the
Loans under Home Loan Plus can be permitted by which authority as per scheme
guidelines.
a. Circle Head CO-CAC
b. RO Head CO-CAC
c. DGM Head CO-CAC
d. None of the above
59. The main responsibility of CRM-Desk ( CREDIT RISK MANAGEMENT DESK) is which of
the following ?
a. Measure, control and monitor credit risk on a bank wide (including foreign offices)
b. Develop the policy and processes framework for effective credit risk mitigation and
collateral management in the Bank.
c. Both a & b
d. None of the above
60. The premium in respect of ECIB (WT-PS) is borne by the ………. and not to be recovered
from exporters.
a. Importer
b. Exporter
c. Bank
d. All the above
61. In case of Project Parameters – Commercial Real estate, Where repayment of the term loan is
made out of lease rentals, Overall DSCR may be stipulated at …….?
a. 2.00
b. 1.00
c. 1.17
d. 1.50
62. Non-fund based facilities can be extended to the share and stockbrokers for which of
the following purposes ? Choose the correct answer.
a. Margin Money Guarantees
b. Security Deposit Guarantees
c. Both are correct
d. None of the above
63. The exposure ceiling (Regulatory limits) prescribed by the RBI in respect of Single borrower will
be ………………….?
a. 20% of eligible capital base.
b. 25% of eligible capital base.
c. 15% of eligible capital base.
d. 30&of eligible capital base.
66. The exposure ceiling to real estate shall be …..% of the Gross Credit with a sub exposure
ceiling of …..% of gross credit for financing Commercial Real Estate sector.
a. 20, 10
b. 10, 15
c. 5, 25
d. 20, 5
67. Traders, Merchants, Exporters, IT& Software, others etc., who are not having a pre-
determined manufacturing / trading cycle, The method of assessment for WC ( FB ) LIMIT
is applicable Up to what amount ?
a. Up to Rs, 5 crores
b. Up to Rs, 15 crores
c. Up to Rs, 2 crores
d. Up to Rs, 50 crores
68. Pricing of credit linked to Credit Risk Rating (CRR) , for Exposure above Rs.2.00 Crore &upto
Rs.10 Crore , Pricing is based on which of the following ?
a. ECAI rating
b. Scoring Norms
c. Internal Rating ( Small Value Model / Manual Model )
d. Canara Internal Rating model(CIRM Model)
69. Tenability of Working capital limit for for GOLD CARD EXPORTER will be ?
a. 2 Years
b. 5 Years
c. 3 Years
d. 10 Years
71. CMR ( CIBIL MSME RANK ) is made applicable to Existing & New MSME loans with
aggregate Loan quantum (Present & Proposed) of above Rs…..
a) Rs. 5 Lakh
b) Rs. 10 Lakh
c) Rs. 15 Lakh
d) Rs. 100 Lakh
72. CMR ( CIBIL MSME RANK ) measures and predicts the risk of MSMEs on a rank scale of 1
to 10 , CMR 10 is which type of risk category by default ?
a. Lowest Risk of Default
b. Highest Risk of Default
c. Both are correct
d. None of the above
73. Delegation of powers for sanctioning MSME loans based on CMR, for CMR Rank 6& 7, in
case of renewal…..
a. RO HEAD
b. CO HEAD
c. Respective sanctioning Authority ( RSA )
d. Not Applicable
74. Canara Internal Rating Model (CIRM) is applicable for exposures above Rs…. Crores & it
is replaced ………. Model w.e.f 01.04.2020
a. Rs. 5 crores, RAM
b. Rs. 10 crores, RAM
c. Rs. 25 crores, RAM
d. Rs. 2 crores , RAM
75. CIRM is having ……….. Risk Grades including the default grade
a. 9
b. 12
c. 6
d. 8
77. Prime Corporate branch to initiate the Internal Risk Rating in CIRM Model for all
accounts (new & existing) including NBFC, Real estate, software and Share & Stock
Brokers where exposure is above Rs…… Crore.
a. 100
b. 10
c. 2
d. 5
78. For all Accounts where exposure is above Rs. 35.00 Crore ,
Internal Risk Rating in CIRM model shall be initiated by which wing in HO ?
a) RM WING
b) CRRD RM WING
c) CIRM WING
d) None of the above
79. Who is the confirming Authority under CIRM Model, Up to moderate risk where
exposure is up to Rs. 35 Crores. Choose the correct answer.
a. CGM/GM
b. DGM
c. DM/AGM
d. AGM/DGM
80. Accounts where exposure is above Rs. 15.00 Crore and UptoRs. 35.00 Crore, Internal risk
rating in CIRM model to be initiated by ……………
a. CRMR Section, Regional Office
b. RM Section, Circle Office
c. Both are correct
d. Branch
81. Confirmation of Risk rating at Circle level by……….where exposure is above Rs. 2 crores
up to Rs. 15crores. Choose the correct Authority.
a. DGM, overseeing RM sec
b. Agm over seeing RM wing
c. DM overseeing RM wing
d. None of the above
83. Time norms for disposal and processing of loans & advances in respect of HO sanction
submitted by prime corporate branches, The Total TAT FOR Medium Enterprises ,If Loan
is over Rs. 25 Lakh ?
a. 10 Days
b. 20 Days
c. 30 Days
d. 45 Days
84. Commitment charges shall be levied at …..% per annum on the committed line of credit
and unutilized/unavailed sanctioned working capital limits or Short Term limit for
Working Capital purposes. Choose the correct answer.
a. 2
b. 1
c. 1.50
d. 2.50
85. Where party is enjoying both FB & NFB limits, penalty for delayed / Non submission of
QOS / HOS shall be ……% on FB liability and ………….% on the NFB liability shall be
charged.
a. 2 , 0.50
b. 0.50, 1
c. 1, 0.25
d. All above options are incorrect
86. Foreclosure charges/ pre-payment penalties shall NOT be charged in case of all floating
rate term loans sanctioned to individual borrowers including cases where pre-closure /
foreclosure is on account of takeover of liability / switchover of the accounts to other
banks/ FIs etc. Statement is TRUE / FALSE ?
a. False
b. True
87. The revalidation can be permitted by the sanctioning authority during the validity
period of the limits for a maximum period ………………..for Working Capital/ STCL , but only
once . Choose the correct the answer.
a. 3 months b. 6 months
c. 12 months d. 30 Days
89. Legal Audit of Title Deeds to be conducted during succeeding RBIA immediately after
…… years from the date of first sanction or on crossing of the threshold limit of Rs……..
Crore.
a. 3, 5
b. 5, 3
c. 1, 10
d. 3, 100
90. Who is the REVIEWING Authority from the following , for the sanctions made by Branch
heads in Scale IV ? Choose the correct Authority .
a. Credit Review & Monitoring , sec of RO
b. DGM RO
c. DM RO
d. AGM RO
91. Choose the appropriate collateral securities of the following, which is recognized by the
BASEL II .
a. Securities taken either as primary or collateral security.
b. Offered by borrower or a third party.
c. That aid in hedging the credit exposures against default risk in whole or in part.
d. All the above
92. Stock Audit is exempted for the accounts covered under monitoring by Agencies for
Specialised Monitoring (ASM).Statement is TRUE or FALSE ?
a. True
b. False
93. Valuation of properties (Land and Building) for less than Rs.10 crore , Bank shall obtain
minimum 2 independent valuation reports from 2 empanelledvaluers in respect of loan
accounts, Do you agree with this ?
a. No
b. Yes
95. The Credit policy covers the following types of Non Fund Based facilities, like Bank
Guarantees (BGs) , Letter of Credits (LCs) , Letter of Undertaking (LOU , Derivatives, Out
of this , Which facility is not a part of NFB ?Choose the correct answer.
a. Derivatives
b. Letter of Credits (LCs)
c. Letter of Undertaking (LOU)
d. Packing Credit
96. Whether Guarantees can be issued to Central Excise authorities to enable removal of
goods without payment of excise duty or against provisional assessment of excise duty.
a. No
b. Yes
97. At Head Office level, all sanctions of GM HO CAC are to be reported to ….. Wing every
fortnight for review.
a. CAC Wing
b. CAM Wing
c. CRM Wing
d. CGM Wing
99. All sanctions in respect of Retail Loansto be reported in monthly register, Choose the correct
NB form of the following.
a. NB 139
b. NB 140
c. NB 179
d. NB 117
Answer Keys
1 B 21 A 41 B 61 D 81 A
2 C 22 A 42 C 62 C 82 B
3 B 23 B 43 C 63 A 83 D
4 D 24 A 44 B 64 B 84 B
5 A 25 D 45 C 65 C 85 C
6 A 26 D 46 D 66 D 86 B
7 A 27 C 47 B 67 C 87 A
8 C 28 A 48 A 68 D 88 A
9 B 29 C 49 B 69 A 89 A
10 C 30 C 50 A 70 B 90 A
11 A 31 B 51 D 71 B 91 D
12 C 32 D 52 D 72 B 92 A
13 A 33 B 53 C 73 C 93 A
14 A 34 C 54 D 74 D 94 D
15 D 35 D 55 B 75 B 95 D
16 A 36 A 56 D 76 A 96 B
17 C 37 B 57 A 77 C 97 B
18 C 38 B 58 B 78 B 98 B
19 D 39 B 59 C 79 C 99 C
20 A 40 C 60 C 80 B 100 A
2. Please match the following category of employees with their entitlement under clean
OD/DPN limit.
1) Scale IV to scale VII -- a) 12 Lakhs
2) Scale I to Scale III -- b) 10 Lakhs
3) Sub Staff / PTE -- c) 6 Lakhs
4) Workmen -- d) 3 Lakhs
a) 1 – a, 2 – b, 3 – d & 4 – c b) 1 – c, 2 – b, 3 – d & 4 – a
c) 1 – a, 2 – d, 3 – b & 4 – c d) 1 – a, 2 – c, 3 – d & 4 – b
4. Whether an employee can avail 3 DPN loans with in the ceiling fixed by Bank.
a) Yes employee can have any no. of DPN accounts at any given point of time.
b) No
c) Yes in Special Cases, can be permitted by Circle Head
d) Maximum No. of DPNs at any point of time is only two.
7. Under Car loan scheme to employees, for pre-owned vehicle the age of the vehicle
should not be older than _____ years. (Cir 824/2020)
a) 5 yrs b) 3 yrs c) 10 yrs d) 7yrs
9. Whose income can also be considered under EHL for deciding the quantum / NTH &
repayment capacity?
a) Spouse b) Major Children c) a & b d) legal heirs e) all the above
10. Maximum repayment period stipulated for loan against approved security of NSC/KVP
to staff is
a) 24 months or maturity date whichever is earlier.
b) 36 months or maturity date whichever is earlier.
c) 60 months or maturity date whichever is earlier.
d) 48 months or maturity date whichever is earlier.
11. In i-Lead 2.0 (Inspiring Leads System), leads are generated from following sources
i. Internet banking
ii. Mobile banking
iii. Call Centre
iv. SMS
v. Missed calls
vi. Direct Selling Agents (DSA)
vii. Business Correspondent
a. i,ii,iii,iv,v b. i,ii,iii,vi,vii c. i,ii,v,vi,vii d. I,ii,iv,v,vi
12. Under EHL, the loan together with interest thereon shall be repayable in not more than
360 monthly installments. The principal should be repaid first by ________ monthly
installments and the interest in ______________ monthly installments thereafter.
a. 240, 120 b. 180,180 c. 270, 90 d. 300, 60
14. Under Employee’s Housing Loan, the NTH shall be ______ % of the gross salary after the
proposed monthly installment of EHL and to be maintained throughout the tenure of the
EHL.
a. 30 b. 25 c. 20 d. 35
16. Quantum of loan for brand new vehicle under Car loan scheme to officer employees is
_____% of the cost of car which includes insurance, registration and taxes subject to
maximum of Rs. ______. (Cir 798/2020)
a) 95,10,00,000/-
b) 95,12,00,000/-
c) 90,12,00,000/-
d) 90,10,00,000/-
17. Quantum of loan for used vehicles under car loan scheme to workmen employees is
_____ % of the value as per approved valuation by the approved qualified automobile
engineer or actual purchase consideration/price or original invoice price whichever is
least, subject to a maximum of Rs. _____. (Cir 798/2020)
a) 80,8,00,000/-
b) 75,8,00,000/-
c) 80,7,50,000/-
d) 80,10,00,000/-
18. Under clean OD/clean DPN facility scheme to ex-servicemen employees, quantum of
loan is ______ Gross salary (drawn in the Bank)+One and half months pension income, if
any, received from GOI and credited to our Bank or the limit, whichever is lower. (Cir
798/2020)
a) Two and Half month
b) Two month’s
c) One and Half month’s
d) One month
20. Quantum of loan to Scale IV and above for undertaking repairs/ renovation/
maintenance of existing house/ flat (within overall entitlement) is
a. 10 b. 12 c. 8 d. 15
22. The minimum margin for loan against deposit up to Rs. 3 Lakhs to our employees is
______?
a) 15 % b) 10 % c) 5 % d) 20 %
23. What is the prescribed NTH for Car Loan scheme to workmen employees?
a) 30 % b) 40 % c) 25 % d) 20 %
25. Loan against deposits in the joint names of employee and close relatives are eligible for
concessional interest and margin if…
a) Employee’s name is appearing as first depositor
b) Employee’s name appearing in deposit as second depositor
c) Only if the deposit carry preferential ROI
d) No Concession as above for deposits in Joint name.
ANSWER KEYS –
1 c 11 a 21 c
2 a 12 c 22 c
3 a 13 d 23 a
4 a 14 a 24 b
5 a 15 d 25 c
6 c 16 b
7 a 17 a
8 d 18 c
9 c 19 b
10 d 20 d
4. All confirmed Officers in Scale-I to Scale-VII are eligible under the Scheme for Providing
Furniture / Fixtures and annual maintenance charge of 5% is eligible after 3 years. The
annual maintenance charge can be accumulated up to-
a) 2 years
b) 3 years
c) 4 years
d) 5 years
e) Can not be accumulated, it will be lapsed.
7. Information regarding the Bank shall be disclosed externally to media, investors &
analysts only by the Authorized Spokespersons in accordance with the relevant internal
policies. Who is the Authorised Spokespersons of our bank ?
a) All GMs
b) C & MD
c) Eds
d) C & MD and Eds
e) All of the above
8. Livery is provided in terms of the provisions of the Bipartite Settlement and the
members of the Subordinate Staff are required to wear the same while on duty.
Periodicity of woollen livery is – (186/2020)
a) 3 sets in 2 years
b) 2 sets in 3 years
c) 1 set in 3 years
d) 1 set in 2 years
e) 2 sets in 1 year
11. All confirmed officer may purchase brief case/leather bag/office bag of their choice
claim reimbursement from bank once in –(720/2016)
a) 5 years
b) 4 years
c) 3 years
d) 2 years
e) None of the above
12. In KRA rating matrix marks obtained from 60 to below 75 is named as-
a) Good
b) Very Good
c) Average
d) Outstanding
e) Below Average
14. In order to avail PL, Employees are required to give --------days’ notice
a) 15
b) 30
c) 7
d) 10
e) 45
17. Compensatory off to officer working on Holidays to be availed within how many days?
a) Within 30 days from the day of working
b) At any latter day
c) Within the calendar year
d) Within 6 months from the day of working
e) Within 3 years from the day of working.
18. Every officer employee shall every year submit a return of his movable/immovable and
valuable property including liquid assets like shares, debentures as on 31st March of that
year to the Bank before –
a) 30th September of the year
b) 30th April of the year
c) 31st December of the year
d) 15th April of the year.
e) 30th June of that year.
21. For voluntary retirement what is the minimum years of qualifying service in case of
workmen employee-
a) 15 years
b) 25 years
c) 20 years
d) 10 years
e) 30 years
22. In case of Quick Mortality account the aggregate liability of all accounts should be –
a) Above Rs.15 lakh
b) Rs.15 lakh and above
c) Above Rs.25 lakh
d) Rs.10 lakh and above
e) Rs. 5 lakh and above
23. SWO B are entitled of passing and cash payment of all cheques/withdrawal
forms/bankers' cheques/giftcheques, etc.-up to-(314/2019)
a) Rs.10,000/-
b) Rs.15000/-
c) Rs.25000/-
d) Rs.20000/-
e) Rs.50000/-
26. Which one is not true with respect to SWO A and SWO B-
a) Have no passing power for transactions in own account.
b) Have no passing power for transactions resulting in TOD.
c) Have no passing power for withdrawals through 'Withdrawal Forms'
d) Have no passing power in all transactions in minor subsidiary GL Heads
e) Have no passing power in staff account.
27. Life certificate in respect of ex employees, pensioners and their family pensioners is to
be submitted every year during the month of –
a) November
b) December
c) January
d) March
e) September
28. The name of the portal through which online life certificate can be generated is –
a) JeevanAnand
b) JeevanPramaan
c) Life
d) JeevanDhara
e) Jeevan Life
29. Which of the following is correct for to become eligible under compassionate
appointment-
a) Employees of our bank whodies while in service (including death by suicide).
b) Employee has retired on medical grounds due to incapacitation before reaching the age
of 55 years.
c) Employee is been missing and has left over service of more than two years.
d) Only a and b are correct
e) All a, b and c are correct.
31. What is the amount of death relief under Canara Bank Golden Jubilee Staff Welfare fund
?
a) Rs.20000/-
b) Rs.30000/-
c) Rs.50000/-
d) Rs.100000/-
e) Rs.150000/-
32. Mobile phones were provided to all the Executives from Scale IV to VI, Branch heads and
section heads/eligible officers. As per the scheme, replacement of mobile phones is to be
done once in ------years of purchase.
a) 5 years
b) 3 years
c) 2 years
d) 10 years
e) 7 years
33. Fixing cut-off limit to Scale I Officers of our Bank for authorizing cash cheque payments
posted as branch in charge-
a) Up to Rs.200000/-
b) Staff account up to Rs.10000/-
c) Up to Rs. 250000/-
d) No cut off limit-Full power
e) Up to Rs. 500000/-
34. Maximum amount payable for mementos to retiring Sub Staff employees on
superannuation is-
a) Rs.25000/-
b) Rs.15000/-
c) Rs.20000/-
d) Rs.10000/-
e) Rs.5000/-
36. As per staff accountability policy in the credit matter, the sanctioning authority is
responsible for the followings. Find out the incorrect one?
a) Adherence of the policy norms in force.
b) Adhering to the delegated power.
c) Clearly specifying the Terms & Conditions of sanction.
d) Ensuring the End use of the funds
e) Ensuring reporting of the sanction to the next higher authority for review.
37. Which of the following is correct in connection with Scheme for Reimbursement of
expenses incurred towards purchase of cleaning materials to Officer Employees-
a) The reimbursement is permitted to Officers staying in the Bank owned quarters and Bank
leased quarters.
b) The reimbursement is permitted to officers staying in the quarters on personal lease
c) The reimbursement is permitted toOfficer Employees who are staying in their own
houses.
d) Only a and b is correct
e) All a, b and c is correct.
41. Continuous Non wearing of uniforms by subordinate cadre of employees while on duty
shall constitute –
a) Minor misconduct
b) Major Misconduct
c) Dismissal from service
d) No effect
e) Warning Letter.
43. What is the yearly medical aid reimbursable for workmen employee-
a) Rs.1800/-
b) Rs.2000/-
c) Rs.2200/-
d) Rs.8000/-
e) Rs.3000/-
44. What is the insurance amount under Group Personal Accident Insurance Policy for Scale
I officer in case of death for Rest of India (excluding Jammu and Kashmir)-
a) Rs.480000/-
b) Rs.400000/-
c) Rs.500000/-
d) Rs.550000/-
e) Rs.600000/-
46. What is the halting allowance in Area I for Scale I, II, III ?
a) Rs.1300/-
b) Rs.950/-
c) Rs.850/-
d) Rs.1000/-
e) Rs.1100/-
47. What is the Halting Allowance for workmenwhere the population is above 5 lakh but
less than 12 lakh-?
a) Rs.700/-
b) Rs.500/-
c) Rs.450/-
d) Rs.350/-
e) Rs.600/-
48. What is the amount eligible for other expenses on transfer of Scale I, II, III officerson
declaration basis -?
a) Rs.15000/-
b) Rs.9000/-
c) Rs.12000/-
d) Rs.20000/-
e) Rs.18000/-
49. In case of work from home who is the approver authority for Scale I/II/III ?
a) Overseeing Executive of HRM Section, CO
b) AGM of Circle Office
c) RO Head
d) Circle Head/ Wing Head
e) CGM of HR Wing
51. What is the cash incentive for successful completion of courses under capacity building-
a) Group I- Rs.6000/- ,Group II- Rs.10000/- ,Group II- Rs.15000/-
b) Group I- Rs.7000/- ,Group II- Rs.11000/- ,Group II- Rs.16000
c) Group I- Rs.8000/- ,Group II- Rs.12000/- ,Group II- Rs.17000
d) Group I- Rs.9000/- ,Group II- Rs.13000/- ,Group II- Rs.18000
e) Group I- Rs.10000/- ,Group II- Rs.14000/- ,Group II- Rs.19000
53. Under EASE 3.0 agenda how many group of subjects is there under Job Family?
a) 10
b) 3
c) 12
d) 6
e) 8
57. At what rate conveyance is paid to the Visually challenged and orthopedically
handicapped employees ?
a) 1% of their basic pay subject to a maximum of Rs,500/-
b) 2% of their basic pay subject to a maximum of Rs,500/-
c) Rs.500/- per month
d) 5% of their basic pay subject to a maximum of Rs,400/-
e) Rs.1000/- per month.
58. Who is the Author of the book A Banking Odyssey- The Story of Canara Bank ?
a) Sri M S Kamat
b) Sri M MKamat
c) Sri M V Kamat
d) Sri M R Kamat
e) None of the above
4. Cash credit or OD a/c does not become out of order but becomes NPA directly:
a. Where the limit has not been renewed for more than 6 months after it had fallen due for
renewal
b. Where principal and /or interest in TL has become due and not paid by borrower for 75
days
c. Where the cash credit account has been out of order for 60 days.
d. Where the bill purchased /discounted has become overdue and continues to be overdue
for 87 days.
5. In a cash credit account, the party has not given due stock statement for the last 9
months. The account is showing a balance of Rs. 2.56 Lakh with a limit of Rs. 3 Lakh and
DP 2.80 Lakh based on the last stock report. The party has paid interest regularly. The
account is otherwise conducted as per terms of the sanction. The account classification
shall be:
a. Standard Account
b. Out of order account
c. Sub-standard account
d. At the discretion of the bank.
8. After sale of NPA for how many days, Loan Account will be treated in standard category
with the purchaser bank?
a. 90 days
b. 60 days
c. 45 days
d. 30 days
9. In case of Agricultural advances where the repayment is based on the crop income,
interest/installment of principal, the over dues are within --- crop seasons in case of short
duration crops and --- crop season in case of long duration crops then such assets are
treated as Performing Assets
a. 1, 2
b. 3, 4
c. 2, 1
d. 4, 3
10. If one account of the borrower has become sub-standard, which of the following
statement will be correct:
a. His other accounts in all branches of the bank shall be treated as NPA even though
regular
b. His other accounts in other banks shall be treated NPA if it is a consortium account
c. His other accounts in other branches shall not be treated NPA if running regular
d. His other accounts including against the maturity of bank deposit shall be treated as NPA
and provided for
12. Which of the following accounts can qualify to become NPA if it starts showing
irregularity?
a. Loan against FDR in which balance exceeds the sanctioned limit but is within the present
value of security
b. Entire loan to a farmer service society (FSS) given by the bank for on-lending where few
loans (and not full) given by FSS to farmers, have become NPA
c. Interest debited to the account for more than 90 days but has not become due for
payment in a house loan account
d. Interest debited to a cash credit account during quarter and not recovered within 90
days from end of the quarter
13. A farmer has been allowed a crop loan and term loan for irrigation equipment and
tractor purchase. He produces short duration crops like paddy and wheat but failed to
repay the due instalment. The loan will become NPA if position continues for:
a. One harvest season
b. One crop season
c. Two harvest seasons
d. Two crop seasons
14. X was given a demand loan of Rs. 2 Lac against NSCs of Rs. 4 Lac at 12% interest rate.
Bank has debited Rs. 25183/- as interest in the account in one year ended March 31,
2017 which the borrower has not paid. In such a situation,
a. Account shall be treated NPA for non-service of interest.
b. Account to be treated standard but interest not to be credited to income
c. Interst will be taken to income whether paid or not since it is a loan against NSC
d. Account will be in performing category and interest will be taken to income till the
balance is within the value of security.
16. Which among the following is NOT correct in the context of a loss account?
a. If the security depletes and value remains less than 10% of the balance, account shall be
treated as loss account
b. Loan account is to be written off by banks if not provided for fully
c. If bank decides not to write off, 100% provision is required
d. Loan account can be restructured
18. In line with the international practices on prudential norms for banks, an asset is
defined as non-performing
a. When the customer fails to repay the loan installment in time.
b. When the Asset ceases to generate income for the bank.
c. When the customer dies.
d. When there is no demand for the product marketed by the borrower.
19. When an account has become NPA, interest debited earlier and not recoveredshouldbe:
a. Reversed
b. Fully provided
c. Not to be recovered
d. Not to be provided
20. When the guarantee will become NPA where the guarantee is fully secured by the
Central Government?
a. When the Central Government rejects the claim, when the guarantee is invoked
b. When the Central Government rejects the claim, when the guarantee is not invoked
c. When the Central Government accepts the claim, when the guarantee is invoked
d. When the Central Government accepts the claim, when guarantee not invoked
24. An NPA account had total liability of Rs. 15 Lac that include an overdue amount of Rs.
6.10 Lac which the party paid on 22/10/2015. The amount will become standard asset
from:
a. 22/10/2015
b. 31/10/2015
c. 30/11/2015
d. 31/12/2017
29. In an NPA, classification will move from standard to doubtful asset without going
through sub-standard asset if
a. Erosion in value of security is >50% and available security is >10% of the liability
b. Erosion in value of security is >40% and available security is >10% of the liability
c. Erosion in value of security is >30% and available security is >10% of the liability
d. Erosion in value of security is >20% and available security is >10% of the liability
31. In a term loan account the due date for installment payment was 30.11.2017 which the
borrower did not pay. The provision as at 31.03.2018 is to be made at ….% of the
outstanding amount:
a. 60% if it is secured and 50% if it is unsecured
b. 40% if it is secured and 30% if it is unsecured
c. 30% if it is secured and 40% if it is unsecured
d. 15% if it is secured and 25% if it is unsecured
32. The company has submitted the stock statement with delay of 6 months on 31.12.2019.
The status of the account is NPA on:
a. 30.09.2019
b. 31.12.2020
c. 31.03.2020
d. 30.06.2020
34. Where there is problem with recovery, a standard account moves to sub-standard to
doubtful to loss category with a specified waiting period. But where there is loss of
security, standard account directly becomes doubtful account or loss account. Whether
true or false?
a. True
b. False
c. Not Sure
d. Branch in-charge decides
35. When value of security in a loan account is less that its balance, which of the following is
NOT correct:
a. If it is 10% or less of the value at the time of sanction and account becomes NPA, it shall
be treated as sub-standard unsecured
b. If it is less than 50% while account was fully secured initially, account shall be treated as
doubtful
c. If it is less than 10% while account was fully secured initially, account shall be treated as
loss account
d. If it is less than 90% while the account was fully secured initially the account shall be
treated as loss account
36. Which of the following is NOT correct asset classification status of a cash credit account
as on 31.03.2017
a. If it became out of order on 28 Dec., 2016, it will be treated as sub-standard
b. If it became out of order on 11 Jan, 2017, it will be treated as standard asset
c. If it became out of order on 11 Nov., 2015, it will be treated as doubtful above one year
category
d. If it became out of order on 11 Nov., 2014, it will be treated as doubtful above one year
but up to 3 years category.
37. In case of large industrial project, where the interest is payable after moratorium and it
is debited periodically and not recovered immediately, the amount will not become NPA
a. True
b. False
c. As decided by the branch
d. As decided by the borrower
39. Opinion regarding classification of crop being short duration or long duration is taken by
the bank concerned in each state :
a. True
b. False
c. Not sure
d. Branch in-charge decides
40. Accounts overdue for a period of more than 30 days but less than 90 daysare also
classified as
a. Special Mention Account
b. Black Flagged Account
c. Red Flagged Account
d. Yellow Flagged Account
41. What is the rate of provision in case of doubtful asset which is doubtful for 24 months:
a. 100% of unsecured portion + 60% of the secured portion
b. 100% of unsecured portion + 40% of the secured portion
c. 100% of unsecured portion + 30% of the secured portion
d. 100% of unsecured portion + 20% of the secured portion
42. The account is classified as doubtful for two years now. Total dues in the account isRs.
80 Lac. Security value is Rs. 100 Lac. Provision to be made for
a. 60% of Rs. 80 Lac i.e., Rs. 48 Lac as it is DA-2 upto 3 years
b. 40% of Rs. 80 Lac i.e., Rs. 32 Lac as it is DA-2 upto 3 years
c. 30% ofRs. 80 Lac i.e., Rs. 24 Lac as it is DA-2 upto 3 years
d. 20% of Rs. 80 Lac i.e., Rs. 16 Lac as it is DA-2 upto 3 years
43. An account became out of order on 22 Jan., 2017 for a balance of Rs. 10 Lac. What will
be the amount of provision as on 31 March 2018 if the value of security is Rs. 7 Lac?
a. Rs. 2 Lac
b. Rs. 1.50 Lac
c. Rs. 3.7 Lac
d. Rs. 4 Lac
45. Which of the following is true In respect of loan account classified as doubtful assets,
the provision is made:
a. Within a range of 25-100% separately for the secured portion of balance and unsecured
portion of the balance
b. If account is upto one year doubtful, provision is 20% for the entire amount whether
secured or unsecured
c. If account is doubtful more than one year to three years, provision is 30% for the entire
amount whether secured or unsecured
d. If account is more than three years doubtful, provision is 100% including for the balance
secured by CGTMSE guarantee
46. If an account became sub-standard on 30 March, 2015 and the balance is Rs. 10 Lac and
security value is Rs. 6 Lac. The amount of provision as on 31.03.2019 is:
a. Rs. 5 Lac
b. Rs. 6 Lac
c. Rs. 7.5 Lac
d. Rs. 10 Lac
47. The account became doubtful on 12 Feb, 2016. The balance is Rs. 6 Lac. The amount of
provision as on 31.03.2019 will be
a. Rs. 1.2 Lac
b. Rs. 1.8 Lac
c. Rs. 3 Lac
d. Rs. 6 Lac
48. In an account bank has to recover Rs. 10 Lac from borrower which include Rs. 2 Lac as
recorded /suspended interest. The security value is Rs. 6 Lac. For this more than one
year but upto three years doubtful account the provision as on 31.03.2017 will be
a. Rs. 1.8 Lac
b. Rs. 4.4 Lac
c. Rs. 4.5 Lac
d. Rs. 8 Lac
50. A sub-standard asset would be one, which has remained NPA for a period less than or
equal to --- months.
a.6 b.12
c.18 d.24
51. A loan account XYZ Ltd. Became doubtful on 2 April 2016. What would be the provision
percentage as on 31.03.2019 if the balance is fully secured
a. 40% of Balance Outstanding
b. 50% of Balance Outstanding
c. 60% of Balance Outstanding
d. 75% of Balance Outstanding
e. 100% of Balance Outstanding
52. Which among the following is NOT correct in connection with the sale/ purchase of
NPAs within banks
a. Seller bank can sell the NPA account irrespective of period of NPA
b. Seller bank can sell the NPA account on ‘without recourse’ basis only
c. Seller bank shall remove NPA account from its book only on receipt of full amount
upfront
d. Seller bank can buy the account from the purchaser bank if loan with the buyer bank has
become a standard account.
53. An unsecured substandard loan would mean a loan which was sanctioned without
security or with security value of ….% or less of the outstanding ab-initio
a. 10%
b. 15%
c. 25%
d. 50%
54. Bank A and Bank B have allowed loan on consortium basis. Loan is irregular with Bank A
for 120 days and with Bank B for 18 months. The classification of account would be
a. Sub-standard for both the banks
b. Sub-standard for Bank A and doubtful for Bank B
c. Doubtful for both the banks
d. In consortium account, NPA rules are not applicable
56. The due date of a bill is 28 Dec., 2017. But it is not paid and position continues as such
The provision in the account as on 31 March, 2019 would be
a. 10%
b. 25%
c. 30%
d. None of the above
57. In a term loan account, the due date for instalment payment was 30 Nov., 2018 which
the borrower did not pay. Provision as at 31 March, 2019 is to be made at …% of the
outstanding amount
a. 15%, if secured
b. 20% if secured
c. 30% if unsecured
d. 25% if unsecured
e. a and d above
58. A doubtful more than one year upto three years category loan of Rs. 20 Lac has been
sold by Bank A to Bank B for Rs. 14 Lac on 16 Jan., 2017. Bank B will make a total
provision of Rs. ….. as on 31.03.2017
a. 0.25%
b. 0.40%
c. 10%
d. 20%
e. 40%
59. Which among the following is NOT correct in case of provision against standard
accounts
a. Provision is to be made on global balance
b. Provision not to be deducted to arrive at net NPA provision
c. Provision to be shown under schedule-5 ‘other liabilities and provision’ in the balance
sheet
d. For a general credit card account, provision is 0.25%
ANSWER KEYS –
1.e 11.c 21.a 31.d 41.b 51.a
2.b 12.d 22.b 32.a 42.b 52.d
3.b 13.d 23.d 33.c 43.b 53.a
4.a 14.d 24.a 34.a 44.b 54.b
5.c 15.c 25.a 35.d 45.a 55.d
6.a 16.d 26.a 36.c 46.d 56.b
7.a 17.a 27.d 37.a 47.d 57.e
8.a 18.b 28.d 38.d 48.b 58.b
9.c 19.a 29.a 39.b 49.a 59.d
10.a 20.a 30.a 40.a 50.b 60.a
2. As per Risk Management Policy of the Bank all the exposures are classified in to …………
streams.
a) 6
b) 4
c) 5
d) 10
4) Clearance from GM RM Wing (CGRO) shall be obtained for any fresh/ enhancement in
exposure to Single / Group borrower (including NBFCs) once the applicable single / group
borrower exposure exceeds ……………. % of the ceiling fixed.
a) 70
b) 80
c) 90
d) 100
5) CRMD means
a) Credit Review Management Department
b) Credit Risk Management Department
c) Credit Risk Monitoring Department
d) Credit Review Monitoring Department
6) CRMD acts as the CRCU independent of the credit origination and credit administration
activities. CRCU means
a) Credit Risk Control Unit
b) Credit Review Control Unit
c) Credit Risk Calculating Unit
d) Credit Risk Confirmation unit
8) CCR is defined as the risk that the counterparty to a transaction could default before or at
the final settlement of the transaction’s cash flows and is the primary source of risk for
derivatives and securities financing transactions.
a) Consumer Credit Risk
b) Customer Credit Risk
c) Counterparty Credit Risk
d) Contractor Credit Risk
9) Unlike a Bank’s exposure to Credit Risk through a loan, where the exposure to credit risk
is unilateral and only the lending bank faces the risk of loss, the counterparty credit risk is
…………………. in nature i.e. the market value of the transaction can be positive or negative
to either counterparty to the transaction and varying over time with the movement of
underlying market factors.
a) Bi-lateral
b) Trilateral
c) Quadrilateral
d) Multilateral
11. As per Accounting Standard ………. of ICAI, ‘parties are considered to be related, if at any
time during the reporting period, one party has the ability to control the other party or
exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial and/or operating
decisions
a) 10 b) 75
c) 18 d) 50
14. In Counterparty Credit Risk an economic loss would occur if the transactions or portfolio
of transactions with the counterparty has a ……………. economic value at the time of
default. Bank’s
a) Positive
b) Negative
c) Neutral
d) None of the above
15. MRTWG is responsible for considering detailed aspects of all credit risk models (either
newly developed, enhanced or vendor models). MRTWG means?
a) Model Revalidating Technical Working Group
b) Model Review Technical Working Group
c) Model Risk Technical Working Group
d) Model Rating Technical Working Group
16. LGD is Bank’s economic loss upon the default of a debtor/borrower. What is LGD
a) Loss Given Default
b) Loan Gone Default
c) Loan Got Default
d) Loan Given Default
17. Probability of Default (PD) is Probability that the borrower will default within a ………….
year horizon
a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) 4
19. In respect of any risk category for single borrowers, the exposure upto the ………….% of
the Tier I Capital may be permitted by the Board.
a) 20
b) 25
c) 30
d) 15
20. Wherever both internal and external ratings are available, the ………. ratings shall be
taken in to consideration for determining the exposure ceiling for the single borrower
entity.
a) Internal
b) External
c) CRISIL
d) CARE
Answer Key –
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
c a c c b a a c a a c c a a b
16 17 18 19 20
a a d a b
4). In X Ltd., current assets are twice that of current liabilities. Net working capital is
Rs.55000. The amount of current assets is:
(a) Rs.100000.
(b) Rs.45000
(c) Rs.110000
(d) Rs.165000
(e) None of the above
5). which of the following industries generally has lowest level of working capital;
(a) Retail shop
(b) Chemical manufacturing
(c) Aero planeManufacturing
(d) Petroleum
(e) All the above
16). Funds flow statement is necessarily prepared under the guidelines issued by;
(a) SEBI
(b) RBI
(c) GOI
(d) BR act
(e) None of the above
24). The following methodsdoes not consider the time value of money
(a) Pay back method
(b) Average return method
(c) IRR and NPV
(d) 1 & 2
(e) 1, 2, &3
28). The difference between total current assets and current liabilities, other than bank
borrowings is known as;
(a) Net working capital
(b) Gross working capital
(c) Working capital Gap
(d) Projected net working capital
(e) None of the above
29). The factors that influence the working capital in business is:
(a) Nature of business
(b) Size of the business
(c) Production policy
(d) Seasonal variation
(e) All the above
34). Total Assets= Rs.20/-; Current Liabilities=Rs.10/- Lac: Capital & Reserves=Rs.4/- Lac:
How much Debt Equity Ratio
(a) 1.80
(b) 1.50
(c) 1.65
(d) 1.75
(e) None of the above
38). A statement of showing the forecast of cash receipts, cash disbursements, and net cash
balances over period of time on roll over basis is known as
(a) Cash budget
(b) Cash flow statement
(c) Funds flow statement
(d) Capital budgeting
(e) None of the above
40). While appraising investments where the future cash flows are not certain, the following
method is followed:
(a) Net present value method
(b) IRR method
(c) Sensitivity analysis
(d) Pay back method
(e) None of the above
41). In which of the following facilities bank is at disadvantage in verifying the end use of
funds.
(a) Bills purchase
(b) Cash credit
(c) Letter of credit
(d) All the above
(e) None of the above
44). Banks uses cash budget method while financing working capital in case of
(a) Seasonal Industries, software development
(b) Construction activity
(c) Film production
(d) Only 1 & 2
(e) 1, 2, & 3
45). Total assets = Rs.20/- Lac: Net worth= Rs.3/- Lac; Debt equity ratio is=3:1, how much is
the current ratio if fixed assets = Rs.8/- Lac
(a)1.80 (b)1.50
(c)1.65 (d)1.75
(e)None of the above
46). Total liabilities= Rs.10/-Lac, fixed assets=Rs.4/- Lac, Noncurrent assets = Rs.1/-Lac.
Which of the following statement is correct?
(a) Net worth= Rs.4/-Lac
(b) Debt Equity ratio=1.40
(c) Current ratio is less than 1
(d) Current assets Rs.5/- Lac
(e) None of the above
47). As per new companies act 2013 “money received against share warrants” will be having
the following features:
(a) Only publicly listed companies can issue share warrants
(b) Share warrants are eligible for dividends
(c) It is only eligible for interest
(d) 1 and 2
(e) None of the above
49). The payback method has several short comings. Which of the following is not one of
them?
(a) It does not take into account the time value of money
(b) The choice of payback period is arbitrary
(c) Only those cash flows are considered which falls in the payback periods
(d) It takes into account the time value of money
(e) All the above
51). What is the difference between the current ratio and the quick ratio?
(a) The current ratio includes inventories and the quick ratio does not.
(b) The current ratio does not include inventories and the quick ratio does.
(c) The current ratio includes physical capital and the quick ratio does not.
(d) The current ratio does not include physical capital and the quick ratio does.
(e) None of these.
52). Which of the following statements is not true with respect to the matching strategy?
(a) All assets should be financed with permanent long term capital.
(b) Temporary current assets should be financed with temporary working capital.
(c) Permanent current assets should be financed with permanent working capitals.
(d) Long term assets should be financed from long term capital.
(e) None of these
A borrowing firm submits to the commercial Bank, the balance sheet with following
particulars:
Rs. Inlacks
Capital & Reserves 24 Term Loans 16
Trade Creditors 12 Expenses Payable 8
Bank Cash Credit 20 Fixed Assets 24
Security for Electricity 4 Preliminary Expenses 2
Stocks 30 Bills book debts 14
Cash & Bank balances 6 Net Profits 6
Sales 120
On the basis of above information, please work the following ratios?
A partnership firm wants to shift their dealing from another Bank to your branch and
provides the following details about their balance sheet:
2. The Recovery committee at RO shall review individually the accounts with liability of
_________ slipped to NPA subsequent to last review.
a. Rs. 2lacks and above
b. Less than Rs. 2lacks
c. Only Rs. 2lacks
d. Above Rs. 2lacks
e. Rs. 1 lac and above
3. Recovery committee at Circle Office shall submit the proceedings of the meeting to
_________ for information / review within _________ days of conducting the meeting.
a. RL&FP wing/SAM wing HO/ 10 days
b. SPD wing HO / 7 days
c. RL & FP wing / SAM wing HO / 7 days
d. Credit Monitoring wing HO / 7 days
4. Respective Delegated authorities shall permit transfer of files to Recovery Section, filing of
suit, waiver of legal action, and other recovery action within___________Of NF606/607
submitted by the branch
a. 60 days
b. 15 days
c. 30 days
d. 45 days
e. 7 days
5. Who can defer action under SARFAESI considering the justifiable reason, only under
deserving cases.
a. CGM CAC HO
b. GM CAC CO
c. DGM CAC RO
d. Circle Head CAC and above authority
e. ED CAC
7. In respect of Consortium Account or joint financing of financial asset/s by more than one
banks/financial institutions. Which of following statement is not true
a. Bank can independently issue demand notice under section 13(2)
b. Bank can independently issue section 13(4) notice
c. Bank independently cannot issue demand notice under section 13(2)
d. The mandatory requirement of 60% consensus is only at the time of issuing section 13(4)
notice.
9. Reserve price fixed under SARFAESI first time depending upon the market condition, the
nature of securities etc., at a price of
a. Not lesser than 90% of the market value of the property
b. Not lesser than 80% of the market value of the property
c. Not lesser than 75% of the market value of the property
d. Not lesser than 85% of the market value of the property
10. Valuation from two independent valuers on the panel (SARFAESI) should be obtained in
case of
a. Where ever the value of any one of the individual mortgaged/hypothecated security is
more than Rs. 5 Cr.
b. Where ever the value of any one of the individual mortgaged/hypothecated security is
more than Rs. 2 Cr
c. Where ever the value of any one of the individual mortgaged/hypothecated security is
more than Rs. 1 Cr
d. Where ever the value of any one of the individual mortgaged/hypothecated security is 50
Lakh and above.
12. What is the provision required for Unsecured Doubtful Assets liability not covered by
DICGC claim received or ECGC/CGTMSE/CRGFTLIH claim received/lodged?
a. 20%
b. 25%
c. 0%
d. 100%
e. 40%
14. What is cutoff limit for follow up review and monitoring of accounts wherever
permission obtained for recovery/legal action and RO/CO Recovery Sections on transfer of
files?
a. NPA account with book liability up to Rs. 10lacks RO and above Rs. 10lacks CO
b. NPA account with book liability up to Rs. 5lacks RO and above Rs. 5lacks CO
c. NPA(only Doubtful) account with book liability up to Rs. 10lacks RO and above Rs. 10lacks
CO
d. NPA account with book liability up to Rs. 1lacks RO and above Rs. 1lacks CO
16. Non performing financial assets purchased, may be classified as standard assets in the
book of purchasing bank
a. for a period of 1 year from the date of purchase
b. for a period of 6 months from the date of purchase
c. for a period of 3 months from the date of purchase
d. for a period of 90 days from the date of purchase
e. for a period of 180 days from the date of purchase
17. What is the risk weights to the non performing financial assets purchased from other
banks.
a. Bank should assign 100% risk weight
b. Bank should assign 50% risk weight
c. Bank should assign 60% risk weight
d. Bank should assign 40% risk weight
21. The RO head is delegated with the power to entrust Recovery /Seizure agent NPA
accounts under
a. Doubtful, loss and written off category with the book liability above Rs 5lacks
b. Doubtful, loss and written off category with the book liability above Rs 50lacks per
account
c. Doubtful, loss and written off category with the book liability up to Rs 50lacks
d. Doubtful, loss and written off category with the book liability above Rs 25lacks
22. Beyond Rs 50lacks the entrustment of NPA account toRecovery/Seizure agent shall be
done by
a. DGM CAC RO b. AGM CAC RO
d. DGM Circle Office d. Circle Head
23. What is the maximum fees payable to Recovery Agents seizing the vehicle(Autos
Rickshaw)
a. Rs 5000
b. Rs 8000
c. Rs 1000
d. Rs 3000
24. What is the fee payable to Resolution Agents in respect of Recoveries made in loss and
written off accounts
a. 5% of recovery amount/ book liability whichever is less maximum Rs 12lacks
b. 3% of recovery amount/ book liability whichever is less maximum Rs 12lacks
c. 5% of recovery amount/ book liability whichever is less maximum Rs 15lacks
d. 5% of recovery amount/ book liability whichever is less maximum Rs 10lacks
e. 7% of recovery amount/ book liability whichever is less maximum Rs 20lacks
25. The period for which account remains in Sub Standard Category
a. 12 months
b. 18 months
c. 24 months
d. 15 months
27. An account became NPA on 31/03/2019 for a balance of Rs 10 lac. what will be amount
of provision as on March 31 2020, if the account is fully secured?
a. Rs 2lacks
b. Rs 1.5lac
c. Rs 3.70 lac
d. Rs 4.40 lac
28. What is delegation of power for Small/Medium and large branch regarding waiver of
Unapplied interest only
a. 50000
b. 60000
c. 75000
d. No power
29. In respect of all NPA accounts except decreed accounts which statement is not true for
calculation unapplied interest
a. In Sub Standard Assets one year MCLR prevailing as on 01.04.2020 plus 1.25% or
contractual rate including penal rate whichever is lower on simple basis
b. In Doubtful Assets one year MCLR prevailing as on 01.04.2020 minus 1.25% or contractual
rate including penal rate whichever is lower on simple basis
c. In Doubtful Assets one year MCLR prevailing as on 01.04.2020 minus 1.5%or contractual
rate including penal rate whichever is lower on simple basis
d. In loss assets one year MCLR prevailing as on 01.04.2020 minus 3.5% or contractual rate
including penal rate whichever is lower on simple basis
30. Under OTS scheme for agriculture loans with combined limit up to Rs. 25 Lakhs, which of
the following settlement formula does not match where the loan account is not covered
by collateral security or having collateral security of Agriculture land only
a. Borrower having aggregate sanctioned limit up to Rs 10lacks – 25% of Book Liability as on
date of settlement
b. Borrower having aggregate sanctioned limit up to Rs 10lacks – 15% of Book Liability as on
date of settlement if borrower is dead
c. Borrower having aggregate sanctioned limit above Rs 10lacks and up to Rs 25lacks – 25%
of Book Liability as on date of settlement
d. Borrower having aggregate sanctioned limit above Rs 10lacks and up to Rs 25lacks – 30%
of Book Liability as on date of settlement
32. Which of the following settlement formula is correct Under special OTS scheme for
MSMEs with total dues of RS. 100 Lakhs and below for substandard assets where the RVS+
Net worth put together is not sufficient to cover the total dues in MSME. What will be the
right formula for settlement?
a. Total dues (contractual) upto Rs 10lacks 55% of Base amount
b. Total dues (contractual) upto Rs 10lacks 35% of Base amount
c. Total dues (contractual) upto Rs 10lacks 25% of Base amount
d. Total dues (contractual) upto Rs 10lacks 50% of Base amount
33. Concerning IBC, for all major decisions of CoC, viz. Approval of Resolution Plan,
Extension of CIRP, etc., the voting threshold limit has been modified to: (473/18)
a. Earlier 90 %, Now 75%
b. Earlier 90 %, Now 66%
c. Earlier 75%, Now 66%
d. Earlier 75%. Now 51%
35. As per Loan Recovery Policy- delegation of powers of OTS settlements. Branch in charge
can permit & exercise the power delegated a maximum number of __________ eligible
accounts under loss assets in the financial year.
a. 100
b. 75
c. 60
d. 90
e. 50
37. An unsecured sub-standard loan would mean a loan without security or where the
security value is _____or less of the outstanding loan amount ab-inito.
a. 10%
b. 50%
c. 25%
d. 15%
38. For initiating the corporate insolvency resolution process under IBC 2016, the required
application fee for financial creditor is Rs.
a) No Fees
b) Rs. 10000.00
c) Rs. 25000.00
d) Rs. 50000.00
e) Rs. 100000.00
40. No such appeal by a borrower shall be entertained by the DRAT, unless the borrower has
deposited___________ of his dues (either claimed by bank or determined by the DRT,
whichever is less)with the DRAT. However, DRAT can reduce such amount to not less than
_____ of the debt.
a. 25%, 50%
b. 50%, 25%
c. 50%, 50%
d. 25%, 25%
42. When the guarantee will become NPA, where the guarantee is fully secured by the
Central Government
a. When the Central Govt rejects the claim, when the guarantee is invoked
b. When the Central Govt rejects the claim, when the guarantee not invoked.
c. When the Central Govtaccepts the claim, when the guarantee is invoked
d. When the Central Govtaccepta the claim, when the guarantee not invoked
43. When an account has become NPA, interest debited earlier and not recovered should be
a. Reversed
b. Fully provided
c. Not reversed
d. not to be provided
44. Which among the following is not correct in case of provision against standard accounts
a. Provision is to be made on global balance
b. Provision not to be deducted to arrive at net NPA provision
c. Provision to be shown under schedule-5 ` Other liabilities and provision` in the balance
sheet
d. For standard assets no provision shall be required
45. Which of the following statements match in connection with the time period for an NPA
account:
a. remains sub- standard for 90 days
b. remains special mention account for 12 months
c. remains in doubtful more than 3 years’ category for 3 years
d. remains in doubtful first sub category for 1 year and 2nd sub category for 2 years.
48. Which among the following is not correct statement in context of provision on sub-
standard account.
a. If account is secured provision at 15% and if unsecured provision at 25%
b. for unsecured portion provision is 100% and secured portion 10%
c. if no security was taken at the time of sanction of loan provision is 25%
d. If security was taken at the time of sanction of loan and is still intact, provision of 15% to
be made.
49. LokAdalat are constituted under the provision of which of the following
a. Judicial services act
b. State legal services act
c. Legal services authorities act
d. Lokadalat act
52. Which among the following is not correct in connection with the maximum fee payable
to Recovery Agents in case of Recovery Dues
a. Sub Standard Account 3% of amount recovered
b. Doubtful Accounts 5% of amount recovered
c. Loss accounts / Bad Debts/W/O 10% of amount recovered max 3 lac
d. If the borrower settles the account on the sole efforts of Recovery agent through
compromise 50% of the amount mentioned above(optiona,b,c)
e. If the borrower settles the account on the sole efforts of Recovery agent through
compromise 20% of the amount mentioned above (option a,b,c)
Answers Key –
a) Ist July,1999
b) 28th December,1999
c) 29th December,1999
d) 30th December,1999
a) Replacing FERA
5. Please quote the section under FEMA 1999 which defines ‘A person resident inIndia’?
7. If a Foreign citizen who stay in India for employment ,business etc. for an indefinite
period of stay, will be considered
8. If an Indian citizen proceed abroad for business visit, medical treatment, training for
short duration will be considered as
9. For release of foreign exchange to resident Indians for current account transactions,
Authorized dealer to be guided by which section of ‘FEMA’?
a) Section 3 b) Section 2(ii) c) Section 5 d) Section 9
10. What do you mean by ‘Schedule III’ & to whom it has been delegated?
a) RBI b) Authorized dealer Banks c) Customs d) None of the above.
11. In terms of drawl exchange as per ‘Schedule I’, certain categories are permitted?
12. Out of overall foreign exchange (USD 250,000) being sold to a traveler going toLibya,
exchange in the form of foreign currency notes & coins how much can be sold ?
13. How much a resident Indian is allowed to take INR to other countries (otherthan Nepal
& Bhutan) ?
15. To which department of Government of India the Dance troupes, artistes should apply
for foreign exchange while undertaking tours?
b) Department of Education & Culture under the Ministry of Ministry of Human Resources
16. What is the maximum eligibility for private visits to abroad (other than Nepal &
Bhutan)?
a) Rs 50,000
b) USD 250,000
17. For going abroad on employment, emigration how much amount a person can draw
foreign exchange in a financial year under LRS scheme?
18. The individuals having proprietorship firms, what is maximum drawl amount while
visiting abroad irrespective of the number of visits during a financial year?
a) Rs 250,000
b) Up to estimated amount
20. The resident individuals for studies abroad for purchase of foreign exchange under LRS
of USD 250,000, what documents required other than “Application cum under taking’?
21. Which account a resident individual in India can open, hold & maintain within
authorized dealer out of foreign exchange acquired in the form of currencynotes, bank
notes & traveler cheques?
22. What is the limit the Authorized Dealer may accept in cash for amounts against sale of
foreign exchange for travel abroad?
23. Up to what amount AD-I banks can release fore in the cash for Traveler proceeding for
HAJ/UMARAH pilgrim?
a) Up to USD10000
c) A or B whichever is lower
d) A or B whichever is higher
a) USD5000
b) USD10000
d) USD 25000
25. An NRI resident in Dubai has come back to India to settle permanently. Which of the
following account as a Banker you will suggest as per FEMA,1999 to keep his present &
future earnings in foreign currency, facility of future repatriation facility & to earn
interest thereon:
c) fixed by RBI.
d) linked with London inter banking offer rate linked rate of interest.
d) b & c only
e) a to c all
29. Which among the following amount is allowed to repatriated under the Redeposit A/c
for NRIs
b) interest only
c) no repatriation permitted
30. Up to what extent of debits can be allowed by ADs for remittance from No-account of
NRI/PIO representing sale of immovable property:
31. Mr Bharat is returning permanently to India from USA after staying 23 Years &now he
wants to retain the repatriation facility of all the money he has earned& also the
pensions earnings & rent owned by him in abroad from the foreign firm. As a Banker
what will be your suggestion to him & to suit his needs?
a) FCNR(B) account b) RFC (D) account
33. A person of foreign origin (foreigner) opens an NRO account in India & below which is
not correct:
a) he is on visit in India
c) the balance in the account can be converted into foreign currency provided no local
credits are credited
35. The visits by a resident Indian to which of the following countries are not eligible for
obtaining foreign exchange.
39. Which of the following does not match in case of drawl of foreign exchange by
residents:?
40. Foreign currency nonresident (Banks) accounts can be opened in the name of the
following:
a) an Indian National gone USA for medical treatment for a longer period
b) as Indian national working with a foreign airline with his base in Hong Kong
43. Joint operation joint account with a resident can be opened by an NRI(Number 1) in
which of the following with clause Number 1 or Survivor.
a) NRO b) NRE c) FCNR d) all the above
44. An NRI residing in USA has come back to India to settle permanently, which of the
following account would be opened by him to keep his balance in for eign currency ,to
earn interest
45. Which of the following type of account cannot be opened by a person residentin India?
d) All above
46. What is the maximum amount that can be deposited in EEFC Account?
a) 75 % b) 50 % c) 100 % d) 25 %
47. What is the maximum limit up to which a resident individual can make investment
under ODI(LRS scheme)?
52. What is the residential status of a student from India having gone abroad for studies
purpose:
54. If an NRI is having an Nonresident External (Rupee account) term deposit &return to
India
a) not permitted
b) freely permitted
56.Amendment to Master Direction (MD) on KYC for OVDs of NRIs/PIO Customers, branch
should obtain the certified copy verified by any of the following
58.Prior clearance before accepting/ renewing any FCNR/RFC deposit of USD 1 million &
above (or its equivalent in other currencies) for fixing the interest ROI, required from
59. Funds flow from the Donor Agencies placed under Prior Reference Category (PRC), the
funds are allowed to be credited into the account of the recipient only after clearance /
prior permission from the
Answers Key
1d 9c 17 c 25 d 33 d 41 a 49 b 57 d
2c 10 b 18 c 26 b 34 b 42 c 50 c 58 b
3c 11 c 19 c 27 d 35 d 43 d 51 b 59 a
4d 12 c 20 c 28 e 36 b 44 a 52 b
5c 13 c 21 c 29 d 37 b 45 c 53 a
6c 14 c 22 c 30 c 38 c 46 c 54 d
7a 15 b 23 b 31 c 39 c 47 b 55 b
8b 16 b 24 c 32 d 40 a 48 c 56 e
2. Pre shipment credit can be allowed on the basis of which of the following:
c) Pre-shipment credit can be adjusted from proceeds of those exports for which pre-
shipment credit not availed
9. Before discounting the export bill the branch has to verify the
10. In the case of ECGC post shipment finance, the ECGC premium is to be
c) Bank has the discretion to waive the premium basing on the standing of the party
12. Export documents to be submitted by the exporters to the Bank within ---------- from the
date of export
13. An exporter of Bharat Commercial Bank receives a letter of credit issued by aback in
Singapore for exporting jute bags. The condition stated in the FLC that exporter can
negotiate documents with Indian Commercial Bank only. This FLcto be stated as:
14. All categories of foreign exchange earners are allowed to credit ____% of their foreign
exchange earnings to their EEFC Accounts.
15. During the COVID 19 situation RBI notified, period of realization and repatriation of the
export proceeds to India has been extended from 9 months to __________Months, if
export is made before 31.07.2020
16. Exporters receiving advance payment for long term export contracts from the overseas
buyers can pay interest (interest bearing advance remittance) on the amount received at
LIBOR (London Inter Bank Offered Rate) at _____
a) 5 years b) 10 years
18. Firms / Companies and other organizations participating in Trade Fair/Exhibition abroad
can gift the unsold items to the extent of USD _____
b) US$ 10000
d) no such provision.
19. In case of exporters undrawn balance is permitted in certain of trade up to------of the
export value
20. Reduction in invoice value in normal course is permitted for exports up to____of export
value by an AD – category 1 Bank.
21. In Exports the term ‘Satisfactory track record’ means the export outstanding do not
exceed .......... of the average annual export realization during preceding three financial
years.
a) 25 % b) 10 % c) 5% d) 1%
22. Self “write-off” by an exporter (other than Status holder exporter) of unrealized export
bills is ....... % of the total export proceeds realized during the previous calendar year
subject to certain condition.
a) 10 % b) 25 % c) no powers d) 5 %
a) 6 months from the date of export b) 1 year from the date of export
c) 2 years from the date of export d) 3 years from the date of export
24. Request for issuance of guarantees to caution listed exporters can be done
25. Where exports are through warehouse cum display centers abroad, the periodof
realisation of exported goods is:
26. Pre shipment credit in foreign currency allowed at ........... related interestrates.
27. If an Indian company wants to open office overseas, the AD-category 1 Bankscan permit
remittance for normal business expenses upto .........% of averageturnover of previous 2
years.
a) 20 % b) 5 % c) 10 % d) 15 %
28. If an exporter requests for change of the buyer, the AD Category – 1 bank canallow,
provided (a) there is no reduction in value (b) reduction in value isrestricted pto 25 % (c)
the realisation take place within original 9 months fromthe date of export. d) The
exporter is not in the caution list of RBI.
30. Customs office returns to the exporter which copy of export declaration form
31. The export declaration form used for software export (in triplicate)in nonphysicalform
is:
32. An Exporter M/s Trueback India receives a confirmed export order, as per termsof the
sale agreement goods are to be delivered to the shipping companywithout putting the
goods on board the ship & now which of the kind ofincoterms 2010 can be termed as
putting the goods by the side of the ship inthe yard.
c) CIF d) FAS
33. A company dealing in rough or cut or polished diamonds, wants to opendiamond dollar
accounts & what is the maximum no of accounts the companycan open.
c) 3 accounts d) 5 accounts
b) escrow account
c) current account
35. The SWIFT security control to prevent automatic changes during transmission isCalled
a) encryption b) checksum
36. Customers who deals with international business are expected to obtain Importexport
code.Which authority issues the code:
37. For delinking the export bill the rate to be applied is (Crystallisation)
38. Export Letters of Credit (EOLC’s) can be processed and advised to the ExportCustomers
by
b) Foreign Department
c) Designated branches
d) Exports to that country (which is having balance of payments problem) shallbe made with
prior permission.
a) Payment will be made after getting confirmation from the LC issuing banker
43. Valuation of Computer software through satellites links will be done by officialsof:
d) 15 th day from the actual due date / notional due date of bill (if actual duedate is not
received.
46. Select correct answer regarding revised RBI guidelines of Caution listing of exporter
47. Bill drawn on DP/At Sight Basis and not under Letter of Credit (LC) for Bills in Rupees, the
normal transit period (NTP) will be
a) 15 days
b) 20 days
c) 25 days
d) 30 days
a) 3 days
b) 5 days
c) 7 days
d) 10 days
49. Select the incorrect option. The exporter may be caution listed based on the
recommendation of AD bank in the matter -
50. Government of India has approved the extension of Interest Equalization Scheme for
pre and post shipment Rupee export credit, with same scope and coverage, for the
period
a) 01.04.2020 to 31.03.2021
b) 01.07.2020 to 30.06.2021
c) 01.10.2020 to 30.09.2021
d) 01.04.2020 to 31.03.2022
51.Branches/Offices may allow payments for export of goods / software to be received from
a third party (a party other than the buyer) after ensuring that
4. As per RBI guidelines import bill payment has to be settled by the importer inIndia
d) in the BOE settlement file, duly linking the same to outstanding outward remittance
message (ORM)
6. As per RBI, Banks can extend time up to …… for payment of import bills
7. In case of advance remittance for imports other than capital goods the physicalimport of
goods should be made within
8. In case of advance remittance towards capital goods within how many days theimporter
should produce bill of entry.
a) 6 months
b) 3 months
c) 1 year
10. Import of above USD 1,00,000 on sight basis the importer to submit theappropriate
documentary evidence viz, exchange control copy of bill of entry(proof of import) to the
Authorized dealer Category 1 Banks by the importer_______
11. Letter of credit (LCs, also known as Documentary credits) are governed by provisions of
……… …. set by International Chamber of Commerce(ICC) Paris
12. Uniform Customs & Practice for Documentary Credits, 2007 Revision, ICC Publication
600 operative from
a) 4th July,2007 b) 1st July,2007
c) 2 nd July,2007 d) 3 rd July, 2007
13. Uniform Customs & Practice for Documentary Credits 600 are rules that apply to:
b) all LCs
15. As per Incoterms 2010, the seller delivers the goods & pays the Freight.
17. An LC provides for pre shipment credit as well as warehouse storage of goods,
It called as:
18. M/S Vishal Export House receives a letter of credit for export of jute Bags toUS but the
expiry date of the credit is 15th August, Tuesday. In this case the documents for
negotiation can be submitted to the negotiating bank on:
20. In case of import calling for SGS certificate (pre shipment inspection) isapplicable where
21. As per Foreign exchange Regulation Importers can receive import bills directlyfrom the
overseas supplier up to a value of USD does not exceed in general
a) USD 5,00,000 b) USD 2,00,000
c) USD 3,00,000 d) cannot receive import bills directly.
22. In view of outbreak of COVID-19 pandemic, RBI extended time period for completion of
remittances against normal imports has been extended from ___months to
_____months, if shipment of such import is made before 31.07.2020
a) 6,9 b) 6,12
c) 9,12 d) 12,15
23. Advance remittance for imports exceeding ……… branches should obtain
anunconditional, irrevocable standby letter of credit or a guarantee from aninternational
repute situated outside India,or a guarantee of an AuthorizedDealer Category I Bank in
India.
c) discontinued
28. As per foreign exchange trade,suppose days 1, 2, 3 and 4 are all working days. If day 4 is
declared as a holiday on day 1, it will be called as
a) a suddenly declared holiday.
b) a known holiday
c) a normal holiday
d) a normal working day
Answers key
1c 6d 11 c 16 d 21 c 26 c
2b 7b 12 b 17 b 22 b 27 d
3c 8c 13 c 18 c 23 b 28 a
4c 9c 14 a 19 c 24 c 29 b
5d 10 a 15 d 20 a 25 c
3. The forward rate of dollar being quoted by a dealer at a premium. Among thefollowing
who will be benefited.
5. Which of the following methods applied for quoting the foreign exchange ratesin India?
8. When the future value of a currency is lower than the spot value, the currencyis said to
be in.
a) at par b) premium c) discount d) none of the above
9. As per RBI requirements all the ECB (External Commercial Borrowings) raised bythe
customers are to be
11. The foreign exchange market in India operates daily (except Saturday and Sunday) from
a) 8 am to 1 pm b) 9 am to 6 pm
c) 10 am to 4 pm d) 9 am to 5 pm
a) bonds raised by Indian Masala Traders for funding their business in India
14. The imports into a country are more than the exports of goods & services fromthe
country, this will directly effect to:
16. Foreign currency rates are declining compared with Indian currency. Whichcategory will
be benefited for this movement of rate.
17. Canara Bank opened a current account with Wachovia Bank in New York for itsdaily
transaction in US $. Which of the following kinds of accounts, it will beknown for Canara
Bank as?
18. From Bank’s angle, when there is inflow of foreign exchange & outflow ofrupees, these
transactions are called
21. Priority sector Export Credit (other than in Agri & MSME): Incremental export credit
over corresponding date of the preceding year, up to 2 per cent of ANBC or CEOBE
whichever is higher, subject to a sanctioned limit of up to
Answers key
1b 4a 7b 10 b 13 c 16 c 19 c
2d 5d 8c 11 d 14 c 17 c 20 a
3a 6c 9a 12 b 15 d 18 b 21 b
2. Under which rule of Official Language Rules, 1976, letter received in Hindi is to be replied
in Hindi only?
a) Rule No. 15
b) Rule No. 5
c) Rule No. 25
d) Rule No. 6
e) None of the above
4. Under which section of Official Language Act, 1963, certain specified documents like
circulars, memos and general order etc. are to be issued bilingually?
a) Section 343
b) Section 3(4)
c) Section 2(2)
d) Section 3(3)
e) None of the above
8. As per the Official Language Rules, 1976, Maharashtra state falls under which Language
Region?
a) Region A
b) Region C
c) Region D
d) Region B
e) None of the above
9. The Official Language Rules are applicable to all the states and union territories except:
a) Kerala
b) Karnataka
c) Jammu & Kashmir
d) Tamil Nadu
e) None of the above
11. Town Official Language Implementation Committee (TOLIC) meetings are held:
a) Monthly
b) Quarterly
c) Yearly
d) Half Yearly
e) None of the above
12. The percentage of originating correspondence in Hindi in Language Region ‘C’ is:
a) 55%
b) 90%
c) 100%
d) No percentage fixed
e) None of the above
16. Name of the Award instituted by Canara Bank for motivating implementation of Hindi at
branch/office level:
a) RajbhashaAkshayYojana
b) RajbhashaPuraskarYojana
c) Canara Bank RajbhashaAkshayYojana
d) Hindi Award Yojana
e) None of the above
18. Andaman & Nicobar Islands falls under which of the following Language Regions?
a) Region B
b) Region C
c) Region A
d) Region D
e) None of the above
19. The branch/office wherein 80% or more employees have working knowledge in Hindi
has to be notified under the Official Gazette under which rule of Official Language Rules,
1976?
a) Rule 10
b) Rule 11
c) Rule 8(4)
d) Rule 10(4)
e) None of the above
21. Which among the following is considered as ‘Proficiency in Hindi’ as per definition given
under Official Language Rules, 1976?
a) Passed matriculation with Hindi as medium of examination
b) Passed matriculation with Hindi as one of the subjects
c) Passed 8th standard with Hindi as a subject
d) Both (a) and (b)
e) None of the above
22. Name of the Award instituted by Canara Bank for motivating employees for use of Hindi
in their day to day official work:
a) RajbhashaAkshayYojana
b) RajbhashaPuraskarYojana
c) Canara Bank RajbhashaPuraskarYojana
d) Hindi Award Yojana
e) None of the above
ANSWER KEYS –
1. b 6. c 11. d 16. c 21. a
2. b 7. b 12. a 17. c 22. c
3. b 8. d 13. c 18. c 23. c
4. d 9. d 14. d 19. d 24. a
5. c 10. a 15. c 20. a 25. b
4) What is the MDR for Credit Cards issued under Platinum/Super Premium Variant?
a) 2.30% + GST
b) 1.5% + GST
c) 2.50 % + GST
d) 2.25 % + GST
5) What is the MDR for Credit Cards issued under Gold/ Premium Variant?
a) 2.30% + GST
b) 1.5% + GST
c) 2.50 % + GST
d) 2.25 % + GST
6) What is the MDR for Credit Cards issued under classic/standard Variant?
a) 2.30% + GST
b) 1.5% + GST
c) 2.50 % + GST
d) 2.25 % + GST
9) What is the MDR for transactions through Visa/Master Debit Cards for other
Merchants with turnover more than INR 20 lakh using POS machines with transaction
value upto INR 2000 (with a cap of INR 200)?
a) 0.45% + GST
b) 1.5% + GST
c) 0.40 % + GST
d) 2.25 % + GST
10) What is the MDR for transactions through Visa/Master Debit Cards for other
Merchants with turnover more than INR 20 lakh using POS machines with transaction
value more than INR 2000 (with a cap of INR 900)?
a) 0.40% + GST
b) 1.5% + GST
c) 2.50 % + GST
d) 0.90 % + GST
11) What is the MDR for transactions through Visa/Master Debit Cards for Small
Merchants with turnover less than INR 20 lakh using Bharath QR (with a cap of INR
200)?
a) 0.30% + GST
b) 1.5% + GST
c) 2.50 % + GST
d) 2.25 % + GST
12) What is the MDR for transactions through Visa/Master Debit Cards for other
Merchants with turnover more than INR 20 lakh using Bharath QR with transaction
value upto INR 2000 (with a cap of INR 200)?
a) 0.45% + GST
b) 1.5% + GST
c) 0.30 % + GST
d) 2.25 % + GST
15) What are the services charges for issuance of a fast tag?
a) INR 100 + GST
b) INR 150 + GST
c) INR 50 + GST
d) INR 165 + GST
16) What are the services charges for online reloading of a Fast tag?
a) INR 100 + GST
b) INR 150 + GST
c) INR 10 + GST
d) INR 165 + GST
17) What are the charges for first time generation of Green PIN for debit card
a) INR 100 + GST
b) INR 150 + GST
c) INR 10 + GST
d) NIL
18) What are the charges for Re generation of Green PIN for debit card
a) INR 100 + GST
b) INR 150 + GST
c) INR 50 + GST
d) NIL
22) What are the charges for Hotlisting and issuance of Replacement of debit card ?
a) INR 100 + GST
b) INR 150 + GST
c) INR 50 + GST
d) NIL
23) What are the charges for Issuance of International Travel Prepaid card ?
a) INR 100 + GST
b) INR 150 + GST
c) INR 200 + GST
d) NIL
24) What are the charges for Reloading of International Travel Prepaid card ?
a) INR 100 + GST
b) INR 150 + GST
c) INR 50 + GST
d) NIL
25) Which month was celebrated as National Cyber Security Awareness Month?
a) October 2020
b) November 2020
c) September 2020
d) August 2020
28) What is the standard rent for PSTN (Public switched telephone network) POS ( land line
using fixed POS) per month ?
a) INR 300 + GST
b) INR 150 + GST
c) INR 400 + GST
d) NIL
29) What is the standard rent for GPRS POS with out /with printer per month ?
a) INR 100 /150+ GST
b) INR 450/550 + GST
c) INR 50/100 + GST
d) NIL
30) What is the standard rent for Android POS with out /with printer per month ?
a) INR 700 /750+ GST
b) INR 450/550 + GST
c) INR 600/650 + GST
d) NIL
31.Bank is required to report Cyber Attack incidents to the Reserve Bank’s Cyber Security
and IT Examination (CSITE) Cell and other regulators within
a. 24 hours
b. 1 hour
c. 2-6 hours
d. 7 days
32.Canara Rupay Select Debit Card Accident Death & Permanent Total disability Insurance’
cover by NPCI is
a. 4 lakhs
b. 8 lakhs
c. 10 lakhs
d. None of the above
34. Maximum number of days credit customer gets by using our Credit card is
a. 45 days
b. 50 days
c. 15days
d. 60 days
36.A service model in which data is maintained, managed, backed up remotely and made
available to users over a network
a. Archival of data
b. Cloud service
c. Disaster recovery service
d. None of the above.
37. As per Enterprise Fraud Risk Management (EFRM) rules implemented in Internet
Banking Funds Transfer will be enabled in phased manner. Choose which of the
following is not true.
a.First 6 hours – Fund transfer is allowed upto Rs.10000/-
b.From 6 Hours to 24 hours – Fund transfer facility with a cap of Rs 50,000/-
c.After 24 Hours - Full Limit as applicable
d. First 6 hours – Fund transfer is not allowed
39. One Time Password [OTP] based cash withdrawal at our ATMs for a per day limit of
above Rs.10000/- introduced for our Debit Card holders having
a. All SB, Current and OD accounts
b. All SB, Current and OD accounts except NRE account
c. All SB, Current and OD accounts except NRE and NRO account
d. None of the above
40. Where to enable e-commerce/POS transactions for Debit and Credit Card
a. ATM
b. Mobile Banking
c. Internet banking
d. both a and b.
41. Which of the following services will be not be discontinued w.e.f 01.11.2020 ?
a. Canara e infobook
b. mServe
c. Canara Cart
d. Candi
Answer Key –
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
a b a c d b a a c d a c d c a
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
c d c a c a b c c a c d c b d
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41
c c c b b b a b c d d
1. In case verification of the entry reported to be erroneous by the customer does not
involve a third party, the bank shall arrange to complete the process of verification
within a maximum period of ...........working days from the date of reporting of erroneous
debit.
a. Seven
b. Fifteen
c. Twelve
d. Thirty
2. In case the verification involves a third party, the bank shall complete the verification
process within a maximum period of ............... from the date of reporting of erroneous
transaction by the customer.
a. One month
b. 15 days
c. 21 days
d. 07 days
4. In case where neither the Bank is at fault nor the customer, but the fault lies elsewhere
in the system, the Bank will help in restoring the actual amount involved. As a gesture of
goodwill and to deal with the customers fairly, the Bank will compensate the customer
with Rs.100/- per Rs.5000/- of the amount involved, subject to a maximum of
Rs................. for each instance.
a. 2000
b. 5000
c. 1000
d. 10000
7. Time frame for collection of cheques drawn on State Capitals / major cities/ other
locations to be ................. days respectively.
a. 7/10/14
b. 10/14/21
c. 14/21/28
d. 14/10/07
8. The Bank shall reimburse the account holder related expenses for obtaining duplicate
instruments (in case of loss in transit) and also interest at ............rate for reasonable
delays occurred in obtaining the same.
a. 5%
b. 2%
c. SB
d. TD
9. Bank will pay interest on the amount of the cheque for a further period of ..........days at
Savings Bank rate to provide for likely further delay in obtaining duplicate cheque/
instrument and collection thereof.
a. 7 days
b. 14 days
c. 15 days
d. 21 days
10. For Delays in collection of bills the lodgers’ bank shall pay interest to the lodger for the
delayed period in respect of collection of bills at the rate of...........% p.a. above the rate
of interest payable on balances of Savings Bank accounts.
a. 0.50
b. 1.00
c. 1.50
d. 2.00
12. It is mandatory for bank to reimburse the customer the amount wrongfully debited on
account of failed ATM within a maximum period of ...... days from the receipt of the
complaint.
a. T+2
b. T+5
c. T+7
d. T+10
13. For any failure to re-credit the customer's account beyond stipulated period from the
date of receipt of the complaint, bank shall pay compensation of Rs ..... per day SUO
MOTO to the aggrieved customer.
a. 50/-
b. 75/-
c. 100/-
d. 120/-
14. Any customer is entitled to receive compensation for delay (related to ATM), only if a
claim is lodged with the issuing bank within ..... days of the date of the transaction.
a. 7
b. 30
c. 60
d. 90
15. In case of Issue of Duplicate Demand Draft, delay beyond the above stipulated period,
interest at the rate applicable for Fixed Deposit for corresponding period will be paid as
compensation to the customer for such delay. What is the stipulated period means.
a. 15 days
b. 30 days
c. 45 days
d. 60 days
17. The delay in revision of pension and payment of arrears to pensioners including non
State resident pensioners, the Bank shall compensate the pensioners' for the delayed
period beyond the due date at ......% penal interest.
a. 3
b. 5
c. 8
d. 15
18. The Compliance Department should have an Executive of the cadre not less than in the
rank of........... or equivalent designated as Chief Group Compliance Officer (CGCO) with
overall responsibility for coordinating the identification and management of the Bank's
compliance risk and supervising the activities of other compliance function staff.
a. DGM
b. AGM
c. CM
d. DM
19. The CGCO may be appointed for a minimum fixed tenure of ......... year and the same
shall be informed to the Board, Audit Committee of the Board and also to RBI.
a. 5
b. 3
c. 2
d. 1
20. As per the recommendations of Basanth Seth Committee on Audit System and revised
Inspection Policy, ......% weightage is given to Control Risk and .......% weightage to
Business Risk.
a. 60, 40
b. 50, 50
c. 80, 20
d. 40, 60
22. The Risk Management Wing will monitor the performance of all new products for a
period of..... months from regulatory perspective.
a. 3
b. 6
c. 12
d. 18
24. In case of branch sanction up to cut of limit of Rs.5lacks (FB+NFB), monthly sanction
registers for all sanctions (including RAH/SME Sulabh/RO/CO) are to be reported and
placed for review to the Next Higher Authority before ......of the succeeding month.
a. 5th
b. 7th
c. 10th
d. 15th
26. Apart from the normal sanction review, a thorough review of taken over accounts other
than Retail Lending Loans is to be carried out at .......months intervals for one year.
a. 3
b. 4
c. 5
d. 6
29. Sanctions made by Circle Head CAC, submission for review is to be done on fortnightly
basis within .....days from closure of the fortnight.
a. 3
b. 4
c. 5
d. 7
30. Bank has reduced the threshold limit applicable for pre-release Audit from existing
Rs.5.00 crore and above to Rs............ and above and also introduced the system of
obtaining „Enforceability Certificate‟ from panel advocate (other than the advocate who
had given LSR) in relation to mortgage transactions.
a. 100 Lakh
b. 200 lakh
c. 50 lakh
d. 300 lakh
31. Remuneration to Panel advocate conducting Legal Audit with minimum of Rs......... per
mortgage and maximum of Rs.......... plus applicable GST for each borrowal account to be
absorbed in General Charges.
a. 5000/-, 50000/-
b. 5000/-, 25000/-
c. 1000/-, 5000/-
d. 1000/-, 10000/-
35. The Existing policy guidelines on conducting Legal Audit of title deeds and other
documents, in respect of large value loan accounts with credit exposure of Rs........ crores
and above.
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 5
36. Subsequent Legal Audits shall be conducted after a gap of .........years from the date of
first Pre disbursement Legal Audit.
a. 1
b. 2
c. 3
d. 4
37. Credit Audit applicable to all fresh sanctions, enhancements/ additional exposures
exceeding cut off limit of Rs ...........cores and above (FB+NFB) .
a. 1
b. 2
c. 3
d. 4
38. Maximum fees payable to external auditor is Rs..........., which can be paid by the branch,
upon getting the report.
a. 5000/-
b. 7000/-
c. 7500/-
d. 9000/-
40. A note with details on the status of credit audits allotted, conducted, compliance
sought, pending position and reports closed shall be placed to the Audit Committee of
Executives (ACE).
a. Quarterly
b. Monthly
c. Fortnightly
d. Weekly
41. Who is the authority for Review and Monitoring of Credit Audit and to accord
permission for closure for sanction made by CM/AGM Branch head?
a. AGM/DM- CO overseeing credit review section
b. DGM-CO overseeing credit review section
c. DGM- CAM wing HO
d. GM – CAM wing HO
42. Annual Stock & Receivable Audit should be got compulsorily done in respect of all
borrowal accounts enjoying Fund Based & Non Fund Based (NFB) working capital limits of
Rs.1 Crore & above for Moderate, High and Unrated accounts and Rs...........Crore and
above for Low Risk and Normal risk accounts from our Bank/Banking system.
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 5
43. The lenders shall report to CRILC, all borrower entities in default (with aggregate
exposure of Rs 50 million and above), on a weekly basis, at the close of business on
every........, or the preceding working day if ........happens to be a holiday.
a. Saturday
b. Monday
c. Wednesday
d. Friday
45. A copy of the SMA-D&E accounts along with the status of the accounts and steps taken
shall be submitted ........... to C A & M Wing, HO.
a. Quarterly
b. Monthly
c. Weekly
d. Bi-weekly
46. Large Credit Monitoring package (LCM) is applicable for Sanctioned Limit (both Fund
based & Non Fund based) of Rs.....Crore and above.
a. 5
b. 4
c. 3
d. 1
47. Our bank has put in place a mechanism Agencies for Specialized Monitoring (ASM) to
effectively monitor the post sanction performance of accounts with aggregate exposure
of Rs...... Crs and above periodically in order to detect the financial stress at an early
stage.
a. 250
b. 200
c. 300
d. 350
48. The ASM will complete the assignment within a period of....... . from the end of the
quarter.
a. 1 month
b. 1-3 weeks
c. 6-8 weeks
d. 9-12 weeks
49. The appointment of ASMs shall be for a period of Maximum ....... years.
a. 1
b. 2
c. 5
d. 7
51. Same ASM shall not be entrusted with more than ...... accounts in a year.
a. 5
b. 4
c. 3
d. 2
52. Professional Fee in respect of accounts under Sole Banking and where we are the
Leaders under Consortium/MBA, Professional fees shall be fixed at Rs ...... lakhs per
annum for accounts with total exposure up to Rs 500.00 Crs and Rs ......lakhs per annum
for accounts with Total exposure above Rs 500.00 Crs.
a. 1, 2
b. 1, 1.5
c. 1.5, 2.0
d. 2.0, 2.5
53. The Limit for bringing a Loan account under the purview of Quick Mortality is increased
from Rs 5.00 lakhs to Rs ........ lakhs
a. 10
b. 15
c. 20
d. 25
54. CERSAI fee for modification of Charge Creation for loan more than Rs. 5.0 Lakh would
be.
a. 5
b. 10
c. 50
d. 100
55. The entire process of CERSAI registration and updating of CERSAI Security ID in CBS in
.......is to be completed on the same day of registration.
a. BAM73
b. BAM 74
c. BAM 25
d. BAM 26
57. Chief Managers and above authorities in Branches, Divisional Managers / Assistant
General Manager at Regional Office/ Circle Office can permit Agriculture financing
beyond ........... considering the size of the advance, cluster of loan proposals, capacity of
the branch to service the account, etc.
a. 16 km
b. 20 km
c. 25 km
d. 30 km
59. In case party is already having a development/investment loan, and total exposure
including the proposed exposure (KCC, Dairy loan) exceeds Rs.......... then mortgage of
land is to be stipulated in addition to hypothecation of crops cultivated.
a. 100000
b. 160000
c. 300000
d. 500000
60. Gold loan – Handling charges to be collected in case of Gold Loans Closed within .........
month from date of Sanction/Disbursement
a. 6
b. 5
c. 4
d. 3
62. It is mandatory to engage Second Jewel appraiser in branches, where average no. of
Gold loans granted is more than..... Loans per day, during the previous Financial Year.
a. 10
b. 20
c. 25
d. 15
63. Fresh agri loans above Rs. 3.00lacks and up to and including Rs.10.00lacks for High Risk
accounts, may be permitted by.............
a. DGM-CO-CAC
b. GM-CO-CAC
c. RO HEAD – CAC
d. DM-RO
64. Overall maximum Gold Loan limit per customer may be fixed at Rs. 20.00 Lakhs.
However for crop cultivation the quantum to be restricted to Rs.10.00 lakhs per
customer.
a. 10, 10
b. 20, 03
c. 20, 05
d. 20, 10
65. Upto 35 HP tractor the applicant should have at least ........ acres of perennially irrigated
land or ...... acres of dry land so as to ensure sufficient work of at least 1000 to 1200
hours per year including a minimum of 500 hours of work on the farmers own land.
a. 6, 12
b. 08, 16
c. 6, 08
d. 6. 06
66. Above 35 HP tractor the applicant should have at least ...... acres of perennially irrigated
land or .......acres of dry land so as to ensure sufficient work of at least 1200 to 1400
hours per year including a minimum of 600 hours of work on the farmers own land.
a.6, 12 b.8,16
c.9, 18 d.5, 10
68. Risk Management Committee of the Board (RMCB) is a Board level sub-committee
headed by
a. Chairman of the Bank
b. Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer (MD & CEO)
c. Executive Directors
d. Chief General Manager
69. MRTWG is responsible for considering detailed aspects of all credit risk models. What is
the full form of MRTWG?
a. Model Review Technical Working Group
b. Matrix Rating Treatment Working Group
c. Matrix Review Technical Working Group
d. Model Rating Technical Working Group
70. Who is empowered to permit credit facilities to new borrower clients rated High Risk.
a. GM-HO-CAC
b. CGM-HO-CAC
c. ED CAC
d. CAC of the Board
73. The first step in the measurement of credit risk is to perform asset categorization. The
Bank's credit risk exposures are required to be classified into six exposure categories.
Which of the following is not one of them?
a. Retail
b. MSME
c. Equity
d. Others
74. Who cannot enter into a contract of partnership with another person or persons.
a. HUF
b. Trust
c. Company
d. No such clause
75. Loans sanctioned by banks to NBFC( other than MFIs) for on-lending to MSME sector up
to Rs.------- (per borrower) will be classified in Priority Sector.
a. 5 lakhs
b. 10 lakhs
c. 20 lakhs
d. 50 lakhs
76. Loans sanctioned by banks to NBFC( other than MFIs) for on-lending to Agri sector up to
Rs.------- (per borrower) will be classified in Priority Sector.
a. 5 lakhs
b. 10 lakhs
c. 20 lakhs
d. 50 lakhs
78. Which of the following is NOT a prevailing Retail Lending product in the our Bank?
a. Canara Site,
b. Swarna Loan
c. ESOP Scheme
d. Canara Sugam
79. Which of the following is NOT subjected to scoring for facilitating evaluation of
creditworthiness?
a. Canara rent
b. Canara mortgage
c. Canara Pension
d. All of the above
80. Bank shall have an exposure ceiling to Commercial Real Estate which would be reviewed
and revised annually. However, the maximum exposure to a particular project by the
Bank shall not exceed 3.33 times of the Tangible Net Worth of the borrower or -------------
- (whichever is lesser).
a. Rs.100 Crore
b. Rs.150 Crore
c. Rs.300 Crore
d. Rs.500 Crore
81. For Commercial Real estate exposure, where repayment is made from sale of the
property, repayment period is upto --------.
a. 3 years from DCCO
b. 5 years from DCCO
c. 7 years from DCCO
d. 9 years from DCCO
82. For Commercial Real estate exposure, where repayment is made out of lease rentals
from the property, repayment period is upto --------------------.
a. 7 years including moratorium
b. 10 years including moratorium
c. 10 years excluding moratorium
d. 12 years including moratorium
84. which of the following activities undertaken by NBFCs are eligible for bank credit
a. against receivables arising on account of lease
b. bills discounted / rediscounted by NBFCs
c. unsecured loans / inter-corporate deposits by NBFCs
d. further lending to individuals for subscribing to Initial Public Offerings (IPOs)
85. While financing for computer hardware minimum margin shall be ------.
a. 10%
b. 25%
c. 30%
d. 40%
86. Branches have to report all cases of actual/suspected frauds immediately on detection
to Review & Reporting (R&R) Section, Recovery, Legal and Fraud Prevention Wing, Head
Office, Bengaluru
a. Same day
b. Within 24 Hours
c. 2 Days
d. Within a Week
87. Which of the following is not having the office of Panel for Resolution of Disputes (PRD)
at present?
a. Delhi for Northern Grid
b. Kolkata for Eastern Grid
c. Chennai for Southern Grid
d. Mumbai for Western Grid
88. The Chairman of PRD is from Reserve Bank of India, members of the panel will not
include any representative from the
a. Bank
b. NGO
c. Judiciary
d. Collage/ Universities
91. Customer can register complaint if he/she is not satisfied with the services provided by
the Bank (246/2020)
a) Orally
b) Writing
c) Over telephone
d) All of the above
92. Customer registered complaint in writing, the bank shall give him acknowledgement
within(246/2020)
a. 15 days
b. 3 days
c. A Week
d. 30 days
93. The bank shall give response after examining the complaint received from customer
within(246/2020)
a. 30 days of receipt of complaint
b. 45 days of receipt of complaint
c. 60 days of receipt of complaint
d. 15 days of receipt of complaint
97. Canara Bank has developed an in house portal in which all the complaints are registered
and redressed(246/2020)
a. Canara Public Grievance Redressal Package (CPGRS)
b. Canara Public Grievance Solution Package (CPGSP)
c. Canara Public Complaint Solution Package (CPCSP)
d. Canara Public Solution Package (CPSP)
99. customer may approach Banking Ombudsman appointed by Reserve Bank of India
under Banking Ombudsman Scheme, 2006 ,if complaints are not redressed within
(246/2020)
a. 10 days
b. 15 days
c. One month
d. 7 days
101. Bank will be constrained to close the account, If ECS mandates are dishonoured
of value less than 1 Crore for the reason insufficient funds on ......occasions during the
financial year (244/2020)
a. 4
b. 6
c. 12
d. 9
102. Dishonour of a cheque for the reason insufficient funds of value Rs. 1 Crore will
and above attract stoppage of cheque book facility and closure of current account on
.....occasion during financial year (244/2020)
a. 3
b. 4
c. 12
d. 9
103. Cheques dishonoured for the reason insufficient funds in respect of all accounts
should be returned /dispatched to the customers without delay, in any case within .........
hours (244/2020)
a. 48
b. 24
c. 60
d. 72
104. Cheque /ECS Return Charges – Local and Outstation for All Accounts
[SB/CA/OD/OCC], Inward returns Upto 1 Cr is (244/2020)
a. 250 +GST
b. 100 +GST
c. 500 +GST
d. 1000 +GST
107. Bank provides information on interest rates, fees and charges (245/2020)
a. Notice Board in the branches
b. Website
c. Through help-desk
d. All of the above
108. The customer shall be given ......days time to opt out/close the account
(245/2020)
a. 60
b. 20
c. 30
d. 45
a. Asked by anyone
b. Sought by spouse
c. Disclosure is compelled by law / regulation
d. Required by neighbour of customer
Answer keys
1 A 21 C 41 D 61 C 81 A 101 A
2 A 22 B 42 D 62 C 82 C 102 B
3 B 23 D 43 D 63 D 83 D 103 B
4 C 24 B 44 B 64 A 84 A 104 C
5 D 25 D 45 D 65 B 85 D 105 D
6 C 26 D 46 A 66 C 86 B 106 D
7 A 27 B 47 B 67 D 87 B 107 D
8 C 28 D 48 B 68 A 88 A 108 A
9 C 29 B 49 D 69 A 89 D 109 B
10 D 30 D 50 D 70 D 90 D 110 C
11 B 31 B 51 C 71 B 91 D
12 B 32 C 52 B 72 C 92 C
13 C 33 D 53 D 73 B 93 A
14 B 34 D 54 A 74 A 94 D
15 A 35 C 55 C 75 C 95 C
16 D 36 C 56 D 76 B 96 D
17 C 37 A 57 D 77 B 97 A
18 A 38 C 58 B 78 D 98 B
19 D 39 A 59 D 79 D 99 C
20 C 40 A 60 C 80 B 100 B
Q5. Computation of limitation when different persons have executed the documents on
different dates will be:
a. From the date of first execution
b. From the date of last execution
c. Can be either from first execution or last execution
d. It will be a defective document.
Q8. In which of the following instruments the Stamp Duty does not differs from State to
State?
a. Agreement
b. Power of Attorney
c. AOD
d. Promissory Notes
Q10. Keeping in and taking out loan papers from double lock for any purpose is to be
recorded in:
a. NB-132
b. NB-115
c. NB-175
d. NB-27
Q17. In case of Education Loan the time from which period of limitation will begin:
a. Date of execution of loan documents.
b. Date of completion of course.
c. Date of commencement of repayment.
d. Three years from the date of execution of loan documents.
Q20.Deposit of all the available original documents of title, with the concerned branch with
a letter of undertaking to create charge/ mortgage in favour of the bank when called
upon to do so, is known as:
a. Mortgage
b. Lien
c. Negative Lien
d. Charge creation
Q22.In case of Joint Stock Company as per Section 125 of Companies Act, Registration of
charge with ROC is to be done:
a. Within 60 days from the date of creation of charge.
b. Within 30 days from the date of creation of charge.
c. On the date creation of charge itself.
d. Within 30 days from the date of loan documents.
Q23.For MSME clients enjoying Working Capital Limits against BDs, which appendix is
modified after implementation of Trade Receivables Discounting System (TReDS)
Scheme.
a. Appendix 68 - Proforma of Book Debt statement of Manual of instructions on
Documentation
b. Appendix 66 - Proforma of notice to be sent by our borrower to his debtor in connection
with our advance against book-debts.
c. Appendix 67 - Letter of undertaking not to avail occ facility elsewhere.
d. Appendix 72 - Agreement for segregated liabilities.
Q24. “Checklist for scrutiny and approval of LSR by branches” (Appendix-18 of manual of
instructions on Documentation – volume-I) has been modified. Which of the following
certificate by Branch-In-Charge is added in appendix-18?
a. I have verified the documents submitted by the proposed mortgagor vis-à-vis the Legal
Scrutiny Report.
b. The Legal Scrutiny report discloses a clear marketable title on the property proposed to
be mortgaged as per verification done by me.
c. The LSR is in the prescribed format and the same is acceptable.
d. The Title Deeds/Property Documents submitted for scrutiny are received directly from
the Panel Advocate along with Legal Scrutiny Report.
Q27. The Pre-Release Audit for all types of credit facilities sanctioned with credit limits of
Rs. 5 crore & above (Fund based/Non fund based/clean limits/retail lending schemes) to
new as well as existing borrowers, shall be conducted within:
Q29. Term Loans (other than agriculture) AOD/AOS/LOR is to be obtained from the date of
agreement / earlier AOD/AOS
a. After completion of 36 month.
b. After completion of 24 months.
c. After completion of 12 months.
d. At the time of agreement itself.
Q30. When third party property is proposed to be taken as collateral security by way of
EMT for an advance:
a. Willingness to offer the property as security to the loan is to be obtained from
borrower.
b. Willingness to offer the property as security to the loan is to be obtained from co-
borrower.
c. Willingness to offer the property as security to the loan is to be obtained from both
borrower as well as co-borrower.
d. Willingness to offer the property as security to the loan is to be obtained from the title
holder of the property.
Q32. Letter Evidencing Deposit of Title Deed LEDTD is to be executed at the notified branch:
a. on the date of deposit of the title deed itself.
b. at least one day after the deposit of the title deeds.
c. at least one day before the deposit of the title deeds.
d. at least one day before or on the date of deposit of the title deeds.
Q33. Where some of the previous title deeds or other material documents (chain of
property papers) is/are missing/not available etc., it is advisable to go in for:
a. Declining the loan proposal.
b. Prior permission of Circle Head.
c. Memorandum of deposit of title deeds.
d. Declaration from borrower to that effect.
Q35. Banks will not be able to initiate any step under Chapter III of SARFAESI Act like
issuance of demand notices, taking possession or arranging for sale of the secured assets
unless:
a. The borrower’s consent is there for the same.
b. The secured assets are registered with the Central Registry (CERSAI).
c. The permission from Legal Section of Circle is there.
d. The orders of competent court are there for same.
Q36. For Creation and modification of Charge with Registrar of Companies the required
form to be filled up is:
a.Form CHG-1 b.Form B
c.Form 8 d.Form 17
Q38. When the amount of advance is completely paid by the borrower company,
Satisfaction of charge within __ (Section 138) is to be done in __.
a. 30 days, Form No. 17
b. 1 month, Form No. 8
c. 30 days, Form CHG-4
d. 7 days, Form No. 8
Q39. In case of renewal of account without enhancement or with reduction in the existing
limits:
a. Modification of charge not required.
b. Modification of charge is to be done within 15 days.
c. Modification of charge is to be done on the date of renewal itself.
d. Modification of charge is to be done within 30 days.
Q40. Whenever limits secured by the mortgage of the landed property are renewed,without
any enhancement the letter of renewal which is to be obtainedis:
a. NF-803
b. NF-493
c. NF-718
d. NF-480
Q41. Under “PM Street Vendor’s AtmaNirbharNidhi (PM SVANidhi)” scheme for providing
credit for working capital to street vendors to resume their businesses Which of the
following document/s is/are not required
a. Letter of Recommendation (LoR)
b. Certificate of Vending (CoV)/ID Card
c. Aadhar Card
d. Ration Card
Q43. Newly introduced Disbursement format to be taken for each disbursement for all loans
and advances is __?
a. NF 1009
b. NF 1023
c. NF 1024
d. NF 1025
Q45. As per Cir. 555 dt 21.7.2020, the common Application cum Appraisal Form for KCC-
Crop loans with Gold as Collateral Security is _________?
a. NF 1026
b. NF 1023
c. NF 1024
d. NF 1025
Q46. Which of the following is correct for the recent modifications for documentation for
Agriculture Gold Loans as per Cir 559/2020?
a. Modification done in NF 497
b. No modification in existing NF 497
c. Link Letter to be taken with NF 497
d. Both A and C
Q48. Which of the following statements are correct for GECL Loans?
a. No Corporate guarantee/personal guarantee/third party guarantee/extension of
previously furnished guarantee/Fresh guarantee to be obtained
b. If guarantee has been obtained in any form, is has to be cancelled to ensure continuity of
guarantee cover of ECLGS.
c. Existing Guarantee cover to be continued for fresh Loan granted under GECL
d. Both a and b
Q49. As per Covid-19 regulatory package, what is not correct among the following
statements:
a. Conduct of Prerelease Audit for any additional working capital limitsanctioned under
LWCA & Canara Credit Support (CCS) loans, relaxation of 30 days from disbursement
b. Stock & book debt inspection, submission of stock statement/ othermonitoring data
restored only after 31.8.2020
c. Physical inspection of stock along with QOS / HOS in physical form w.e.f.1.9.20
d. All a to c
ANSWER KEY -
1 D 17 C 33 C 49 D
2 D 18 A 34 D 50 D
3 C 19 B 35 B 51 D
4 B 20 C 36 A 52 D
5 A 21 A 37 D 53 D
6 C 22 B 38 C 54 C
7 A 23 A 39 A
8 D 24 D 40 B
9 B 25 C 41 D
10 D 26 A 42 A
11 A 27 C 43 C
12 D 28 D 44 A
13 C 29 B 45 A
14 D 30 D 46 A
15 D 31 A 47 D
16 B 32 B 48 D
5. When does the right of nominee start in case of joint deposit accounts operated on
“Either or OR” basis?
A. Immediately on death of all depositors
B. Immediately on death of any of the depositors
C. Nominee cannot be made in such type of deposits
D. All of the above are incorrect.
Answers:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
b d b a a d a c
3. In respect of gold jewellery, for the purpose of reckoning the claim amount, which value
is to be considered?
a) Market value as on date of claim
b) Appraised value as per Pledge letter
c) Market value as on date of pledge
d) Appraised value as on date of claim
5. In case the deceased has lest a will and our accounts are not mentioned /specified under
will, in whos favour claim is to be settled?
a) Executor of Will
b) Executor will be asked to get court orders for said accounts
c) Legal heirs can claim as per succession law
d) Succession Certificate to be called for
8. In which type of account at the time of death of one account holder of two joint account
holder, account is to be settled under Death Claim.
a) E or S
b) No 1 or S
c) Jointly operated
d) Latter or S
9. In which type of account at the time of death of first holder of two joint account holders,
indemnity from survivor is required.
a) Where deceased is illiterate
b) Where deceased is Blind
c) Where deceased is physically handicapped
d) Where deceased is Minor.
10. For Safe Custody Articles,in the case of jointly deposited articles where application does
not provide for delivery of the article to the surviving depositor in case one of the joint
depositors dies, a claim has to be preferred by_____________
a) Survivor
b) Legal heirs of deceased
c) Survivor & Legal heirs of deceased
d) Legal heirs of both
11. Probating of the Will should NOT be insisted upon only in the case of Will made
by____________?
a) Muslim
b) Hindu
c) Sikh
d) Buddhist
13. The age of majority shall be ________ years in all cases where guardian is appointed by
the Competent Court as per the Guardian and Wards Act.
a) 12 years
b) 18 years
c) 21 years
d) 23 years
17. Where legal heir of deceased depositor is NRI, he can do several things. Which one is
NOT correct?
a) NRI can execute claim form in the country NRI is residing before our bank branch officials
there.
b) NRI can execute Special Power of attorney in favor of Indian Resident
c) NRI can execute claim form in the country NRI is residing before Notary Public there.
d) NRI can execute claim form in the country NRI is residing before that country’s consulate
officethere.
19. WHERE A NRI CUSTOMER HAS PASSED AWAY ABROAD Death certificate accompanied
by any of the following document shall be obtained. Which one is NOT correct.
a) Evidence of settlement of any insurance claim at foreign centre.
b) Evidence of settlement of terminal benefits by employer at foreign centre.
c) Evidence of death as provided by a hospital or local police authorities at the foreign
centre
d) Declaration cum indemnity from legal heirs to that effect.
20. Under settlement of death claims which type of accounts CANNOT be settled?
a) Accounts in Minor name.
b) Contents of Lockers
c) Securities under Gold Loan
d) Accounts of HUF
21. For claims without nomination up to Rs. 10,000/- which claim form is to be obtained?
a) Appendix I of MoI
b) Appendix II of MoI
c) Appendix III of MoI
d) NF 1020
22. For claims without nomination above Rs. 10,000/- up to Rs. 50,000/- which claim form is
to be obtained?
a) Appendix I of MoI
b) Appendix II of MoI
c) Appendix III of MoI
d) NF 1020
23. For claims without nomination Above Rs. 50,000/- which claim form is to be obtained?
a) Appendix I of MoI
b) Appendix II of MoI
c) Appendix III of MoI
d) NF 1020
25. What is NOT correct regarding Surity for settlement of death claims?
a) Surity is to be mandatorily obtained from minimum two individuals.
b) The Surety should be a person who is well known to the family of deceased but
unconnected with it
c) Any account holder of the bank known to the family of deceased but unconnected with it
d) Any Govt. official whose signature is verified by the bank. The same is to be sworn before
Judge/Magistrate/Notary public
28. Annexure H to NF 1020 – Receipt: - To be signed by all claimants jointly having received
the claim amount where amount is paid by way of_____
a) NEFT
b) Banker’s cheque
c) Credit to account
d) RTGS
31. Where assets of deceased are claimed on the basis of Will, which of the following
document is not to be obtained.
a) Appendix-1
b) Death Certificate
c) Declaration as per Appendix B
d) True copy / certified copy of the Will
32. Where nomination is available in deposit but amount is claimed by Executor of will, in
such case amount is to be settled in favour of____.
a) Nominee
b) Executor
c) Any of two
d) None of them and in favour of legal heirs.
33. Where nomination is available in deposit but amount is claimed by Legal heirs, in such
case amount is to be settled in favour of____.
a) Nominee
b) Legal heirs
c) Legal heirs to be advised to obtain orders from court
d) Succession Certificate is to be called.
34. Where nomination is available in deposit but amount is claimed as per Succession
Certificate, in such case amount is to be settled in favour of____.
a) Nominee
b) Legal heirs
c) As per succession certificate
d) Court orders to be called for
37. Where deceased is Female Parasi, who cannot claim the amount at first instance?
a) Husband of deceased
b) Mother of deceased
c) Daughter of deceased
d) Son of deceased
38. Where Nomination is not available & deceased is Christian, who cannot claim the
amount at first instance?
a) Husband of deceased
b) Mother of deceased
c) Son/Daughter of deceased
d) Grand son/Grand daughter of deceased
39. Where Nomination is not available & deceased is Muslim, who cannot claim the amount
at first instance?
a) Father of deceased
b) Mother of deceased
c) Spouse of deceased
d) Brother of deceased
40. Where operation condition is Either or Survivor, on the death of one depositor what is
to be done?
a) Name of deceased to be deleted after obtaining death certificate
b) Amount is to be settled in favour of Survivor & legal heirs of deceased
c) Amount is to be settled in favour of Survivor & nominee of deceased
d) Amount is to be settled in favour of Survivir after submitting claim forms
a) 7.5%
b) SB Interest from date of death to settlement
c) 7.5% - 1%
d) SB interest from date of deposit
47. New package/utility for death claim settlement is introduced under which reform?
a) EASE 2.0 PSB
b) EASE 1.0 PSB
c) EASE 3.0 PSB
d) EASE 1.5 PSB
48. Death Claim has been categorized into how many parts in the portal?
a) 4
b) 3
c) 2
d) 1
49. On raising claim in Death Claim Portal, URN number will be generated in the format DP
CODE+CN+RUNNING SERIAL NUMBER. Running Serial Number contains how many digits?
a) 7
b) 6
c) 5
d) 4
Answer keys
1 D 2 D 3 B 4 C 5 C
6 D 7 B 8 C 9 A 10 C
11 A 12 B 13 C 14 C 15 D
16 B 17 D 18 A 19 D 20 D
21 A 22 B 23 D 24 C 25 A
26 A 27 D 28 B 29 C 30 A
31 C 32 B 33 A 34 C 35 B
36 A 37 B 38 B 39 D 40 A
41 B 42 A 43 C 44 B 45 C
46 D 47 A 48 B 49 C 50 D
5. Which of the below mentioned products is not offered under the brand name of choice?
A. Guaranteed Income Plan
B. Pension4life Plan
C. Health First Plan
D. Jeevan Nivesh Plan
E. Cancare policy
7. The policy that covers Death due to accident, loss of Baggage and Purchase Protection to
Platinum, Business, Select variant Debit Card Holders and all credit card holders.
A. Banker’s Indemnity Policy
B. CANCARE Policy
C. Public Liability Policy
D. RUPAY Card Policy
8. The Corona Kavach Policy is a Cover for hospitalisation and home care treatment for
CORONA through our Bank branches under the aegis of:
A. TATA AIG INSURANCE
B. Canara HSBC OBC Life Insurance Company Limited
C. The NEW INDIA ASSURANCE CO LTD
D. BAJAJ ALLIANZ GIC
9. EXTRA CARE PLUS is a policy scheme provided under the tie up arrangement with:
A. TATA AIG INSURANCE
B. Canara HSBC OBC Life Insurance Company Limited
C. The NEW INDIA ASSURANCE CO LTD
D. BAJAJ ALLIANZ GIC
10. The maximum amount of loss covered for self under card variants of Gold/Platinum
amount to:
A. Rs. 5.00 lakhs
B. Rs. 8.00 lakhs
C. Rs. 4.00 lakhs
D. Rs. 6.00 lakhs
12. The Burglary and Fire Insurance comes under which variant of Insurance Policy?
A. General Insurance
B. Life Insurance
C. Property Insurance
D. Building Insurance
13. The EXTRA CARE PLUS is a health Insurance Policy catering to the age group of
A. 91 DAYS- 80 YEARS
B. 182 DAYS- 60 YEARS
C. 18 YEARS- 60 YEARS
D. 5 YEARS- 65 YEARS
14. The asset that can be covered under General Insurance must be
A. a physical asset of some economic value
B. Non Physical asset of economic value
C. Must be an asset but not necessarily important to have an economic value.
D. Both A and B are correct
E. Only A is correct
15. Insurance premium for getting a life insurance cover under our Corporate Agency tie up
can be paid through
A. Self Cheque
B. Demand Draft
C. Direct debit of account through CBS option
D. All of the above
16. The insurance cover creates a pool of funds to compensate against losses caused due to
A. Peril
B. Depreciation
C. Amortization
D. All of the above
18. In case an insurance product is obtained as collateral or primary security, what value of
the product you consider as the security amount?
A. Paid Value
B. Annuity value
C. Surrender Value
D. Maturity Value
19. The one word term used for the process of seeking reimbursement from a third or
responsible party for a claim that they have already paid to the claimant.
A. Subrogation
B. Indemnity
C. Insurance
D. Claim Reimbursement
1 B 9 D 17 A
2 A 10 B 18 C
3 B 11 B 19 A
4 B 12 A 20 C
5 E 13 A
6 C 14 D
7 B 15 D
8 C 16 A
2.The device that uses pressure sensitive electronics and separate sensors to monitor the
horizontal and vertical movements is
a.Mouse
b.Joystick
c.Compiler
d.Line printer
e.All the above
5.The software that consists of all the programs, documents inbuilt in the computer is called
a.System Software
b.Application Software
c.In built Software
d.Default Software
e.Utility Software
9.The device that converts an image into electronic form by shining light and sensing the
intensity of the reflection at every point.
a.Bar Code
b.Scanner
c.QR Code
d.Touch Screen
e.Compiler
13.A computer based network that connects computers over a local area is called
a.Loacl Area Connection
b.Local Area Network
c.Micro Area Network
d.Nest
e.Metro Area Network
20.Encoding the contents of a message/mail in such a way that it hides the contents from
outsiders is called
a.Encryption
b.Decryption
c. Cyber Squatting
d.Nano technology
e.Artificial Intelligence
23.Within the meaning of computer crime, a set of instructions that is designed to modify,
destroy, record and transmit data or programs available in a computer is called
a.Hacking
b.Virus
c.Containment
d.Intruding
d.Any of the above
1 c 10 a 19 c
2 b 11 c 20 a
3 b 12 e 21 b
4 c 13 b 22 d
5 a 14 a 23 b
6 d 15 e 24 a
7 c 16 c 25 c
8 d 17 b
9 b 18 d
Q-1-Suit filed accounts are to be transferred to ARM Branch where book liability is
A-Rs 10lacks and above
B-Above 20lacks
C-20lacks and above
D-Above 10lacks
Q-4-Powers to permit exemption from rating by ECAI in respect of accounts falling upto
circle powers
A- ED-CAC
B- CAC of the Board
C-CO Head –CAC
D-No Power
Q-11-Which statement is correct in respect of scheme Canara LRD (Lease Rent Discounting)
A- All corporate/non corporate clients eligible irrespective of Risk rating internally.
B-Individual borrowers shall have risk grade of atleast CS-3 as per the latest CIRs are eligible
C-The Scheme is applicable for CS-1 grade individual borrowers only.
D-Loans can be permitted to meet any requirement of the borrower/s including for
speculative purposes.
Q-12- The minimum Loan amount for ‘Canara LRD (Lease Rent Discounting)’
A-Above 1 Crore
B-Above 2 Crore
C-Above 5 Crore
D-Above 10lacks
Q-15-The maximum repayment period for ‘Canara LRD (Lease Rent Discounting)’
A-Upto 180 months or unexpired lease period (including repayment holiday, certain and
option period) whichever is lower in EMI.
B- Upto 120 months or unexpired lease period (including repayment holiday, certain and
option period) whichever is lower in monthly installments.Interest to be recovered as
and when due.
C-Upto 180 months or unexpired lease period (including repayment holiday, certain and
option period) whichever is lower in monthly installments.Interest to be recovered as
and when due.
C-Upto 120 months or unexpired lease period (including repayment holiday, certain and
option period) whichever is lower in EMI.
Q-17-Credit scoring matrix framework under EASE Reforms for Corporate loans is applicable
for
A-Rs.50 crore and above (FB + NFB)
B- Rs.50 crore and above (FB)
C- Rs.10 crore and above (FB + NFB)
D- Rs.10 crore and above (FB)
Q-18-Credit scoring matrix framework under EASE Reforms for MSME loans is applicable for
A-Rs.50 crore and above (FB + NFB)
B- Rs.50 crore and above (FB)
C- Rs.10 crore and above (FB + NFB)
D- Rs.10 crore and above (FB)
Q-22- Re-KYC updation should be done for Low Risk rated customers
A- Once in every ten years
B- Once in every five year
C- Once in every two years
D- once in every three years
Q-26- If the degree of risk associated with the proposal is assessed as ‘Low’ the CBPR
scoring risk grades will be
A-CBPR -5
B-CBPR -3
C-CBPR -2
D-CBPR -1
Q-27- If the degree of risk associated with the proposal is assessed as ‘Normal’ the CBPR
scoring risk grades will be
A-CBPR -5
B-CBPR -3
C-CBPR -2
D-CBPR -1
Q-28- If the degree of risk associated with the proposal is assessed as ‘Medium’ the CBPR
scoring risk grades will be
A-CBPR -5
B-CBPR -3
C-CBPR -2
D-CBPR -1
Q-29- If the degree of risk associated with the proposal is assessed as ‘High’ the CBPR
scoring risk grades will be
A-CBPR -4
B-CBPR -3
C-CBPR -2
D-CBPR -1
Q-30- If the degree of risk associated with the proposal is assessed as ‘Very High’ the CBPR
scoring risk grades will be
A-CBPR -5
B-CBPR -3
C-CBPR -2
D-CBPR -1
Q-33- What is the monetary ceiling towards cost of mobile hand set to Section heads
(HO/CO/RO) is
A-Rs 10000/-
B-Rs 5000/-
C-Rs 8000/-
D-Rs 12000/-
Q-37 -Please select the correct term deposit product where auto Renewal facility is not
available.
A-Canara Tax Saver Deposits
B-Capital Gains Accounts
C-Non-callable deposits
D-All of the above
Q-38- BO Report for List of Staff Accounts where cumulative credit transactions exceeding
Rs 1.00 Lakh to Rs.2.00 Lakhs for previous month is
A-241219A
B-241219
C-249219
D-241419
Q-39-BO Report forList of Staff Accounts where cumulative credit transactions exceeding Rs
2.00 Lakhs for previous month.
A-241219A
B-241219
C-249219A
D-241419A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
C D B A C A D A C B
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
B C B B C B A C B B
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
C A B D B D C B A A
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
B A C D D D D B A C
Q2) Complete disbursement process on weekly basis for the entire SHG loans sourced
during the SHG Linkage campaign period from 01.02.2020 to 07.03.2020 and organize a
Mega Disbursement Day on 07.03.2020 in connection with ____ (Cir. 51/2020)
(a) “International Women’s Day”.
(b) “International SHG Day”.
(c) “International Credit Linkage Day”.
(d) “International Banks Day”.
Q4) In case of Settlement of Claims of Deceased Depositors and Return of Articles in Safe
Deposit Lockers/ Safe Custody the existing cut off limit for Simple Claim Settlement has been
raised to ____ (Cir. 52/2020)
(a) Rs15000/-
(a) Rs25000/-
(b) Rs35000/-
(c) Rs50000/-
Q5) A new standardized form has been introduced namely ____for Death Claim Settlement
other than nomination related claims above Rs. 50000.00 in our Bank.(Cir. 52/2020)
(a) NF-1015
(b) NF-1020
(c) NF-1050
(d) NF-1035
Q7) Reserve Bank of India has fixed the Sovereign Gold Bond Scheme 2019-20 Series IX –
Issue Price at ________ per gram ofSovereign Gold Bond. (Cir. 56/2020)
(e)Rs4070/-
(a) Rs4150/-
(b) Rs4450/-
(c) Rs5000/-
Q9) Interest rate on BILLS UNDER LCs (BULC) is now linked to _____?(Cir. 58/2020)
(a) MCLR
(b) Base Rate
(c) Prime Lending Rate (PLR)
(d) Repo Linked Lending Rate (RLLR)
Q11) Threshold limit has been enhanced from _____ to Rs. _____ (FB+NFB exposure) in
case of Low, Normal and Moderate Risk rated accounts for CMF (Credit Monitoring
Format) (Cir. 59/2020)
(a) Rs1 Crores,Rs 02 Crores
(b) Rs1 Crores,Rs 03 Crores
(c) Rs1 Crores,Rs 05 Crores
(d) Rs1 Crores ,Rs10 Crores
Q12) Threshold limit(FB+NFB exposure) in case ofHigh Risk rated Accounts is _____for CMF
(Credit Monitoring Format)(Cir. 59/2020)
(a)Rs1 Crores
(b) Rs2Crores
(c) Rs3Crores
(d) Rs5 Crores
Q13) The periodicity for submission of CMF (Credit Monitoring Format) is ______ in case of
Low/Normal/Moderate Risk Rated accounts (Cir. 59/2020).
(a) Monthly
(b) Quarterly
(c) Half Yearly
(d) Annual
Q14) Progress report of Issuance & Activation of RuPay cards can be viewed by extracting
BO reports 170177, 170222 (RuPay Issuance & Activation) (Cir. 63/2020).
(a) 170188, 170222
(b) 170123, 170224
(c) 170177, 170222
(d) 170222, 170177
Q16) The product code for New Scheme on Housing Loan to Corporates introduced vide
Circular No. 64/2020 is (Cir. 64/2020)
(a) 612
(b) 624
(c) 628
(d) 632
Q17) The minimum and maximum quantum of loan sanctioned under New Scheme on
Housing Loan to Corporates introduced vide Circular No. 64/2020 is (Cir. 64/2020)
(a) Rs 50Lakh, Rs 100 Lakh
(b) Rs 50Lakh, Rs 150 Lakh
(c) Rs50Lakh, Rs 200 Lakh
(d) Rs 50 Lakh, No Upper Ceiling
Q18)Only External Risk Rating (ECR) rated __ and above corporates with minimum of ___
years satisfactory dealings with us are eligible under the New Scheme on Housing Loan to
Corporates introduced vide Circular No. 64/2020(Cir. 64/2020)
(a) ‘A’,3
(b) ‘B’,3
(c) ‘B’,5
(d) ‘A’,5
Q19) The status of release of documents post loan closure can be tracked using the search
option in _____ package which can be accessed in SAS under Advances (Cir. 65/2020)
(a) Closed Mortgage Advances Tracking Systems (CMATS)
(b) Closed Mortgage LoanTracking Systems (CMTS)
(c) Closed Loan Tracking Systems (CLTS)
(d) Canara Mortgage Loans Tracking Systems (CMLTS)
Q21) Minimum and Maximum loan quantum for providing In-Principle approvalsfor loans
routed through PSB Loans in 59 minutes platform are revised as (Cir. 67/2020)
(a)Rs 2Lakh, Rs 100 Lakh
(b) Rs 2Lakh, Rs 500 Lakh
(c) Rs 5Lakh, Rs 100 Lakh
(d) Rs 5Lakh, Rs 500 Lakh
Q22) Convenience fee payable per proposal to the platform provider for applications routed
through Market Place URL pertaining to PSB Loans in 59 minutes platform is_____?(Cir.
67/2020)
(a) Nil
(b) Rs1000/-
(c) Rs2000/-
(d) Rs5000/-
Q23) Convenience fee payable per proposal to the platform provider for applications routed
through Bank Specific URL pertaining to PSB Loans in 59 minutes platform is_____? (Cir.
67/2020)
(a)Nil
(b) Rs1000/-
(c) Rs2000/-
(d) Rs5000/-
Q24) The PM-KISAN beneficiaries whose credit limit is within is_____(shall be straight away
issued a KCC with approved sanction limit on providing the desired information in the
application form without any legal formalities for mortgage. (Cir. 69/2020)
(a) Rs100000/-
(b) Rs150000/-
(c) Rs160000/-
(d) Rs175000/-
Q26) CGTMSE-Payment of ASF/AGF for the year should be done only through _____?(Cir.
71/2020)
(a)IMPS
(b) NEF/RTGS
(c) BC
(d) DD
Q26) Rate of Interest for Gold Loan Up to Rs. 3.00lacks for Crop Cultivation has been revised
to ______? (Cir. 72/2020)
(a) MCLR + 0.30%
(b) MCLR + 0.50%
(c) MCLR + 0.75%
(d) MCLR + 1.00%
Q27) Rate of Interest for Gold Loanabove Rs. 3.00lacks Up to Rs. 5.00lacks for Crop
Cultivation has been revised to ______? (Cir. 72/2020)
(a)MCLR + 0.30%
(b) MCLR + 0.50%
(c) MCLR + 0.75%
(d) MCLR + 1.00%
Q28) Geo Tagging of Branches, Administrative Units (Regional Office, Circle Office) & ATM’s
(On-Site & Off-Site) through an android mobile app tool is to becompleted before ____?
(Cir. 78/2020)
(a) 29.02.2020
(b) 31.03.2020
(c) 01.04.2020
(d) 31.01.2020
Q30) A newcall centre named as “CALL CANARA” of our ban has been launched on 19th
November 2018.Which of the following modes is not a service mode that Call Canara
provides services through_____?(Cir. 81/2020)
(a)IVRS (Interactive Voice Response System),
(b) By agents responding to calls pertaining to query/request on our Toll free / other
telephone numbersusing Customer Relationship Management (CRM) application
(c) Web Chat – Online chatting with Call Canara agents.
(d) Responses to queries/requests raised on Social Media(Facebook,Twitter etc.)
Q31) Bank has created various Toll Free numbers to enable better response of
query/request among various categories of customers and prospects enlisted , One of
which is not valid which is _______ ?(Cir. 81/2020)
(a) Specifically for HNIs
(b) Specially for PMJDY customers
(c) Specially for prospective Loan Customers
(d) Specially for NRI customers(Chargeable Basis)
Q32) The minimum Asset Coverage Ratio (ACR) for financing NBFC-MFI is stipulated
as_______? (Cir. 84/2020)
(a) 1.00
(b) 1.10
(c) 1.25
(d) 1.50
Q33) The minimum Asset Coverage Ratio (ACR) for financing NBFC (other than NBFC-MFI) is
stipulated as_______? (Cir. 84/2020)
(a)1.00
(b) 1.10
(c) 1.25
(d) 1.50
Q35) For all Accounts where exposure is above Rs. 2.00 Crore and Upto Rs. 35.00 Crore
Internal Risk Rating in RAM model shall be initiated by_____?(Cir.86/2020)
(a) Branch Manager
(b) CRRD, RM Wing.
(c) RM Section ,Circle Office
(d) SME Sulabh
Q36) The confirming authority for confirmation of high risk rated accountsup to Rs.35 Cr. for
rating under RAM model shall be _________ ?(Cir.86/2020)
(a)DGM
(b) DM / AGM
(c) SENIOR MANAGER
(d) CGM/GM
Q37)The confirming authority for confirmation of high risk rated accounts above Rs.250 Cr.
for rating under RAM model shall be _________ ?(Cir.86/2020)
(a)DGM
(b) DM / AGM
(c) SENIOR MANAGER
(d) CGM/GM
Q38) The confirming authority for confirmation of moderate risk rated accounts above Rs.
35 Crores and up to Rs.250 Cr. for rating under RAM model shall be _________
?(Cir.86/2020)
(a)DGM
(b) DM / AGM
(c) SENIOR MANAGER
(d) CGM/GM
Q40) Which of the following accounts is not eligible for coverage under Pradhan Mantri
Fasal Bima Yojana (PMFBY) and Restructured Weather Based Crop Insurance Scheme
(RWBCIS)? (Cir. 95/2020)
(a)All loanee farmers growing the notified crops in the notified areas
(b) All non loanee farmers growing the notified crops in the notified areas
(c) All farmers including share croppers and tenant growing the notified crops in the notified
areas
(d) KCC/Crop Loans that are not standard assets as defined and as per prevailing practices
of the concerned Banks/Govt.
Q41) Branches to claim commission at ____ of the amount paid as farmers premium by the
branch, along with applicable GST, from the concerned insurance company within 15
days from the date of acceptance of crop insurance data by them?(Cir. 95/2020)
(a) 2%
(b) 3%
(c) 4%
(d) 5%
Q43)The following document has been has been made mandatory for availing Crop
insurance from Kharif 2017 season onwards(Cir. 95/2020)
(a) AADHAAR
(b) PAN CARD
(c) DRIVING LICENSE
(d) PASSPORT
Q47)As per delegation of powers for permitting concession in ROI for MSME accounts
linked to MCLR based on marks scored under scoring matrix the minimum marks to be
scored by a borrower to be eligible for concession in ROI is ____?(Cir. 98/2020)
(a) 30
(b) 40
(c) 45
(d) 50
Q48) As per delegation of powers to CGM/GM CO CAC (for all borrowal accounts up to
their delegated powers)can permit concession in ROI for MSME accounts linked to MCLR
based on marks scored (Score range 81-100) under scoring matrix, subject to minimum
of ROI of ____?(Cir. 98/2020)
(e)MCLR+1.75%
(a) MCLR+1.50 %
(b) MCLR+1.25 %
(c) MCLR+1.00 %
2. The Ministry of Finance, GOI has come out with a Scheme viz. ______ for One Time
Settlement of Direct Tax Liabilities of a Taxpayer.
A. Vivad Se Vishwas Scheme B. Vivad Se Vivad Scheme
3. _____ is a one stop portal to facilitate online procurement of common use Goods &
Services required by various Government Departments / Organizations / Public Sector
Undertakings (PSUs)
A. Government e-Marketplace (GeM) B. Government Business Module (GbM)
C. Government Helpdesk (GhM) D. Government admin Module (GaM)
5. The cheque book charges for individual SB customer is ___a er free leaves.
A. Rs. 50/- With latest Balance B. Rs. 75/- With latest Balance
C. Rs. 100/- With latest Balance D. Rs. 150/- With latest Balance
11. Cash withdrawal charges for SB customers beyond 5 transac ons are __
A. Rs. 50/- B. Rs. 100/- C. Rs. 150/- D. Rs. 200/-
15. IMPS (Mobile & Internet Banking) charges for Beyond Rs.5000/- to Rs.25000/-
17. OTR Scheme to MSME loans in default but under standard asset category as at 01-01-
2020 with exposure upto ____to be implemented on or before 31-12-2020
A. Rs.5.00 Crores B. Rs.10.00 Crores
C Rs.15.00 Crores D. Rs.25.00 Crores
19. Inspec on charges for Housing Loan ( Loans above Rs. 10 lakhs) is _____
A. Rs.100/- per borrower per inspection B. Rs.200/- per borrower per inspection
C. Rs.300/- per borrower per inspection D. Rs.400/- per borrower per inspection
21. Inspec on charges for Canara Vehicle Loan ( Loans upto Rs. 10 lakhs) is _____
A. Rs.100/- per borrower per inspection B. Rs.200/- per borrower per inspection
C. Rs.300/- per borrower per inspection D. Rs.400/- per borrower per inspection
23. Processing charges for short term agriculture loan amount more than 2 lakhs is _
A. Rs.250 Per lakh or part thereof Maximum Rs. 10,000/-
B. Rs.250 Per lakh or part thereof Maximum Rs. 25,000/-
C. Rs.250 Per lakh or part thereof Maximum Rs. 1,00,000/-
D. Rs.250 Per lakh or part thereof Maximum No Ceiling
25. Charges for issuing solvancy cer ficate for amount up to Rs. 25 lakhs is
A. Rs. 750/- B. Rs. 1,500/- C. Rs. 3,000/- D. Rs. 6,000/-
26. No Due cer ficate charges for priority sector advances (other than govet sponsered /agri
loans upto Rs. 50,000/-) are___
A. Rs. 50/- B. Rs. 100/- C. Rs. 250/- D. Rs. 1,000/-
28. Per day purchase limit in Canara RuPay Select Debit Card is
A. Rs. 50,000/- B Rs. 1,00,000/- C. Rs. 1,50,000/- D. Rs. 2,00,000/-
29. “Accident Death & Permananat Total disability insurance” coverage in Canara RuPay
Select Debit Card is
A. Rs. 2,00,000/- B. Rs. 5,00,000/- C. Rs. 7,00,000/- D. Rs. 10,00,000/-
30. The following services have been NOT enabled at Business Correspondent Locations
A. Applying of RuPay debit card. B. Registration for SMS alerts.
C. Remittance through NEFT Transaction . D. Issuing of Debit card.
31. One Time Password [OTP] based cash withdrawal at our ATMs for a per day limit of
above ____introduced for our Debit Card holders
A. Rs. 10,000/- B. Rs. 15,000/- C. Rs. 20,000/- D. Rs. 40,000/-
32. ______are empowered to decide the ATM locations / Relocations in respect of both
CAPEX and OPEX ATMs [within the Circle]
A. RO Head B. Circle Head C. DBS Wing, HO D. DIT Wing, HO
33. Immediate discontinuation of customer photo printing in all variants of debit cards
except in case of existing specialized variants like
A. Campus cards B. Cobranded cards
C. CANDI Branch cards. D. All the above
34. The quantum of loan for Scale 4 and 5 Employees under Employee Housing Loan scheme
A. Rs. 50 lakhs B. RS. 75 lakhs C. Rs. 100 lakhs D. Rs. 125 lakhs
36. The NTH to be maintained by Employees under Employee Housing Loan scheme
A. 20% B. 25% C. 30% D. 35%
37. The quantum of loan for Scale 4 and 5 Employees for Repair & Renova on under
Employee Housing Loan scheme
A. Rs. 5 lakhs B. RS. 8 lakhs C. Rs. 12 lakhs D. Rs. 15 lakhs
38. The quantum of loan for Scale 1 to 3 Employees for Repair & Renova on under
Employee Housing Loan scheme
A. Rs. 5 lakhs B. RS. 8 lakhs C. Rs. 12 lakhs D. Rs. 15 lakhs
39. The maximum loan for officer Employees under Employee vehicle Loan scheme
A. Rs. 6 lakhs B. RS. 7.5 lakhs C. Rs. 10 lakhs D. Rs. 12 lakhs
40. For seized Motor Vehicles or Old Vehicle used by bank, when it is auctioned for a
consideration exceeding____, Bank has to collect TCS equal to one per cent of the sale
consideration.
A. Rs. 6 lakhs B. RS. 7.5 lakhs C. Rs. 10 lakhs D. Rs. 12 lakhs
41. Tax collected during the month is to be remitted to Income Tax Department before
A. 5th of subsequent month B. 7th of subsequent month
C. 5th of subsequent Quarter D. 7th of subsequent Quarter
43. Branches have to send the loan sanc ons for review to the next higher authority where
loan sanc on is above
A. Rs. 1 lakh B. Rs. 2 lakhs C. Rs. 5 lakhs D. Rs. 10 lakhs
44. All sanc ons should place to the Reviewing Authority for review _______from the date
of receipt of complete set of papers without fail
A. within 7 days B. within 10 days C. within 15 day D. within 30 days
45. Pre Release Audit is applicable for loans and advances (fund based+non-fund based)
other than Retail lending loans.
A. Rs. 1 Crore B. Rs. 2 Crores C. Rs. 5 Crores D. Rs. 10 Crores
48. CMF and CMF cum MTR is applicable for loans and advances (fund based+non-fund
based limits) ____and above (in case of Low, Normal and Moderate Risk Rated Accounts)
A. Rs. 1 Crore B. Rs. 2 Crores C. Rs. 3 Crores D. Rs. 10 Crores
49. Stock audit is applicable for loans and advances (fund based+non-fund based limits)
____and above (in case of Low and Normal Risk Rated Accounts)
A. Rs. 1 Crore B. Rs. 2 Crores C. Rs. 3 Crores D. Rs. 5 Crores
50. Stock audit is applicable for loans and advances (fund based+non-fund based limits)
____and above (in case of Moderate and high Risk Rated Accounts)
A. Rs. 1 Crore B. Rs. 2 Crores C. Rs. 3 Crores D. Rs. 5 Crores
51. Large Credit Monitoring package (LCM) is applicable for Sanctioned Limit (both Fund
based & Non Fund based) of _______and above
A. Rs. 1 Crore B. Rs. 2 Crores C. Rs. 3 Crores D. Rs. 5 Crores
52. All Loan Accounts of borrowers where the aggregate liability is ___and above, becoming
NPAs within a period of 12 months from the date of commencement of repayment are
Quick mortality accounts.
A. Rs.5.00 lakhs B. Rs.10.00 lakhs C. Rs.15.00 lakhs D. Rs.25.00 lakhs
53. Charges applicable for Addition of security Interest in CERSAI for loans above Rs. 5 lakhs
are ____
A. Rs. 50/- B. Rs. 100/- C. Rs. 150/- D. Rs. 250/-
54. . Charges applicable for sa sfacion of security charge in CERSAI for loans above Rs. 5
lakhs are ____
A. Rs. 50/- B. Rs. 100/- C. Rs. 150/- D. Rs. NIL
55. CMO's shall attend to the functions of monitoring accounts with total exposure
(FB+NFB) of _____ and above and other functions assigned to them and shall provide
precious and timely information on conduct of accounts at branch level.
A. Rs.10.00 lakh B. Rs.25.00 lakh C. Rs.50.00 lakh D. Rs.75.00 lakh
56. Formation of Credit Monitoring Cells is mandatory at all branches having borrowal
accounts of exposure of Limits of ______ and above (working capital / term loan)
A. Rs.10.00 lakh B. Rs.25.00 lakh C. Rs.50.00 lakh D. Rs.75.00 lakh
58. Project Implementation Progress Report (PIPR) where the credit facility relating to
acquisition of capital assets is ______ and above shall be obtained on a quarterly basis.
A. Rs.10.00 lakh B. Rs.25.00 lakh C. Rs.50.00 lakh D. Rs.75.00 lakh
59. Under Risk Management, our Bank introduced Facility Rating for Corporate Loan
Portfolio Exposure above_____ FB+NFB
A. Rs. 1 Crore B. Rs. 2 Crores C. Rs. 3 Crores D. Rs. 5 Crores
60. Special OTS introduced by our Bank for All NPA accounts under Agriculture loans and
advances with limits / combined limits sanctioned on or before 31.3.2014, upto _____are
eligible under the scheme
A. Rs.10.00 lakh B. Rs.25.00 lakh C. Rs.50.00 lakh D. Rs.75.00 lakh
61. Special OTS introduced by our Bank for All NPA accounts under MSME loans and
advances with limits / combined limits sanctioned on or before 30.9.2019, upto _____are
eligible under the scheme
A. Rs.10.00 lakh B. Rs.25.00 lakh C. Rs.50.00 lakh D. Rs.100.00 lakh
62. Special OTS introduced by our Bank for All Doub ul and Loss small value NPA accounts
upto _____are eligible under the scheme
A. Rs.10.00 lakh B. Rs.25.00 lakh C. Rs.50.00 lakh D. Rs.100.00 lakh
1. Reimbursement provided to Canara bank staff by bank towards purchase of material for
personal protection from COVID -19 was:
a. Rs.800/-
b. Rs.1000/-
c. Rs.500/-
d. No such scheme
5. How much charges will be collected on transfer of SCSS Account from branch to branch
or from our bank to other bank/Post office?
a. Rs.100/-
b. Rs.50/-
c. Rs.500/-
d. No charges
11. What is min & max limit of deposit amount in PPF accounts:
a. Min Rs.500/- Max Rs.150000/-
b. Min Rs.500/- Max Rs.150000/-any no. of installment or lump sum in a financial year
c. Min Rs.500/- Max Rs.150000/-any no. of installment or lump sum in a financial year in
multiples of Rs 50/-
d. NO min & Max Limit
13. What are the charges for Transfer of PPF account from Branch to Branch or from our
Bank to other Bank/Post Office and vice-versa
a. Rs.50/- b. Rs.75/- c. Rs.100/- d. Rs.500/-
14. What are the charges for issuing duplicate passbook to PPF account holder?
a. Rs. 50/-
b. Rs.100/-
c. No charges
d. Duplicate passbook cannot be issued
15. What are the min & max amounts accepted in Sukanaya Samriddhi accounts.
a. Min 500 & Max 100000 in a year
b. No min & Max Rs.100000/ fixed
c. Min 250 & Max 150000 in a financial year in multiple of Rs.50/-
d. No min & Max ceiling
18. What is the eligibility for Empanelment of Advocates and Entrustment of Cases
a. Minimum 5 (Five) years of actual practice in Civil / Criminal & office where empanelment
is sought
b. Minimum 3 (Three) years of actual practice in Civil / Criminal & office where
empanelment is sought
c. Minimum 2 (Two) years of actual practice in Civil / Criminal & office where
empanelment is sought
d. Minimum 2 (One) years of actual practice in Civil / Criminal & office where empanelment
is sought
19. The Loan system of Delivery of Bank Credit (LSDBC) shall be applicable in the case of
borrowers
a. Borrowers enjoying FBWC limit of Rs 100 crores and above from the banking system.
b. Borrowers enjoying FBWC limit of Rs 50 crores and above from the banking system.
c. Borrowers enjoying FBWC limit of Rs 200 crores and above from the banking system.
d. Borrowers enjoying FBWC limit of Rs 150 crores and above from the banking system.
20. What is the Validity period / Revalidation of sanction for consortium accounts?
a. 3 Month b. 6 Month
c. 12 Month d. 9 Month
26. For financing SHG under cash credit, no. of members in the group shall be______ &
tenure is ________year
a. 5-10 & 1 b. 10-15 & 3 c. 10-20 & 5 d. 10-20 & 3
27. In case of SHG bank linkage programme, credit rating has to be done for assessment of
SHG’s while extending credit. The minimum score to qualify for credit linkage is
a. 50% b. 60% c. 70% d. 80%
28. The group size of a SHG should preferably be between ________ members to enable
effective participation.
a. 10-15 b. 5-10 c. 10-20 d.15-20
29. The proportion of savings/corpus to loan should gradually increase from 1:1 to
_______depending on the assessment of the SHG by the Branch.
a. 1 : 5 b. 1 : 4 c. 1 : 10 d. 1 : 3
30. Margin norm for financing to SHG loan upto 20 lakhs will be:
a. 10% b. 20% c. Nill d. 5%
33. The Micro Credit Group shall consist of members whose individual income does not
exceed
a. 150000/-P.A b. 50000/-P.A c. 100000/-P.A d. 25000/-P.A
39. For DAY-NRLM special SHGs, for groups …………….., there can be a minimum of 5
members.
a) Groups in Difficult areas
b) Groups with disabled persons
c) Groups formed in remote tribal areas
d) All of the above
41. Repayment schedule for term loans to SHGs under DAY NRLM
a. The First year/ first dose of loan will be repaid in 12 - 18 months in monthly/ quarterly
installments.
b. The Second year/ Second dose of loan will be repaid in 18 - 24 months in
monthly/quarterly installments.
c. The Third year/ Third dose of loan will be repaid in 24-36 months in monthly/ quarterly
installments.
d. The loan from Fourth year/ Fourth dose onwards has to be repaid between 3-6 years
based on the cash flow in monthly/ quarterly installments.
e. All of the above
42. Presently Canara Bank Debit Card issued in association with following :
a)VISA b) Master Card c) NPCI d) All of the above
43. At present how many variants are there for Canara bank debit Card.
a) One b) Two c) Three d) Four
50. The maximum period of validity of EMV chip card will up to _______years from the
month of issue.
a. 3 b. 5 c. 7 d. 10
51. Penalty of Rs. ______for each day of delay shall be credited to customer’s account with
disputed amount on wrongful debit in customer’s a/c on account of ATM failed
transactions.
a. 100/- b. 200/- c. 250/- d. No penalty
52.In terms of RBI guidelines, the wrongful debit in the customer’s a/c on account of ATM
failed transactions shall be reversed with in ______
a. T+3 b. T+7
c. T+5 d. T+10
53. Personalized Debit cards undelivered to be destroyed within a period of months as per
the guidelines of destruction of security items
a. 60 days b. 45 days c. 3 months d. 6 months
54. Which are all channels for Hot listing of debit cards.
a. Phone call
b. Email
c. SMS
d. Net Banking
e. Mobile banking
f. All of the above
56. As per the Debit card policy, what is the maximum limit for Platinum /Business Debit
Card in POS/Internet /Bharat QR
a. Rs 1 lakh b. Rs 2 lakh c. Rs 5 lakhs d. Rs 50000/-
57. As per the Debit card policy, what is the maximum cash withdrawal limit for
Platinum/Business debit Card
a. Rs 40000/- b. Rs 25000/- c. Rs 100000/- d. Rs 50000/-
58. What is the per day per card limit for cash withdrawls at EDC in tier I to tier II cities
a. Rs 1000/- b. Rs 5000/- c. Rs 3000/- d. Rs 2000/-
61. What is the maximum validity of Prepaid Classic & Prepaid Plus Card :
a) 1 year
b) 5 year
c) 10 year
d) 3 year
66. Service charges @ Rs.100/- per year + applicable GST shall be levied on expired Prepaid
Instrument ( validity of Domestic Prepaid Instrument 3 years, Gift Card 1 years, FASTag 3
years) on completion of every year as maintenance charges after giving notice to
customer and prepaid instrument with less than Rs……………./- shall be closed after giving
proper notice.
a) 500
b) 1000
c) 2000
d) 100
70. Cancellation & refund of the card load or surrender/refund of unspent balance in the
Canara International Travel Prepaid Card shall be done at …………………. which are
authorized to issue the card.
a) RAH
b) FDs
c) Regional Offices
d) Branches
71. Canara International Travel Prepaid Cardholders can retain the unspent foreign
exchange in the card up to ………….. or its equivalent in other currency for future trips till
expiry of the card, as per extant FEMA guidelines.
a) USD 5000
b) USD 2000
c) USD 3000
d) USD 1000
72. Unspent currency in Canara International Travel Prepaid Card need to be surrender
within how many days:-
a) 90 days
b) 365 days
c) 180 days
d) 30 days
73. In which country Canara International Travel Prepaid Card cannot be used :-
a) America
b) Australia
c) Cuba
d) India
Cir 184/2020 DOP for concessions under service charges for non-credit
transactions
74. Delegation of powers for concessions under service charges for non-credit transactions
like RTGS /NEFT can be permitted for ________ transactions :
a) Inward
b) Inward & outward both
c) Outward only
d) None of the above
76. Petrol limit for Probationary Officers Scale-1 who own a vehicle (in litres)
Other than Branch Head area II
a. 45 L b. 50 L c. 35 L d.40 L
77. Petrol limit for workmen staff Directly recruited Probationary Clerical staff who own a
vehicle (in litres)
a. 5 L b. 6 L c. 7L d.8 L
78. Petrol limit for Special Assistants staff who own a vehicle (in litres)
a. 1 5 L b. 16 L c. 1 7 L d.13 L
79. Reimbursement of conveyance expenses to Confirmed Clerical staff who not owning a
vehicle (in Rs.)
a. Rs.500/- b. Rs.600 c. Rs.450/- d.Rs.550/-
84. What is the limit for reimbursement of Business Development Expenses to Officers
Directly recruited Probationary Scale-1
a. Rs.4500/- b.Rs.3000/-
c. Rs.2500/- d.Rs.3500/-
86. What is the amount for presenting Mementos to retiring employee on superannuation
to officer Scale-III
a. Rs.50000/- b.Rs.30000/-
c. Rs.25000/- d.Rs.35000/-
87.What is the reimbursement amount towards purchase of cleaning material are to Officer
Scale-2
a. Rs.450/- b.Rs.300/-
c. Rs.500/- d.Rs.400/-
88. What is the Quantum/ Periodicity of woolen livery to All Armed Guards/ Security
Guards/ Probationary Watchman.
a. Rs.4000/- for 3 sets once in 2 years(inclusive of stitching charges)
b. Rs.4000/- for 1 set once in 3 years (inclusive of stitching charges)
c. Rs.4000/- for 2 set once in 3 years (inclusive of stitching charges)
d. Rs.4000/- for 1 set once in 2 years (inclusive of stitching charges)
92. Which of the following account is ineligible for net banking facility:-
a) Individuals
b) Minor accounts operated by Guardians, by guardian of the minor.
c) Visually challenged persons
d) Account/s of illiterate persons.
94. Which are all risk included in revised Small value model for Individual / Proprietorship
borrower
a) Business Risk
b) Management Risk
c) Financial Risk
d) Demographic Risk
e) All the above
95. DSCR for corporate borrowers not less than 1.50 and for MSME borrowers not less than
1.25 are fixed for which of the following industries?
a. i. ii. v. ix.
b. iii. vi. viii.
c. ii. iii. iv. v.
d. i. iv. v. vii.
96. DSCR for corporate borrowers not less than 2.00 and for MSME borrowers not less than
1.75 are fixed for which of the following industries?
a. i. ii. v. ix.
b. i. iii. iv. v.
c. ii. iii. iv. v.
d. i. iv. v. vii.
97. Incase of exposure above 1 crore for industries for which parameters are not defined, in
exceptional cases, value of Debt Equity Ratio (DER) greater than benchmark value (3:1)
can be accepted permitted by ________ and maximum upto ________ with
justifications:
a. DGM-CO-CAC ; 5:1
b. DGM-CO-CAC ; 6:1
c. DGM-CO-CAC ; 4:1
d. AGM-CO-CAC ; 5:1
98. Incase of exposure above 1 crore for industries for which parameters are not defined, in
exceptional cases, value of DSCR lower than benchmark value (1.50) can be accepted
permitted by ________ and maximum upto ________ with justifications:
a. DGM-CO-CAC ; 1.20
b. DGM-CO-CAC ; 1.40
c. DGM-CO-CAC ; 1.30
d. AGM-CO-CAC ; 1.25
99. What is per day per merchant high value transaction limit for merchant categories like
jewelers and travel agents:
a. Rs. 1 lac b. Rs. 5 lac c. Rs. 3 lac d. Rs. 4 lac
100. What is per day per merchant high value transaction limit for merchant
categories other than jewelers and travel agents:
a. Rs. 1 lac b. Rs. 2 lac c. Rs. 3 lac d. Rs. 4 lac
101. As per MEITY (Ministry of Electronics and Information Technology), the MDR
is waived irrespective of merchant category and transaction value for
a. Rupay Debit cards b. BHIM UPI c. UPI QR Code d. All of the above
102. MEITY has withdrawn the scheme of reimbursement of MDR for debit card
transactions upto …………….. lakh rupees for Government merchants.
a. Rs. 2 lakh b. Rs. 1 lakh c. Rs. 5 lakh d. Rs. 3 lakh
103. For enlistment of merchant/s the applicant merchant should have satisfactory
dealings with the branch for at least for …….. year.
a. 2 years b. 3years c. 1years d. 5years
104. For new Merchant establishments who is empowered to extend the POS
facility at the time of on-boarding the ME.
a) Circle Head
b) RO Head
c) CGM
d) Branch Head
105. Which types of merchants comes under the category of High Risk Merchants:-
a) Antiques, Carpets & Furnishings,
b) Jewellery, Art Gallery,
c) Handicrafts & Mobile Stores
d) All of the above
107. Cash Incentives for Successful completion of the courses under the scheme, Group:II
a. Rs.15000/- b. Rs.10000/- c. Rs.6000/- d. Rs. 9000/-
Cir 195/2020- Payment Gateway policy
108. Objectives of Payment gateway policy is as following choose most appropriate option)
a. Integrating the intended Payment Aggregators directly to our Net Banking facility and /
or Debit card facility.
b. Enrolling Payment Aggregators (also called as Aggregators) for providing payment
Gateway services.
c. Enrolling Merchants (For ex: Flipkart, IRCTC) for direct integration with our Net Banking
facility and / or Debit card facility.
d. All of the above
109. A new product which is a white label fee collection solution for Bank’s existing
Customers/ Prospective customers (Educational Institutions) not having their own
ERP/solution to collect fees from the students online and are unable to manage the
database of the students.
a. CANARA EASY FEE b. CANARA PAY c. CANARA FEE d. CANEASY
111. The following new products have been adopted in the Amalgamated entity:
a. MACAD SB ACCOUNT MACT claims SB Account
b. MACAD TERM DEPOSITS Motor Accident Claims Annuity Deposit (MACAD).
c. RERA ACCOUNT Current Account in the nature of Collection Account of the Builders /
Developers under the RERA provisions
d. All of the above
1 B 2 D 3 D 4 C 5 A 6 D 7 B 8 A 9 C 10 C
11 C 12 C 13 C 14 A 15 C 16 D 17 D 18 A 19 D 20 C
21 C 22 D 23 C 24 B 25 E 26 C 27 C 28 C 29 B 30 C
31 D 32 A 33 B 34 C 35 D 36 D 37 F 38 B 39 D 40 C
41 E 42 D 43 B 44 B 45 D 46 A 47 D 48 E 49 B 50 B
51 A 52 C 53 C 54 F 55 E 56 B 57 D 58 A 59 C 60 A
61 D 62 C 63 A 64 C 65 D 66 A 67 A 68 C 69 A 70 D
71 B 72 C 73 C 74 B 75 A 76 C 77 D 78 D 79 C 80 B
81 B 82 C 83 C 84 B 85 D 86 B 87 D 88 B 89 D 90 D
91 D 92 D 93 B 94 E 95 A 96 B 97 C 98 B 99 C 100 B
101 D 102 B 103 C 104 A 105 D 106 C 107 B 108 D 109 A 110 C
111 112 113 C 114 D 115 E 116 A
2. Banks credit to registered NBFCs (other than MFIs) and HFCs for on-lending will be
allowed upto a level to be classified as priority sector lending , which is within the overall
limit of ……. percent of individual Bank’s total priority sector lending.
a) 6
b) 4
c) 5
d) 10
3) CCS to COVID 19 affected customers is launched by our Bank. What is mean by CCS?
a) Canara Covid Support
b) Covid Credit Support
c) Canara Credit Support
d) Canara Customer Support
4) What is the MDR for Credit Cards issued under Platinum/Super Premium Variant?
a) 2.30% + GST
b) 1.5% + GST
c) 2.50 % + GST
d) 2.25 % + GST
8) The purpose of the Board Approved Bancassurance Policy is to comply with the
regulations given
a) IRDAI/RBI
b) SEBI
c) GOI MOF
d) DFS
9) The rental ceiling for a Scale 1 officer in AREA III (All Other Centers ) i.e., Population of
Below 1 Lakh is
a) 6000
b) 4000
c) 5000
d) 6500
15. Insurance cover for cash in transit will be for an amount of Rs. …… crores.
a) 10
b) 75
c) 25
d) 50
16. Delegation of Powers for extending permission to engage private security guards/care
taker at E- Lounge lies with
a) DGM
b) AGM
c) GM
d) Circle Head
17. Which of the following accounts are not eligible for RTGS Facility?
a) Joint accounts where operation condition is other than severally.
b) Illiterate person/s and Minors , KYC Non compliant
c) Dormant , Frozen accounts, A/cs with Court orders and attachments
d) All the above
18. Which of the following is not in the list of new entities to be setup under the IBC 2016 ?
a. Insolvency and Bankruptcy Board of India (IBBI);
b. Insolvency Professional Agencies (IPA) & Insolvency Professionals (IP);
c. Information Utilities (IU).
d. NCLT
20. The Hon’ble …………. is the adjudicating authority for the bankruptcy of Corporates, LLPs
and other limited liability entities incorporated under any law in force under IBC 2016.
a) Supreme court
b) High Court
c) DRT
d) NCLT
21. All appeals against the orders of the Hon’ble NCLT will lie with the Hon’ble
a) Supreme court
b) High Court
c) DRT
d) National Company Law Appellate Tribunal (“NCLAT”).
22. All appeals against the orders of the Hon’ble DRT will lie with the Hon’ble
a) Supreme court
b) High Court
c) Debt Recovery Appellate Tribunal (“DRAT”)
d) National Company Law Appellate Tribunal (“NCLAT”).
23. The Hon’ble …………………. of India has the final Appellate Jurisdiction over the Hon’ble
NCLAT and DRAT
a) Supreme court
b) High Court
c) CCI
d) SEBI
24. …………….. shall have the authority to fix and review the Standard Cash Limit for the Bank
as a whole within a range of 0.25% to 0.35% of the aggregate domestic deposits
a) MC of the Board
b) MD & CEO
c) ED Overseeing GA Wing
d) CGM/GM Overseeing GA Wing
26. For intra-day overdraft (the day when the overdraft is extended, irrespective of the time
period for which the overdraft facility is enjoyed), interest shall be charged at relevant
RBI LAF Repo Rate + ……. basis points on clearing-related overdraft extended by Clearing
House managing banks for settling clearing obligations of member banks
a) 100
b) 75
c) 60
d) 50
27. If the overdraft extends to the following day (overnight and beyond), interest shall be
charged at relevant RBI LAF Repo Rate + ……. basis points on clearing-related overdraft
extended by Clearing House managing banks for settling clearing obligations of member
banks
a) 100
b) 300
c) 200
d) 250
28. Minimum Credit Card limit for add-on card facility is Rs. …………...
a) 25000
b) 3000
c) 2000
d) 2500
29. Minimum Credit Card limit for for all types of variants is Rs. …………...
a) 10000
b) 3000
c) 2000
d) 2500
31. For availing more than 2 Add-on cards, permission from …… shall be obtained.
a) RO Head
b) VLB Head
c) CO Head
d) MIPD & PP Section head
32. Add-on cards should be issued after ……….months of satisfactory transaction by the
Primary Cardholder.
a) 2
b) 3
c) 6
d) 4
34. As per Non Credit Assets & Liabilities (Accounts) Elimination Policy powers were
delegated to MD & CEO – AC to write off /writeback entries upto INR ………… &………..
lakh respectively
a) 10 & 25
b) 20 &50
c) 10 & 15
d) 10 & 30
35. As per Non Credit Assets & Liabilities (Accounts) Elimination Policy powers were
delegated to AGM/DM (RO Head ) to write off /writeback entries upto INR …………
&……….. thousand respectively
a) 10 & 25
b) 20 &50
c) 10 & 15
d) 10 & 30
37. The Maximum loan quantum is restricted to Rs……… Crorefor In-Principle approvals
through the PSB Loans in 59 Minutes to MSME Sector in digital Platform
a) 5
b) 10
c) 2
d) 3
39. CMR measures and predicts the risk of MSMEs on a rank scale of ……..
a) 1-10
b) 3-10
c) 1-9
d) 1-8
40. CMR is made applicable to Existing & New MSME loans with aggregate Loan quantum
(Present & Proposed) of above Rs…… lakhs upto Rs….. crores.
a) 10,5
b) 10,10
c) 5,10
d) 10,8
41. In Case of New customers seeking fresh exposure ,with the following CMRs need not
be considered
a) 7-10
b) 8-10
c) 9-10
d) 6-10
43. What is the permitted limit under CCS for MSME customers with limits up to INR 5 cr
(FBWC)?
a) 15% or 2 crore whichever is maximum
b) 35% or 2 crore whichever is maximum
c) 15% or 3 crore whichever is maximum
d) 35% or 1.5 crore whichever is less
44. What is the permitted limit under CCS for MSME customers with limits above INR 5 cr,
Corporates , Food and Agro processing , Poultry units etc having FBWC facilities?
a) 15% or 200 crore whichever is maximum
b) 10% or 150 crore whichever is lower
c) 15% or 3 crore whichever is maximum
d) 35% or 150 crore whichever is lower
45. CCS Repayment should be Within a maximum period of ….. months from the date of
availment including maximum six months holiday period & to be repaid in
monthly/Quarterly instalments and Interest to be serviced as and when due
a) 15
b) 20
c) 24
d) 10
46. The Board of Trustees of Credit Guarantee Fund Trust for Micro and Small Enterprises
(CGTMSE) had framed a Scheme for the purpose of providing guarantees in respect of
credit facilities extended by Lending Institutions to the borrowers classified as ……………….
Enterprises.
a) Micro
b) Small
c) Medium
d) MSE (Micro and Small)
48. The CGTMSE Coverage cap of Rs200 lakh is set the maximum guarantee coverage limit
of Rs200 lakh per borrower based on the ……………….credit facilities and the borrowers
can avail incremental credit facilities (i.e. to the extent of reduction in the outstanding
exposure limit) under Credit Guarantee Scheme of CGTMSE, subject to maximum cap of
Rs200 lakh.
a) Sanctioned
b) Outstanding
c) Balance as at Preceding March 31st
d) Outstanding facilities as on 30th Septembe
49. For availing the CGTMSE cover the lending institution should apply for guarantee cover
in respect of credit proposals sanctioned in the quarters April-June, July-September,
October-December and January-March prior to expiry of …………..
a) Following financial year
b) Following Quarter
c) Following Month after the completing of the quarter
d) Following Half year
50. Normally the Annual Guarantee fee (first time fee) shall be paid to the Trust by the
institution availing of the guarantee within …… days from the date of first disbursement
of credit facility (not applicable for Working capital) or …. days from the date of Demand
Advice (CGDAN) of guarantee fee whichever is later.
a) 30,50
b) 30,30
c) 30,90
d) 30,30
51. The Annual Guarantee fee (subsequent to first time fee) at specified rate on pro-rata
basis for the first and last year and in full for the intervening years would be generated by
2nd week of February every year. AGF so demanded would be paid by the MLIs on or
before ……..April each year or any other specified date by CGTMSE, of every year.
a) 10th b) 7th
c) 15th d) 20th
53. Maximum Possible Recovery under GCTMSE for exposures to Women entrepreneurs/
Units located in North East Region (incl. Sikkim) (other than credit facility up to Rs5 lakh
to micro enterprises) upto 50 lakh is …….. % with a maximum of ……. Lakh
a) 75,37.5
b) 80,40
c) 90,45
d) 80,35
54. Maximum Possible Recovery under GCTMSE for exposures to MSE Retail Trade from
Rs10 lakh up to Rs100 lakh is …….. % with a maximum of ……. Lakh
a) 75,37.5
b) 80,40
c) 50,50
d) 80,35
55. The MLIs are required to inform CGTMSE ,the date on which the account was classified
as NPA in a particular calendar quarter, by end of subsequent ……… through the e online
CGTMSE portal
a) Fortnight
b) Week
c) Quarter
d) Month
56. The lending institution may invoke the CGTMSE guarantee in respect of credit facility
within a maximum period of ……. years from the NPA date or lock-in period whichever is
later, if the NPA date is on or after 15/03/2018
a) 3
b) 2
c) 5
d) 1
58. Claims of the respective MLI will be settled to the extent of ….. times of the fee including
recovery remitted during the previous financial year.
a) 3
b) 2
c) 5
d) 1
59. The Trust shall pay ……… per cent of the guaranteed amount on preferring of eligible
claim by the lending institution, within …. days, subject to the claim being otherwise
found in order and complete in all respects.
a) 75,30
b) 80,40
c) 50,50
d) 80,35
60. In full form of PM CARES Fund ( Prime Minister’s Citizen ………………………….. in Emergency
Situations Fund) A and R stands for
a) Ability and Response
b) Agility and Response
c) Assistance and Relief
d) Assistance and Response
61. Our Traditional Insurance Policies viz., Bankers Indemnity policy and Master / Assets
Policy for FY 2020-21 is renewed with…………………... The Policy is covered for the period
from 1stApril 2020 to 31stMarch 2021.
a) M/s BAGIC
b) M/s The Oriental Insurance Company Limited
c) M/s TAGIC
d) M/s HDFC Ergo
63. Credit Guarantee Scheme for Stand Up India (CGSSI), is managed by NCGTC to cover
loans granted under Stand Up India scheme. The Fund shall cover assistance of over
Rs……. Lakhs and upto Rs…… Lakhs inclusive of working capital extended under Stand Up
India scheme to a single eligible borrower without obtaining any collateral or third party
guarantee.
a) 10,100
b) 10,50
c) 25,50
d) 5,25
64.To be eligible for guarantee cover, the Rate of Interest charged on SHISHU category
loans, i.e., loans upto Rs.50,000/- (Rs. Fifty thousand only) should not exceed ………% p.a.
a) 12
b) 10
c) 8
d) 9
65. The guarantee is in the nature of “First Loss Portfolio Guarantee” wherein first loss to
the extent of …..% of the crystallized portfolio of the Bank shall be borne by the Bank and
will be excluded for the claim. The amount in default over and above said amount will be
settled by the fund to the extent of ….% on pro-rata basis, subject to submission of an
Auditor’s Certificate confirming eligible claim amount.
a) 10,100
b) 10,50
c) 2,50
d) 5,50
67. The CGSSI guarantee fee consists of a standard base rate of …….% plus risk premium
based on the NPA percentage and claim payout ratio in the guaranteed portfolio
a) 0.85
b) 0.75
c) 0.65
d) 0.55
68. To be eligible for CGSSI guarantee cover, the Rate of Interest charged should be the
lowest applicable rate for the category (as per rating) and should not, in any case, be
more than ……..% over the MCLR plus Tenor Premium, if any, for the loan.
a) 0.85
b) 1.75
c) 3.00
d) 3.55
69. The fund under CGSSI Cover shall provide guarantee cover to the extent of …..% of the
amount in default for credit facility above Rs.10 Lakhs and upto Rs.50 Lakhs, subject to a
maximum of Rs…….. Lakhs.
a) 75,30
b) 80,40
c) 50,50
d) 80,35
70.The fund under CGSSI cover will pay, for credit facility above Rs.50 lakhs and upto Rs.100
Lakhs , Rs. 40 Lakhs plus ……% of the balance amount in default above Rs.50 Lakhs
subject to overall ceiling of Rs…….. Lakhs
a) 75,75
b) 80,80
c) 50,65
d) 80,75
72. In the MSME Credit scoring model Out of the maximum marks of 100, …. marks are
earmarked for behavioral parameters, … marks each for management and business
parameters and … marks for financial parameters.
a) 30,25,20
b) 30,20,20
c) 30,15,40
d) 40,15,30
73. Any person/unit scoring ………% of the marks under the applicable parameters in MSME
Credit Scoring model shall become eligible for finance and who scores below that will not
be entertained
a) 35
b) 60
c) 45
d) 55
74. Vide Compensation Policy of the bank In case of delay in crediting the beneficiary
customer‟s account or in returning the non-credited amount to the remitter in case of
NEFT, Bank shall pay penal interest. Under the extant guidelines, bank is required to pay
penal interest at the current RBI LAF Repo rate plus ………percent for the period of delay /
till the date of refund as the case may be to the affected customers suo moto, without
waiting for claim from customers.
a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) 4
81. In cases where the responsibility for the un-authorized Electronic Banking Transaction
lies neither with the bank nor with the customer, but lies elsewhere in the system and
when there is a delay (of 4 to 7 working days after receiving the communication from the
bank) on the part of the customer in notifying the bank of such a transaction, the per
transaction liability of the customer shall be limited to the transaction value or…….in case
of SB acs other than BSBD , Credit cards up to 5 Lakh limit other CASA acs with annual
average balance (365 prior to the date of incidence ) of INR 25 lakh
a) 10000
b) 30000
c) 6000
d) 4000
82. In cases where the responsibility for the un-authorized Electronic Banking Transaction
lies neither with the bank nor with the customer, but lies elsewhere in the system and
when there is a delay (of 4 to 7 working days after receiving the communication from the
bank) on the part of the customer in notifying the bank of such a transaction, the per
transaction liability of the customer shall be limited to the transaction value or…….in case
of accounts other than SB acs other than BSBD , Credit cards up to 5 Lakh limit other
CASA acs with annual average balance (365 prior to the date of incidence ) of INR 25 lakh
a) 10000
b) 25000
c) 6000
d) 4000
84.Under CPGRS package If the complaint remains unattended at RO level, on ….th day of
lodging of the complaint, the complaint itself would flow to CO for necessary redressal
and closure.
a) 11
b) 13
c) 12
d) 14
85. The Customer Rights Policy enshrines basic rights of the customers of the banks
regulated by the Reserve Bank of India. Which of the following is not a Right under the
same?
a) Right to Fair treatment, transparency ,Fair and Honest Dealing
b) Right to Suitability and Privacy
c) Right to Grievance Redress and Compensation
d) Right for extension of Credit Facility
86. Rate of Interest for Educational Loans above INR 7.50 lakh is liked to
a) RLLR
b) MCLR
c) Base Rate
d) BPLR
87. With effect from 01.04.2020, Pigmy Deposit Scheme of erstwhile Syndicate Bank and
New Nitya Nidhi Deposit (NNND) Scheme of Canara Bank are merged and renamed as
…………. Scheme.
a) NND (Nitya Nidhi Deposit)
b) FD
c) KD
d) RD
90. Gold loan release charges to the tune ofINR ……….per loan to collected at the time of
closure of loan after 3 month from date of Sanction/Disbursement, irrespective of loan
amount
a) 200
b) 100
c) 50
d) 150
2. Employees/Ex-employees are eligible for how much additional ROI on Canara Tax
saver?
a. 0.5
b. 1.0 *
c. 1.50
d. 0.75
6. Compensation to the legal heirs in case of unfortunate death of any employee due
to COVID 19 is:
a. 10 Lakhs
b. 20 Lakhs
c. 30Lakhs
d. 40Lakhs
8. In case, Officially Valid Documents (OVDs) furnished by the customer does not
contain updated address then which document can be obtained for that
a. Utility bill which is not more than two months old
b. Property or Municipal tax receipt
c. Pension or family pension payment orders (PPOs)
d. PAN Card
9.Which among the following is not a valid document for opening a company account
a. Certificate of incorporation
b. Memorandum and Articles of Association
c. CIN Number
d. Adhaar Card
10. Waiver of the Service charge for ECS debit Return were effected from
a. 31.07.2020
b. 30.06.2020 *
c. 31.08.2020
d. 30.09.2020
18. Which among the following is not one of the mode of sending demand notice?
a. Hand delivery against acknowledgement
b. By registered post acknowledgement due
c. By speed post
d. By whatsapp
21. If the borrower fails to discharge his liability in full within 60 days from the date of
receipt of demand notice, the recourse available with the Bank are
a. Take possession of the Secured Assets of the Borrower
b. Take over the management of the business of the borrower
c. Appoint any person, to manage the secured assets the possession of which has
been taken over by the secured creditor
d. Any one of the above mentioned actions can be taken
22. If the movable secured assets are in the possession of borrower, the Authorized
Officer has to take the possession of such properties in the presence of how many
witnesses
a. 1
b. 2
c. 3
d. 4
23. Detailed terms and conditions of the sale of movable secured assets must include,
choose the one which is not correct.
a. Details about the borrower and the secured creditor;
b. Description of movable secured assets to be sold with identification marks or
numbers, if any on them
c. Reserve Price, if any and the time and manner of payment
d.Total exposure of the Bank under that particular scheme
26. Disputes received from the Debit Cardholders in respect of failed ATM Cash
transactions, maximum time allowed for lodging the claim with other bank is __
days from the date of transaction.
a. 30
b. 45
c. 60
d. 90
27. In case the claim of our customer for ATM Cash transaction is rejected and
customer is not satisfied with resolution provided by the other bank, there is a
provision to take up with other bank for Pre-Arbitration. The claim under pre
arbitration can be lodged in CCR within __ days from the date of original rejection
of claim.
a. 30
b. 45
c. 60
d. 90
29. With reference to ATM Cash Transaction what are “Acquiry Transactions”?
a. Our Bank Customers transacting in other ATMs
b. Other Bank Customers transacting in our ATMs
c. Other Bank Customers transacting in white board ATMs
d. Our Bank Customers transacting in our ATMs
30. In those ATM cases where the representment is accepted by the Issuer member,
Customers, through their Issuer member are eligible to receive the penalty amount
@ __, from the date of chargeback until the date of pre arbitration/arbitration
acceptance by the Acquirer member, provided the chargeback is raised within __
days from the date of transaction.
a. Rs.100/day, 30
b. Rs.100/week, 30
c. Rs.100/day, 60
d. Penalty would not be applicable
31. If Issuer/Acquirer banks fail to raise the ATM dispute/adjustment within the
prescribed time limit, the same can be initiated on “_” basis through DMS.
a. No show
b. Bounce back
c. Good faith
d. Benefit of doubt
32. Revised Social Media Policy of the Bank for the Financial Year 2020-21 consists of
three parts i.e Part A, Part B and Part C. Which of the following statement is true
with regard to these 3 parts?
a. Part A is for customers, stake holders and general public.
b. Part B is for customers, stake holders and general public.
c. Part C is for customers, stake holders and general public.
d. Part A and Part B are restricted for internal circulation only.
34. As per our Bank’s Social Media Policy, which of the following contents can not be
posted on our Bank’s Social Media Sites?
a. News – Covering the Quarterly Results, Branches / ATMs opened, financial
inclusions, Dividends declared, etc.
b. Banks’ future Business plans, new product & services launch including digital
products etc.
c. Bank’s HR Polices with reference to recruitment, promotions and placement of
employees.
d. Write up on the Bank covering its History and Profile.
35. Which of the below mentioned policy does not form the part of our Bank’s “Web
Communication Policy” version 1.0 for the year 2020-2021?
a. Copy right policy
b. Privacy policy
c. Social Media policy
d. Content Archival Policy
36. For fraud of Rs.1 lakh and above but below Rs.3 Crore involving outsiders and
bank staff the complaint is to be lodged with the State CID/ Economic Offences
Wing of the State concerned by whom?
a. Branch Head
b. Executive not below the rank of CM/DM
c. RO Head / Executive not below the rank of AGM
d. CO Head / Executive not below the rank of DGM
38. Under Canara Tax Saver Scheme, the additional interest rate offered to Ex-
employee Senior Citizens over and above the rate offered for General Public is:
a. 1% only
b. 0.5% only
c. 1.5% only
d. No additional interest rate is offered
39. In case, Officially Valid Documents (OVDs) furnished by the customer does not
contain updated address, which of the following documents or the equivalent e-
documents there of shall not be deemed to the OVDs for the limited purpose of
proof of address?
a. Utility bill which is not more than six months old of any service provide
b. Property or Municipal tax receipt
c. Pension or family pension payment orders (PPOs) issued to retired employees by
Government Department or Public Sector Undertaking
d. Letter of allotment of accommodation from employer issued by State Government
or Central Government Departments
40. The Authorized Officer may utilize the service of SARFAESI Agents empanelled for
SARFAESI in taking possession of the movable securities. In the case of Doubtful
and Loss Accounts with book liability exceeding Rs.
a. 10 Lakhs
b. 20 Lakhs
c. 50 Lakhs
d. 30 Lakhs
42. CMM or DM is bound to take possession of secured assets and any documents
relating to such assets and hand over such assets and documents to the Bank
within a period of how many days from the date of application.
a. 15 days
b. 30 days
c. 45 days
d. 60 days
43. On or immediately after taking actual possession, the Bank has to publish
possession notice within how many days of taking possession?
a. 5 days
b. 10 days
c. 7 days
d. 15 days
44. The reserve price of a property fixed under SARFAESI should not be
a. lesser than 90% of the Market Value of the property.
b. lesser than 80% of the Market Value of the property.
c. lesser than 70% of the Market Value of the property.
d. lesser than 75% of the Market Value of the property.
45. In the event of failure of auction held for the first time, the reduction in RP for
subsequent auction should not be more than how much of the RP fixed earlier
a. 15 %
b. 20 %
c. 10 %*
d. 5 %
46. Purchase of non banking falls under which Section of SARFAESI Act
a. 13 (5) A
b. 13(5)B
c. 13(5)C
d. 13(5)D
49. Security interest created in favour of the Bank should be duly registered with
a. CIBIL
b. CERSAI
c. ICRA
d. CRISIL
51. Due to Covid-19 and Lockdown GOI gave relaxations for Deposit of single
transaction for SSA & PPF for fy 2019-20 up to which date?
a) Deposited before 30/06/2020
b) Deposited before 15/06/2020
c) Deposited before 30/04/2020
d) Deposited before 31/05/2020
52. Is PPF Scheme Qualifies for EEE Category and what is the full form EEE?
a) NO, Exempt, Exempt, Exempt
b) YES, Exempt, Exempt, Exempt
c) YES, Exchange Earner Exemption
d) NA, Euro Exchange Exclusive
54. Sukanya Samriddhi Yoojna (SSA), what is minimum and maximum Deposit Amount
a) 1000 min, max.1.5Lacs
b) 250 min., max.1.5Lacs
c) 500 min., max.1.5Lacs
d) 250 min., max1.00lacks
58. Security in KCC (aggregate exposure including other Agricultural Loans) Above
2.00lacks
a) Hypothecation of crops/Assets purchased.
b) Hypothecation of crops/Assets purchased +Mortgage of Landed properties
c) Hypothecation of crops/Assets purchased +Mortgage of Landed properties or
Collateral Security of Gold Jewellery with 100% Security value
d) Personal Guarantee
60. What are Canara2 (E-Syndicate) Product Codes for KCCS – Short duration and KCCS
– Long duration
a) Short duration – 840 , Long duration – 895
b) Short duration – 801 , Long duration - 801
c) Short duration – 890 , Long duration - 836
d) Short duration – 695 , Long duration - 895
62. Who are eligible for Pradhan Mantri Kisan Samman Nidhi Yojna (PM-Kisan Yojana)
and what is minimum income support?
a) Farmers and minimum income support Rs. 8000/- p.m.
b) Small & Marginal Farmers and minimum income support Rs. 6000/- p.a.
c) Marginal Farmers and minimum income support Rs. 2000/- every 4 months
d) All Farmers and minimum income support Rs. 6000/- every 4 months
63. What is the rate at which TDS is to be deducted for “Rent” under Section (u/s 194-
I) and exceeding what amount P.A
a) 2% and 1,80,000
b) 1% and 2,40,000
c) 10% and 2,40,000
d) 10% and 2,80,000
67. Meaning of Active duty for attending Office during Lockdown Period.
a) Employee Present physically and shall sign attendance register.
b) Employee Present Physically and shall do Bio-metric attendance.
c) Work – from – Home
d) None of the above.
71. The Sovereign Gold Bond Scheme 2020-21 , The Bond shall bear Interest rate at?
a) 2.5%
b) 3.5%
c) 2.5% (fixed rate) p.a. payable semi-annually on the nominal Value
d) 3.5% (fixed rate) p.a. payable semi-annually on the nominal Value
75. How many digits are there in GST number and what does First Two digit
Represent.
a) 14, Union code
b) 15, State code
c) 13, Territory
d) 15, State Capital Code
77. Full for of CVV as printed at the Back side of Debit/Credit Card.
a) Card Verify voucher
b) Card Verify Value
c) Card Verification Value
d) Combined Value Voucher
78. How many digit Transaction Verification Pin is there in Mobile Banking?
a) 5 digit
b) 4 digit
c) 7 digit
d) 6 digit
79. Full form of MMID and how many digit Code is generated?
a) Mobile Money Instant , 5 digit
b) Mobile Money Identifier , 7 digit
c) Mail Money Instruction , 3 digit
d) Mobile Money Instruction , 7 digit
82.Which of the given statements is not correct with respect to CCS Scheme to
MSMEs?
a) Disbursements can be done in a single tranche or maximum three tranches.
b) There shall be no margin for CCS
c) There shall be a pre-payment penalty of 0.10% of the outstanding amount.
d) Loan shall be repayable in 18 monthly installments after a moratorium of 6 months
from the date of first disbursement.
83.What is the maximum quantum of loan to be given to MSME Borrowers under CCS
Scheme?
a) Maximum of 20% of existing Fund based Working Capital limits or Rs. 150 Crores,
whichever is lower
b) Maximum of 10% of existing Fund based Working Capital limits or Rs. 150 Crores,
whichever is lower
c) Maximum of 20% of existing Fund based Working Capital limits or Rs. 150 Crores,
whichever is higher
d) Maximum of 10% of existing Fund based Working Capital limits or Rs. 150 Crores,
whichever is higher
84. What is the repayment period for WCDL given under CCS Scheme?
a) 24 months including 6 months moratorium
b) 24 months excluding 6 months moratorium
c) 18 months including 6 months moratorium
d) 36 months including 6 months moratorium
86. The list of E-mail IDs of all our employees is available on Cannet under which of
the given links?
a) Telephone Directory
b) Staff Details
c) HRMS User Manuals
d) Canara Sanwaad
88. For which of the given posts, compassionate appointments can be made?
a) Clerical & Officers
b) Officers
c) Clerical & Sub- Staff
d) Sub-staff only
89. Which of the following is not true with regard to Staff Welfare Fund?
a) Loan Facility is available
b) The membership is mandatory
c) Free scholarship to children of deceased employee
d) All confirmed staff members of Canara Bank
92. What is the project cost for new customers for which the project can be taken up
with AIC for Appraisal/Formulation/Vetting:
a) Above Rs. 100 Lakhs
b) Above Rs. 150 Lakhs
c) Above Rs. 200 Lakhs
d) Above Rs. 300 Lakhs
93. Viability study/Restructuring package for sick units shall be conducted by AIC in
respect of Agriculture accounts with outstanding of:
a) Rs. 150 Lakhs and above
b) Rs. 50 Lakhs and above
c) Rs. 200 Lakhs and above
d) Rs 100 lakhs and above
96. Which is not one of the modes of submission of loan request by SHGs for Covid 19
Emergency Credit Line?
a) Physical Application to the Base Branch
b) E-mail to the base branch
c) SMS to the base branch
d) Through Business Correspondents
97. Holiday Home facility at which city has been provided as a benefit under the Staff
Welfare Fund?
a) Bengaluru
b) Manipal
c) Delhi
d) Mumbai
98. Which of the case is not considered for compassionate appointment of dependent
family member of a permanent employee of our Bank?
a) Where an employee dies while in service
b) Has taken VRS after the age of 55
c) Has retired on medical grounds due to incapacitation before reaching the age of 55
years.
d) Has been missing and left over service of more than two years.
99. Official E mail IDs of staff will be deleted if it remains un-used for a period of how
many days?
a) 30 days
b) 60 days
c) 90 days
d) 120 days
KEY ANSWER
251/2020 to
300/2020
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
A B A D D B D D D B
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
C D C B C D D D C C
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
D B D C D C A D B D
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
C B A C C C B A A C
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
B B C A C A A B B A
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
A B C B B A A A C B
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
A B C B B A A B D D
71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
C D B C B B C D B B
81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
C C B A B D A C B B
91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
A B D C D C A B C C
2. Which of the following notice boards are to be mandatorily displayed in the Banking hall?
a) Comprehensive notice Board on time norms
b) BCSBI codes
c) Interest payment on delayed collection
d) Salient features of genuine notes
e) All of the above
3. Which of the following accounts of Retail Lending Schemes are eligible for credit under
Canara Credit Support to COVID 19 effected account?
a) All Standard accounts of Housing Loan,Canara Budget and Canara Pension as on date of
sanction of CCS.
b) All Standard accounts of Housing Loan, Canara Budget and Canara Pension upto SMA-0
and SMA-1 accounts as ondate of sanction of CCS are eligible under theScheme.
c) All Standard accounts of Housing Loan, Canara Budget and Canara Pension up to SMA-0
and SMA-1 accounts as on 24.03.2020.
d) All Standard accounts of Housing Loan, Canara Budget and Canara Pension up to SMA-0
accounts as on 24.03.2020.
e) All Standard accounts of Housing Loan, Canara Budget and Canara Pension up to SMA-0
accounts as on date of sanction are eligible under the Scheme.
4. What is the amount reimbursable where Bank vehicles are not available for Scale VI
posted at administrative unit, other than RO Head?
a) Rs.15000/-
b) Rs.20000/
c) Rs. 32000/-
d) Rs.30000/-
e) Rs.35000/-
6. Credit Guarantee Fund for Micro Units (CGFMU) is the Trust Fund set up by Government
of India and managed by-
a) NCGTC
b) CERSAI
c) CGTMSE
d) SBI
e) None of the above
7. “Guarantee Cover” under CGFMU means maximum cover available per portfolio, based
on the amount in default, in respect of the credit facility extended by the lending
institution. In this matter which of the following is correct?
a) The first 3% of the amount in default will be borne by the eligible lending institution.
b) The amount in default over and above 3% (if applicable) will be settled by the fund to the
extent of 75% on pro-rata basis, subject to the receipt of an Auditors’ certificate
confirming eligible claim amount.
c) The amount in default will be settled by the fund to the extent of 75% on pro-rata basis.
d) The amount in default will be settled by the fund to the extent of 85% on pro-rata basis
subject to the receipt of an Auditors’ certificate confirming eligible claim amount.
e) Only a and b are correct.
8. In case of CGFMU settled account, every amount recovered and due to the Fund is to be
paid –
a) Within 30 days from the end of FY in which it was recovered.
b) Within 30 days from the date of recovery.
c) Within 15 days from the end of FY in which it was recovered
d) Within 15 days from the date of recovery.
e) Recovered amount is to be credited to commission account.
10. Loans sanctioned to Self Help Groups (SHGs) between Rs. 10 lakh and Rs. 20 lakh are
eligible for coverage under CGFMU. What is the Guarantee fee for the SHGs-
a) 0.20 % p.a. during first year and 1.00% p.a. in subsequent year
b) 0.20 % p.a. duringfirst year and 0.50% p.a. in subsequent year
c) 0.10 % p.a. during first year and 0.25% p.a. in subsequent year
d) No Guarantee fee for SHGs.
e) 0.25% p.a. during first year and 0.50% p.a. in subsequent year
11. What is the rental ceiling for quarters for Executive in Scale IV in Area III?
a) Rs. 18000/-
b) Rs.14000/-
c) Rs.12000/-
d) Rs. 15000/-
e) Rs.11000/-
12. Where ever the moratorium of instalment falling due between 01.03.2020 to
31.05.2020 has been permitted asset classification of such accounts should have been
“standard” as on_________ under IRAC norms of COVID -19?
a) 29.02.2020
b) 31.03.2020
c) 01.04.2020
d) 28.02.2020
e) 01.03.2020
13. Which of the following debit cardshave insurance facility extended by NPCI?
a) Rupay Classic Debit Card
b) Rupay Master Debit Card
c) VISA debit Card
d) Maestro Debit Card.
e) Rupay PMJDY Domestic Debit Card
15. If an officer employee imposed with the punishment of reduction in grade or post under
Regulation 4 (g) of CBOE Regulation 1976, the promotion shall be held for the period of?
a) One Year from date of imposition of punishment.
b) Three Year from date of imposition of punishment.
c) Two Year from date of imposition of punishment.
d) Five Year from date of imposition of punishment.
e) For entire residual service from the date of imposition of punishment.
16. Which of the following punishment may be imposed if an workmen employee found
guilty of Gross Misconduct as per Canara Bank service Code ?
a) Dismiss without notice
b) Remove from service with superannuation benefit
c) Compulsory retirement with superannuation benefit
d) Discharge from Service with superannuation benefit
e) Any one of the above.
17. Which of the following is not a Minor Misconduct as per Canara Bank Service Code?
a) Unpunctual or irregular attendance.
b) Absence without leave
c) Committing nuisance on the premises of the Bank
d) Drunkenness behaviour on the premises of Bank.
e) Canvassing of union membership within the premises of the Bank with permission of the
management.
18. Within what period the whistle blower/ complainant is required to confirm that he/she
had sent the complaint to the designated authority?
a) 15days from receipt of letter.
b) 30days from receipt of letter
c) 45 days from receipt of letter
d) 60 days from receipt of letter
e) 90 days from receipt of letter
20. What is the time norms to dispose off RTI application if information concerns the life or
liberty of a person?
a) 12 hours
b) 24 hours
c) 36 hours
d) 48 hours
e) 60 hours
21. SHG credit linkage month is to be observed in which of the following months?
a) May
b) August
c) November
d) February
e) All of the above.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
d e b c c a e a d e
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
c a e d c e d b e D
21
e
2. Revised Rate of Tax Deduction at Source (TDS)/Tax Collection at Source (TCS) Rate(s)
relevant to bank are effective from
a. 01.04.2020
b.14.05.2020
c. 01.06.2020
d. 14.04.2020
3. Under 194N If any customer has NOT FILED Income tax Return for ALL the Previous Three
Financial Year (i.e., for F.Y. 2020-21 ITR of FY 2016-17, 2017-18 & 2018-19) TDS on cash
withdrawal exceeding Rs 1Crore is (cir353/2020)
a. 5 % TDS
b. 2% TDS
c. No TDS
d. 1% TDS
4. Revised Rate of Tax Collection at Source (TCS) for Foreign remittance through Liberalized
Remittance Scheme (LRS) of RBI above Rs. 7 Lakh in a Financial Year other than Sale of
Overseas Tour Package & remittance out of loan obtained from Bank for pursuing any
education is
a. 5% wef 01.10.2020.
b. 1.00%
c. 0.5%
d. 1.50%wef 01.04.2020
6. ROI for staff Housing Loan Fresh as well as Existing loan is---(Cir No 358/2020)
a. 6% p.a Simple.
b. 7.50% p.a Simple.
c. 6% up to Rs.25,00,000/- and 7.5% above Rs.1,00,00,000/-
d. 8% up to Rs.50,00,000/- and 8.5% above Rs.75,00,000/-
7.Branches to ensure to retain Form 60 for a period of ____ years from the end of Financial Year in
which the transaction was undertaken. (Cir 371/2020 & 79/2016)
a. 5
b. 6
c. 2
d. 3
9.Annual Stock & Receivable Audit should be got compulsorily done in respect of all borrowal
accounts enjoying FB & NFB working capital limits of Rs. ________ for Moderate, High Risk and
Unrated accounts from our Bank/ Banking System. (Cir 370/2020)
a. 1 Crore & above
b. 2 Crore & above
c. 3 Crore & above
d. 5 Crore & above
11.Periodicity of Stock & Receivable Audit for Substandard assets should be done _______ (Cir
370/2020)
a. Once in 2 years
b. Annually
c. Once in 3 years
d. Once in 5 years
12.Periodicity of Stock & Receivable Audit for doubtful assets is once in 2 years, if account balance is
less than ____ crores. In respect of accounts where balance is ___ crores and above, stock audit
to be conducted once in a year (Cir 370/2020)
a. 5
b. 2
c. 3
d. 1
13.Ratings of the accounts are downgraded from Low/Normal risk to Moderate or High Risk as the
case may be, immediate valuation within a period of ___ months of such down gradation shall be
undertaken
(1 notch downgrade & current valuation not less than 6 months) (Cir 370/2020)
a. 6
b. 4
c. 5
d. 3
14.Whenever an account gets classified as NPA, a normal cooling period of one quarter shall be
provided for up-gradation/rectification of default. In case the account continues to be NPA even
after cooling period, Stock Audit shall be undertaken within a maximum period of __ months of
account turning NPA. (Cir 370/2020)
a. 6
b. 2
c. 12
d. 3
16.In respect of _______ assets, where security is negligible/not available, fully provided
accounts and fully written off under Technical Write Off, such accounts are exempted from
current assets valuation. (Cir 370/2020)
a. Doubtful
b. Loss
c. Standard
d. Sub Standard
18.Valuation of fixed assets (other than Agricultural property) which are obtained as prime and
/ or collateral security, to be done once in _____ years. (Cir 370/2020)
a. Five
b. Three
c. Two
d. One
19.For the purposes of allowing concession in ROI and sanction of additional credit facility,
against tangible collateral security there should be a minimum gap of _____ years between
two valuations. (Cir 370/2020)
a. Two
b. Three
c. Five
d. No gap
21.If the security is only by way of landed properties (other than Agricultural properties) / sites /
plots without any super structure on it, valuation to be done? (Cir 370/2020)
a. Once in 3 years
b. No valuation by an outside valuer is necessary.
c. Only once at the time of sanction
d. By panel valuer only
22.If the value of Plant & Machinery to be charged is Rs. _______ & above, branches shall get
valuation of such P&M done from minimum two valuers on the Bank’s approved panel. (Cir
370/2020)
a. 50 Crore
b. 5 Crore
c. 10 Crore
d. 2 Crore
23.Pro-rata depreciation is to be charged in case of valuation report is more than one year old in
case of fixed assets.
Match the following.
1 Building P NIL
2 Land Q 15
3 Vehicle R 5
4 Plant & Machinery S 20
a. 1-P,2-R,3-S,4-Q
b. 1-R,2-P,3-Q, 4-S
c. 1-R, 2-P,3-S,4-Q
d. 1-P, 2-R,3-Q,4-S
26.Limit for TCS (Tax Collection at Source) by a seller whose turnover in the previous year exceeds
10 crores under Sec206C(1H) is above Rs. ________ in a FY (Cir 363/2020)
a. 25 lakhs
b. 10 lakhs
c. 50 lakhs
d. 1 Crore
27. TCS (Tax Collection at Source) will not be applicable, if the buyer is Central Govt., State Govt., an
embassy, a high commission, a legation, a commission, a consulate, the trade representation of a
foreign state, a local authority or any other person as notified by Central Government (Cir
363/2020)
True
False
28.TCS rates in case of Non Resident Indian to be increased by cess by __%. (Cir 363/2020)
a. 2
b. 5
c. 4
d. 1
29.Bank is eligible to avail ITC @50% of GST on eligible GST payments to Registered Vendors by
Branches/Offices subject to the condition that such GST payments are appearing in GST
Statement called _________ (Cir 360/2020)
a. GSTR1A
b. GSTR1B
c. GSTR2A
d. GSTR2B
30.For Canara Vehicle – Two-Wheeler loans in case of salaried individuals, minimum gross salary p.a
is Rs. ______ lakhs. (Cir 357/2020)
a. 2
b. 1
c. 1.5
d. 1.75
32.For Canara Vehicle – Two-wheeler, NTH salary can be relaxed up to ___% gross salary (Cir
357/2020)
a. 35% gross salary
b. 30% gross salary
c. 25% gross salary
d. 40 % gross salary
33.Minimum margin requirement for clean NFB limits shall be ___% as TDR. (Cir 379/2020)
a. 15
b. 25
c. 35
d. 10
34.Reduction in the minimum margin requirement for clean NFB limits beyond 15% is now
permitted for accounts rated up to and including ______ Risk. (Cir 379/2020)
a. Low
b. Normal
c. Moderate
d. High
38. Our Canara Bank Golden Jubilee Staff Welfare Fund has revised the free scholarship
facility to the children of the deceased members (of the fund). The revised Rates of
Scholarship payable w.e.f. 01.04.2020 to the children of deceased member pursuing
College education is ____________? (Cir. 390/2020).
a. Rs.6,000 /- p.a.
b. Rs.8,000 /- p.a.
c. Rs.10,000 /- p.a.
d. Rs.12,000 /- p.a.
39. As per the new scheme for reimbursement of telephone expenses to employees/
officers who are not provided either with landline or mobile phone/ mobile charges
facility by the bank confirmed sub-ordinate staff are eligible for reimbursement up to
_______? (Cir. 391/2020)
(a) Rs. 200/- per month
(b) Rs.100/- per month
(c) Rs. 75/- per month
(d) Not Eligible
40. As per the new scheme for reimbursement of telephone expenses to employees/
officers who are not provided either with landline or mobile phone/ mobile charges
facility by the bank Bank Drivers are eligible for reimbursement up to _______? (Cir.
391/2020)
a. Rs. 200/- per month
b. Rs.100/- per month
c. Rs. 75/- per month
d. Not Eligible
43. Post amalgamation process of Zonal Inspectorates (ZI), consequent to the amalgamation
process Zonal Inspectorates units are re-organized into _____with effect from
01.06.2020? (Cir. 396/2020)
(a) 75
(b) 80
(c) 81
(d) 84
44. The concept _____ of auditing among ZIs for Risk Based Internal Audit (RBIA) of
branches / Units / Offices introduced (Cir. 396/2020)
(a) Criss-cross way
(b) Online way
(c) Branch Level Way
(d) Rapid Way
45. In case of BG (Trade Credit) commission to be charged if buyers’ credit availed from our
bank is __? (Cir. 397/2020)
(a) 0.25% per annum, for the period of the BG
(b) 0.50% per annum, for the period of the BG
(c) 0.75% per annum, for the period of the BG
(d) 1.00% per annum, for the period of the BG
47. In case of Bills negotiated under LC (BULC) where payment is / was to be received during
the period from 01.03.2020 to 31.05.2020 if any request is received from Buyer’s Bank
through SFMS requesting for our agreement to extension of due date of payment due to
COVID 19 crisis, if the Seller (our customer who is Beneficiary)/agrees for such extension
in writing, Branches may allow extension of due date of receipt of payment accordingly
for a period not exceeding ____ days from the original due date (Cir. 398/2020)
(a) 90 Days
(b) 75 Days
(c) 30 Days
(d) 60 Crore
48.M/s Atyati Technologies Pvt. Ltd. is a selected service provider for Implementation of
Doorstep Banking Services through Universal Common Touch Points as part of EASE
(Enhanced Access and Service Excellence) reforms agenda for PSBs in the following cities
(Cir. 399/2020)
a. Delhi & Kolkata
b. Chennai & Delhi
c. Bangalore & Jaipur
d. Delhi & Bangalore
49. M/s Integra Microsystem Pvt. Ltd is a selected service provider for Implementation of
Doorstep Banking Services through Universal Common Touch Points as part of EASE
(Enhanced Access and Service Excellence) reforms agenda for PSBs in the following
cities(Cir. 399/2020)
a. Delhi & Kolkata
b. Chennai & Delhi
c . Bangalore & Jaipur
d. Delhi & Bangalore
51. All the services registered in Doorstep Banking System, up to 3 PM on any working day
has to be completed within _____ of booking. (Cir. 399/2020)
(a) 3 hours
(b) 4 hours
(c) 5 hours
(d) 6 hours
52. All Services booked in Doorstep Banking System after 3 PM has to be completed by
______ of next working day (Cir. 399/2020)
(a) 12 PM
(b) 1 PM
(c) 2 PM
(d) 3 PM
2. Branches shall obtain KYC documents from customers and update invariably in CBS. Select the
incorrect answer with respect to KYC Policy :-
(A)Obtain KYC documents at time of account opening to new customer
(B)Obtain KYC documents, opening new accounts using existing Customer ID which are KYC non-
compliant
(C) If KYC documents are not available for existing accounts, debit operation not allowed
(D)While converting Dormant accounts to operative, verification of KYC status of the customer not
required.
3. A Clarification on policy matter / circular from Head Office by any branch / Regional office/ Circle
Office can be sought under signature of followings only- (HO Cir 402/2020)-
(A) Regional Head (B) Circle Head
(C) Branch Head (D) No clarification can be sought
4. Following amount (incl. GST) to be collected from residents for biometric updation in AADHAAR
card at our Aadhar Seva Kendra in identified branches (HO Cir 404/2020)
(A) Rs. 100/- (B) Rs. 50/- (C) Rs. 118/-(D) Free Service
5. Comprehensive audit which is to be conducted along with RBIA, is related to which of the
following subject matter (HO Cir 406/2020)-
(A) Overall functioning of branch
(B) Business performance of branch
(C)Unauthorized Operations in internal / GL Accounts of branch (D) None of
the above
6. Which one is a unauthorized category of transaction as per RBI Guidelines (HO Cir 406/2020)-
(A) Changing of Loan account schedule without permission
(B) Routing Customer Transection thru GL
(C) Discounting cheque to prevent slippage
(D) All of the above
9. The Competent Authority for the purpose of asking the employee to be away fromdesk up to
scale III working in the circle shall be (HO Cir 409/2020)
(A)Divisional Manager Circle Office
(B)Assistant General Manager Circle Office
(C)Circle Head
(D)General Manager, HR Wing.
10. At the time of transfer of an employee, following category of accounts should be transferred to
transferee branch(HO Cir 410/2020)-
(A)Staff Housing Loan
(B)Gold Loan
(C)Clean Overdraft account
(D)All of the above
12 Skill Loans sanctioned up to a limit of Rs. _____ lakhs without any collateral security/third party
guarantee are eligible for coverage under Credit Guarantee Fund Scheme for Skill Development
Loan (CGFSSD). (HO Cir 415/2020)
(A)Rs. 1 Lac
(B) Rs. 1.5 Lac
(C) Rs. 2 Lac
(D)Rs. 2.5 Lac
14 Which one is false about revamped Pradhan Mantri Fasal Bima Yojana (PMFBY) (HO Cir
418/2020)-
(A)All Loanee Farmer has to be covered for crop insurance compulsorily
(B) Farmers can opt out of the scheme 7 days before cutoff date
(C) Farmers can opt in also in future if they wish so.
(D)Non Loanee farmer can also opt for PMFBY scheme from our bank branches.
15 Appointment of specialized agency (ASM) has to be done for post sanction monitoring of
account having aggregate exposure of Rs. _____ crore & above from banking system- (HO Cir
425/2020)
(A)Rs. 100 Crore
(B) Rs. 150 Crore
(C) Rs. 200 Crore
(D)Rs. 250 Crore
16 For HO Power account having aggregate exposure of Rs. 250 crore & above from banking system,
for post sanction monitoring of account appointment of specialized agency (ASM) has to be done
by - (HO Cir 425/2020)
(A)Core Credit Group
(B) Credit Wing
(C) Credit Administration & Monitoring wing (CAM)
(D)MSME Wing
17 Following service charges have been waived for KCCS/ Crop loans up to Rs.3 lakhsto Small and
marginal farmers till 31.03.2021 (428/2020)
(A)Processing & Documentation Charges
(B) Inspection charges
(C) Ledger & folio charges
(D)All of the above
(E) No such waiver
19 For Product code 806- KCC with Gold Jewellery, whenever gold Jewellery is accepted as collateral,
KCC Limit is to be fixed as per- (429/2020)
(A)Appraised Value of Gold
(B) Gross value of Gold
(C) Scale of finance
(D)Loanable value of Gold Jewellery
20 PPF account opened on behalf of HUF, prior to 13 May 2005 shall be- (HO Cir 430/2020)
(A)Extended further after completion of 15 years
(B) Has to be closed after completion of 15 years from end of the year in which initial subscription
was made
(C) Can be further extended for a period of 5 years only
(D)All options are correct
21. Review of KYC is done in __________years in respect of Low Risk, Medium Risk and High Risk
(HO Cir 449/2020)
a. 2, 4 & 6 years respectively
b. 10, 8 & 2 years respectively
c. 8,6 & 2 years respectively
d. Option other than above
22. While Reviewing KYC of the Low Risk customer, if we do not receive response from customer
with in _____days for letter sent for Re-KYC, it will be presumed that there is no change in KYC
and accordingly records with us will be updated
a. 5 Days
b. 10 Days
c. 7 Days
d. 15Days
24. As a part of Prime Minister’s package for farmers, Hon’ble Finance Minister has announced to
cover ______farmers under the KCC scheme in a mission mode to facilitate credit to the farm
sector [445/20]
a. 2.5 Crores
b. 1.5 Crores
c. 3.5 Crores
d. 2.0 Crore
25. How much ROI is charged to a Two wheeler loan to officer employee of amount Rs. 1lacks [Cir
441/20]
a. 7% simple
b. 6.5% simple
c. 6% simple
d. 5.5% simple
26. THEFT is defined under which section of IPC (Indian Penal Code) [443/20]
a. 377
b. 378
c. 379
d. 376
27. Frisking duties in the Currency Chests will be undertaken by _____ security Guards (Bank’s own
guards).[443/20]
a. Three Security Guards
b. Four Security Guards
c. Two Security Guards
d. One Security Guard
29. The Currency and Coins stored in Canara Bank Currency Chest and e-Syndicate Bank belong to:
[443/20]
a. Now all these belong to Canara Bank
b. Canara Bank’s will belong to Canara Bank and e-Syndicate’s will belong to e-Syndicate till
31.03.2021, thereafter it will belong to Canara Bank.
c. Reserve Bank of India
d. Government of India
30. How much ROI is charged to Vehicle Loans to employees [Cir 441/20]
a. 7% simple
b. 6.5% simple
c. 6% simple
d. 5.5% simple
31. How much interest is provided on gold bond purchased under Sovereign Gold Bond Scheme
during the year 2020
(A)1.35%
(B) 2.90%
(C) 2.50%
(D)2.75%
32. Guaranteed Emergency credit Line (GECL) Loans are guaranteed by NCGTC under which of the
guarantee scheme (HO Cir 424/2020)-
(A)CGTMSE
(B) CGFMU
(C) CGFAEL
(D)ECLGS
33. Which one is not correct about an eligibility criteria for applying loan under GECL (HO Cir
427/2020)-
(A)MSME Borrower having credit exposure upto Rs. 50 crore as on 29.02.2020
(B) Account classified under SMA-0, SMA1 & SMA-2 are eligible except NPA account
(C) Eligible units shall be GST registered if applicable
(D)Loans provided to individuals for own business purposes can also be covered
35. Which one is not correct for a GECL Loan to borrower who is under multiple / Consortium
banking (HO Cir 389/2020,405/2020,804/2020)-
(A)GECL can be availed maximum of 20% of aggregate exposure
(B) GECL can be availed from leader bank only in case of consortium
(C) GECL can be availed from multiple banks as per agreed proportion in consortium agreement
(D)NOC is not required from other banks if GECL is availed from one bank with 20% of proportional
limit
36. Total tenor (including moratorium) for loans under GECL scheme is (HO Cir
389/2020,405/2020,804/2020) -
(A)2 Years
(B) 3 Years
(C) 4 Years
(D)5 Years
37. Maximum moratorium which can be provided to GECL Loans is (HO Cir
389/2020,405/2020,804/2020)-
(A)3 months
(B) 6 Months
(C) 9 Months
(D)12 Months
38. How much guarantee fee is being charged for GECL Loan by NCGTC (HO Cir
424/2020,804/2020)?
(A)0.50%
(B) 1%
(C) 1.5%
(D)No fee is being charged
39. Risk weight for GECL Loans are (HO Cir 424/2020,804/2020)-
(A)50%
(B) 100%
(C) 0%
(D)5%
41. Ashok runs a business enterprise and have a GST registration having turnover of Rs. 50lacks.
However, his firm is not registered as an MSME nor having Udyog Aadhar. XYZ Bank has not
classified him as an MSME borrower. Is he eligible under the scheme?(HO Cir 446/2020)
(A)Yes Eligible
(B) Not Eligible
42. Which type of following exposures are cover for total exposure under eligibility for GECL Loans
(HO CIR 446/2020)-
(A)Fund Based & Non Fund based exposure
(B) Only Fund Based Exposure with all banks
(C) Off Balance Exposure along with fund based limit
(D)All type of exposure with all banks / NBFCs
43. Select category of customers not eligible under GECL (HO Cir 389/2020,405/2020,804/2020)-
(A)Individual borrowers
(B) GST Registered MSME Borrowers
(C) HUF firms
(D)Self-help Groups
44. If an eligible borrower banking with us. Sister concern of the borrower has some outstanding
over 60 days past due. Whether he is eligible for assistance under GECL? (HO CIR 446/2020,
804/2020)-
A) Yes, eligibility of the borrower is to be seen, not of other entities/personal account.
(B) Not eligible due to sister concern SMA position
(C) Eligible ,considering sister concern account is having overdue less than 90 days
(D) Not at all eligible due to multiple loan accounts
45. Up to which risk rating/ scoring based on CIC scoring GECL can be granted (HO CIR 446/2020)-
(A)Low risk
(B) Moderate Risk
(C) High Risk
(D)Pre-Approved Loans, Risk rating is not the eligibility criteria
47. Deferment of Loan installments during covid period was permitted by RBI up to- (HO Cir
450/2020)
(A)31.08.2020
(B) 30.09.2020
(C) 30.06.2020
(D)31.07.2020
48. A Working capital Limit sanctioned under Modified Liberalized Working Capital Assessment
(LWCA) shall be renewed on/ after- [Cir 448/2020 ]
(A)12 Months
(B) 18 Months
(C) 15 months
(D)On or before 31.03.2021 irrespective of expiry date
49. Interest subvention available for Agriculture gold loan sanctioned on or after 01.04.2020 is (HO
Cir 444/2020)-
(A)3%
(B) 2%
(C) 0%
(D)4%
50. To popularize the gold loan scheme , an exclusive number is made available to customers in
addition to Call Canara toll free number for gold loan related queries(Ho Cir 491/2020)
(A) 09015734734
(B) 09015734734
(C) 06366911144
(D) 18004252470
2. Who is the Competent authority to permit for up to scale III, In terms of Regulation 3 (c)
of Canara Bank Officer Employees’ (Acceptance of Jobs in Private Sector Concerns after
Retirement) Regulations, 2001(453/20)?
a) GM/CGM Circle Office b) GM/CGM , HR Wing , Head Office
c) ED MD & CEO d) None
3. Specialist Officer recruited in any specialized field shall continue in the same field till
promotion to (454/20)
a) Scale II b) Scale III c) Scale IV d) Scale V
4. All the loans sanctioned under GECL scheme is guaranteed under which scheme
(455/20)
a) CGTMSE b) CGFMU c) ECLGS d) NCGTC
9. How many interoperable services to the customers of all branches of amalgamated bank
are provided ( 462/20)
a) 5 b) 7 c) 9 d) 12
12. Agency commission payable to Banks for Physical receipts per transaction is (464/20)
a) Rs 9/- b) Rs 75/- c) Rs 6.5 d) Rs 40/-
13. Agency commission payable to Banks for Pension payment per transaction is (464/20)
a) Rs 9/- b) Rs 75/- c) Rs 40/- d) Rs100/-
14. Agency commission payable to Banks for other than Pension payment is (464/20)
a) Rs 9/- b) Rs 75/- c) 6.5 paisa per 100 turnover d) Rs 40/-
15. How Much Our Bank is earning for each APY a/c (464/20)
a) 200/- b) 100/- c) 125/- d) 225/-
16. How Much Our Bank is earning for each NPS a/c(464/20)
a) 200/- b) 100/- c) 125/- d) 225/-
17. How Much Our Bank is earning for each e-NPS a/c (464/20)
a) 200/- b) 100/- c) 125/- d) 225/-
18. National Pension System- All Citizen Module can be opened by which branch (464/20)
a) All the branches b) Only by designated Branches
c) Only Urban & Metro Branches d) All Branches except Rural Branches
24. What is the Guarantee Coverage provided by M/S NCGTC in case of GECL?
(467/20)
a) 75% b) 50% c) 100% d) Not being provided
25. What is the option for Canara Bank Statement Enquiry in e-Syndicate Branches with
regard Interoperable Functionalities permitted in CBS Application (468/20)
A) SN031 B) CN031 C) CH031 D) CH021
26. What is the option for e-Syndicate Statement Enquiry in Canara Bank Branches with
regard Interoperable Functionalities permitted in CBS Application (468/20)
A) SN031 B) CH031 C) CN031 D) CH021
30. What is the periodicity for interest application for GL OD - Crop Cultivation(469/20)
A) Half Yearly B) MONTHLY C) ANNUALLY D) QUARTERLY
31. What is the periodicity for interest application for GL OD - - Allied Activities
(469/20)
A) ANNUALLY B) MONTHLY C) Half Yearly D) 2 YEARS
32 The Minimum loan amount to be sanctioned under GL-OD for Agriculturists against gold
jewellery (469/20)
A) Rs 5000 B) 1.60lacks C) Rs 500 D) Rs 100
34. What is the maximum tenability period for OD facility to Agriculturists against Gold
Jewellery (469/20)
A) 3 years B) 2 years C) 1 year D) 4 year
35. What are the Safe Keeping Handling charges per month for Gold Loans: After 30 days of
the expiry of the prescribed tenure of gold loan upto 5lacks (469/20)
A) Rs 100 B) Rs 200 C) Rs 300 D) Rs 400
36. What are the Safe Keeping Handling charges per month for Gold Loans: After 30 days of
the expiry of the prescribed tenure of gold loan above 5lacks (469/20)
A) Rs 100 B) Rs 300 C) Rs 600 D) Rs 200
37. What is the register in which we take acknowledgement of the borrower while
delivering Jewels after closure of Gold loan (469/20)
A) NB 175 B) NB 170 C) NB 174 D) NB 173
38. What if the GL code for receiving the PMEGP margin money subsidy for e-syndicate
bank branches (470/20)
A) 170061500 B) 170061600 C) 170061700 D) 170061800
40. Canara Bank 'Rajbhasha Akshay Yojana' was formulated in which year by our Bank
(472/20)
A) 1987 B) 1985 C) 1986 D) 1981
42. ...........was formulated in our Bank to encourage Branches, Offices, Sections and Wings
to foresee progress in the implementation of Official Language Hindi 472/20)
A) Rajbhasha Akshay Yojana B) Rajbhasha Puraskar Yojana
C) Rajbhasha Samriddi Yojana D) Rajbhasha Gaurav Yojana
43. What is the maximum cash prize will be awarded under "CANARA BANK RAJBHASHA
PURASKAR YOJANA" (For the Employees of Bank)( 472/20)
A) Rs 1000 B) Rs 10000 C) Rs 500 D) Rs700
44. "Coverage of Personal Accident Insurance scheme for KCC card holders
by........................ on Pan India basis for e-Syndicate Branches w.e.f. 01.07.2020"
(474/2020)
A) " M/s. Bajaj Allianz General Insurance company Limited"
B) M/s United India Insurance Company Ltd.,
C) M/s New Indua assurance company
D) M/S TATA AIG
45. What is the Premium amount (Bank share + Farmer share (Including GST) per year for
coverage of Personal Accident Insurance scheme for KCC card holders by........................
on Pan India basis (474/2020)
A) Rs 20 + Rs 5 B) Rs 8 + Rs 17 C) Rs 15 + Rs 10 D) Rs 17 + Rs 8
47. The risk coverage of the PAIS offered for KCC card holders for Permanent total disability
or Loss of two limbs or two eyes or one limb & one eye (474/2020)
A) Rs 300000/- B) Rs. 1,87,500/- C) Rs.75,000/- D) Rs 100000
48. The risk coverage of the PAIS offered for KCC card holders for Loss of one limb or one
eye (474/2020)
A) Rs 100000 B) Rs 300000/- C) Rs. 1,87,500/- D) Rs.75,000/-
49. "The window for one-time partial credit guarantee offered by GOI will be open till 31st
March 2021 or till such date by which Rs. ........ crore worth of guarantees, including both
guarantees towards purchase of pooled assets and Bonds / CPs, are provided by the
Government, whichever is earlier." (475/2020)
A) Rs 5000 B) Rs 10,000 c) Rs 15000 D) Rs 20000
50. Branches/Offices are advised to maintain GST related documents for a period of....
(476/2020)
A) 20 years B) 5 years C) 10 years D) 8 years
51. Empanelled Agriculture Consultants will be paid service fee/ commission of 0.10% of
loan amount sanctioned for maximum of Rs …..... inclusive of applicable taxes for
sourcing Agriculture & Allied activities proposals (477/2020)
A) Rs 50000 B) Rs 75000 C) Rs 100000 D) Rs 25000
52. Agriculture Consultants will claim the fees at monthly rests from Branches for the loans
sanctioned, and where at least disbursement of ......% of the sanctioned amount is made.
(477/2020)
A) 10% B) 15% C) 25% D) 20%
53. As per Official Language Department, MHA, GOI the Town Official Language
Implementation Committees are to be constituted in all the towns of the country where
.....or more Central Government Offices are functioning. (478/2020)
A) 5 B) 15 C) 10 D) 20
55. Government is insisting the employees to provide the details of joint account with
spouse ....... months prior to the retirement for the purpose of pension. (479/2020)
A) 6 B) 2 C) 3 D) 4
56. "Fund transfer facility allowed up to Rs..........between 0 to 6 hours from the time of new
beneficiary added through an Internet Banking (omnichannel/ Desktop version) as per
Enterprise Fraud Risk Management (EFRM) rules for safeguarding Internet Banking
Transactions (482/2020)
A) Rs 5000 B) Rs 50000 C) Rs 100000 D) Not allowed
57. "Fund transfer facility allowed up to Rs..........between 6 to 24 hours from the time of
new beneficiary added through an Internet Banking (omnichannel/ Desktop version) as
per Enterprise Fraud Risk Management (EFRM) rules for safeguarding Internet Banking
Transactions(482/2020)
A) Rs 5000 B) Rs 50000 C) Rs 100000 D) Rs 200000
58. Fund transfer facility allowed up to Rs..........after 24 hours from the time of new
beneficiary added through an Internet Banking (omnichannel/ Desktop version) as per
Enterprise Fraud Risk Management (EFRM) rules for safeguarding Internet Banking
Transactions (482/2020)
A) Rs 5000 B) Rs 50000 C) Rs 100000 D) Full limit
59. All payments to Jewel Loan Appraisers [for Jewel Loans to Customers] should be paid
only by debiting specific expense GL .............- Jewel Appraisal Fee. (Applicable to e –
Syndicate Branches only till integration of CBS) (483/2020)
A) 339140300 B) 339140200 C) 339140100 D) 339140500
60."Gold loans through Gold Purity Testing Machines (GPTM) can detect any foreign
element in the inner area of the ornament upto ........ micron depth only (484/2020)
A) 10 B) 30 C) 40 D) 20
63. The Product code for AGRI GOLD Loan-Development Activities for e syndicate Branches
in LAPS is (498/2020)
a) 840 b)841 c)839 d)842
64. The Product code for GL-OD for e syndicate Branches in LAPS is(498/2020)
a) 845 b) 846 c)847 d)848
65. All the staff members/Branches/Offices have to take up all the matters/grievances with
respective section of ____________only, through proper channel and not directly to
Head Office or through external authorities (497/2020)
a) Circle office b) Regional Office c) Head Office d) Inspection wing
67. The ECAI rating shall be obtained from all the Borrowers who are enjoying credit
exposure (FB + NFB) of above (495/2020)
a) Rs. 10 cr b)Rs 5 cr c)Rs 2 cr d)Rs 50 cr
69. As per Revised Definition on MSME effective from 01.07.2020, a Micro enterprise is,
where investment in P&M does not exceed______cr and turnover does not
exceed__________cr(492/2020)
a)1 &5 b)2 & 10 c)5 & 10 d)1& 10
71. Fee for Filing Udyam registration under revised definition of MSME will be (492/2020)
a)Rs 500+GST b)Rs 100+GST c)Rs 1000+GST d) No fees
72. The Statutory Return-Part-I(STR Part-I) is to be submitted _______ and the Statutory
Return Part-II(STR Part-II) is to be submitted______(490/2020)
a)Quarterly & Quarterly b)Annually& Half yearly
c)Quarterly & Annually d)Annually & Quarterly
73. Reporting mechanism has been changed in our bank for QCC. QCC stands for (489/2020)
a) Quarterly compliance certificate b) Quality control certificate
c) Quality compliance certificate d) Quality certificate of controls
74. Floating Rate Savings Bonds,2020, the maximum limit for investment is (488/2020)
a)1 lakhs b)10 lakhs c)1.5 lakhs d) No limit
75. Floating Rate Savings Bonds, 2020, shall be repayable on the expiration of how many
years of date of issue? (488/2020)
a)5 years b)6 years c)7 years d)8 years
76. The Brokerage fixed for Banks for mobilizing Floating Rate Savings Bonds,2020 is
(488/2020)
a)0.25% b)1% c)0.75% d)0.50%
77. To activate a KYC Non -compliant account, approval from which authority is required?
(485/2020)
a) Branch Head b) Regional Head c) Circle Head d) Concerned Officer at Branch
78. The list of limits expiring in next 2 months through Business objects can be found in
report NO ..... (500/2020)
a) 280024 b)280023 c)280022 d)280021
80. Among which of the small savings schemes, the compounding frequency is Quarterly
(499/2020)
a) Public Provident Fund Scheme b) Senior Citizen Savings Scheme
c) Kisan Vikas Patra d) Sukanya Samriddhi Account Scheme
82. The date of submission of QCC and snapshot at Branch level is before which date from
Quarter End (489/2020,728/2020)
a) 5th b) 4th working day c) 7th working day d) 15th
83. The Due Date of submission of STR-18 from SME Sulabhs to the concerned office is
within____from the quarter (490/2020)
a) 5th b)7th c)10th d)15th
84. For calculation of the turnover, under revised classification, the figures of such
enterprise which do not have PAN will be considered on self-declaration basis for a
period up to __________ (492/2020)
a)30th Dec20 b) 31st March, 2021 c)No Dates specified d)30th June 2021
Cir 502/2020
Q.2. PM Street Vendor’s Atmanirbhar Nidhi (PM Svanidhi)” Scheme is available to
a. all street vendors engaged in vending in urban areas as on or before 24.03.2020
b. all street vendors engaged in vending in urban & rural areas as on or before 24.03.2020
c. all street vendors engaged in vending in urban areas as on or before 29.02.2020.
d. all street vendors engaged in vending in urban & rural areas as on or before 29.02.2020.
Q. 4 The scheme has a provision of Graded Guarantee Cover for the loans sanctioned, to be
administered by_________________, which will be operated on_________ basis
a. Credit Guarantee Fund Trust for Micro and Small Enterprises (CGTMSE), individual
account coverage
b. Credit Guarantee Fund Trust for Micro and Small Enterprises (CGTMSE), portfolio
c. MoHUA , portfolio
d. SIDBI, Individual account coverage
Q. 7. The vendors, availing loan under the PM SWANidhi scheme, are eligible to get an
interest subsidy ______. The interest subsidy is available up to________.
a. @ 7% , 31st March 2022b. @ 7% , 31st March 2023
c. @ 7.50% , 30th September 2022 d. No subsidy available
Q. 9. The on-boarded vendors would be provided with monthly cash back on digital
transaction in the range of _______on fulfilment of criteria specified.
a. Rs50 - Rs100 b. Rs50 - Rs500
c. Rs100 - Rs500 d. Rs100 - Rs1000
Q. 11. The on-boarded vendors would be provided with monthly cash back in the range
of Rs50 - Rs100 as per the criteria specified. Which of the following is not correct?
a. On executing 50 eligible transactions: Rs50;
b. On executing the next 50 eligible transactions: Additional Rs25;
c. On executing the next 100 eligible transactions: Additional Rs25
d. Each transaction > Rs50 will be counted
Cir 503/2020
Q. 12. Amount outstanding under SA will attract____ Risk Weight for Capital Adequacy
Ratio
a. 35% b. 75% c. 85% d. 100%
Q. 13. Amount outstanding under SA-Furniture & Fixtures (GL-122422160) for more than
Q. 15. Time-line for submission of documents for Capitalization to Head OfficeIn case of
Owned / Long Leased Properties with in______days from the Date of Registration in
case of New Properties and _______days from the Date of Final payment in case of
Repairs / Renovations.
Cir 504/2020
Q.16 Floating Rate Savings Bonds, 2020 (Taxable)- FRSB 2020 (T)- bonds shall be
repayable in
a. 5 Years b. 5 ½ years c. 7 years d. 8 years
Cir 505/2020
Q. 19 Agency commission for Govt. Receipts for physical receipts is ____ and for e-
mode is ____ per transaction
a. Rs.45/-, Rs. 11/- b. Rs. 40/-, Rs 9/-
c. Rs. 55/-, Rs 11/- d. Rs. 55/-, Rs. 9/-
Cir. 508/2020
Q. 20. Offsite monitoring should be done at the ______ (For Loans of less than Rs. 10
Cir. 509/2020
Q. 21. Total no of OTM report is
a. 26 b . 23 c.22 d. 21
Q. 22 As per the directions of Audit Committee of the Board, with respect to OTM
Assigned transactions, 'NO observation should remain unattended for more than ___
days.
a. 15 b. 7 c. 5 d. 3
Cir 510/2020.
Q. 23 . Risk Weights for Credit facilities(GECL) extended under Emergency Credit Line
Guarantee Scheme (ECLGS) to the extent of guarantee coverage is
a. 0% b. 15% c. 20% d. 35%
Cir 515/2020
Q. 24. BG progress report shall be obtained and reviewed for all Performance / Advance
payment Guarantees of_____ and above where guarantee period is more than____.
Cir. 520/2020
Q. 26. At present ROI on 63 months NND is :
a. 3.10 % b. 2% c. 1.5% D. 1%
Cir. 522/2020
Q. 27. Which of the following option is not correct
a. Branches having NPA levels of more than 3% under any Retail lending schemes,
Q. 28 . As per recent modification where ever Special packages permitted by the circle
offices under canara budget Waiver of undertaking letter from Employer Not to Shift
Salary Account on selective basis wherever Salary Accounts are maintained can be
permitted by
a. RO-Head CAC b. Circle Head CAC
c. CGM/GM-HO-CAC d. ED-CAC
Cir. 523/2020
Q. 29. Which of the following is not correct with regard to GECL loan
a. No Personal guarantee to be taken
b. No Third party guarantee to be taken
c. No Corporate guarantee to be taken
d. only extension of previously furnished guarantee to be taken
Cir. 525/2020
Q. 30.Under Rule 8 (1) of Prevention of Money Laundering (Maintenance of Records)
Amendment Rules, 2013, Principal Officers of banks are required to report
information on cash transactions where forged notes have been detected to The
Director, FIU-IND, Financial Intelligence Unit- India, by the _____ of the succeeding
month
A. 3rdday B. 7th day C. 10th day D. 15th day
Q. 31. For cases of detection of Counterfeit Notes of_____ , in a single transaction, the
Counterfeit Notes should be forwarded immediately by the Nodal Bank Officer to the
local police authorities or the Nodal Police Station for investigation by filing FIR in the
prescribed format
a. 4 or more pieces b. 5 or more pieces
c. 3 or more pieces d. any no of forged note detected,
Cir. 526/20
Q. 32 Penalty levied on Shortages in soiled note remittances and currency chest balances
for notes in denomination up to Rs 50/-
Q. 33. Penalty levied on Shortages in soiled note remittances and currency chest
balances for notes in denomination of Rs 100/- & above.
a. Rs.100/- per piece in addition to the lossb. Rs.100/- per piece maximum Rs 10000/-
c. Rs.50/- per piece in addition to the loss
d. Equal to the value of the denomination per piece in addition to the loss.
Q. 34. Penalty levied on Mutilated notes detected in soiled note remittances and
currency chest balances
a. 50/- per piece irrespective of the denomination
b. Rs. 50/- per piece maximum Rs. 500/-
c. Rs.100/- per piece maximum Rs 10000/-
d. Rs.100/- per piece irrespective of the denomination
Q. 35. Penalty on non functioning of CCTV in currency chest detected by RBI officials,
which statement is not correct?
a. Penalty of Rs 5000 for each irregularity.
b. Penalty will be enhanced to Rs 10,000 in case of repetition.
c. Penalty will be levied immediately
d. Penalty will be levied with in one month.
Q. 37. Deficiency observed in terms of RBI guidelines, refusal by any bank branch to
exchange soiled notes / refusal by any currency chest branch to adjudicate mutilated
notes tendered by any member, penalty levied as, which is the correct answer
i. Rs. 5000/-per instanceii. Rs. 10000/- per instance
iii. 5 lakh in case there are more than 5 instances of violation/deficiency in service by the
branch.
iv. The levy of such penalty will be placed in public domain.
a. Only ii b. i, iii, iv c. ii, iii, iv d. i & iii
Cir 527/2020
Q. 39. In terms of RBI guidelines on exchange of Soiled Notes, soiled notesshould be
exchanged free of charge over the counter presented by a person up to
________pieces with a maximum value of _____ per day.
a. 10 , Rs 1000 b. 20, Rs 1000 c. 10,RS 1000 d. 20. Rs
5000
Q. 40. As per RBI NRR 2009 a soiled note is , which is not correct?
i. a note which has become dirty due to normal wear and tear
ii. must be in single piece with no essential feature missing
iii. includes a two piece note pasted together wherein both the pieces presented belong
to the same note
iv. and form the entire note with no essential feature missing
a. Only ii b. Ii & iii c. only iv d. ii & iv
Cir. 530/2020
Q. 41. As per modified guidelines of NTH should not less than____of gross salary for two
wheeler loan for our employee is
a. 25% b. 30% c. 25% or Rs. 12000 whichever is higher d. 40%
Cir. 532/2020
Q. 43. “TAB Banking” which option is not correct?
a. Instant Saving Account Opening for Prospective Individual Customers through Tablet
without visiting the Branch.
b. Banking at Customer’s Doorstep Now
c. Online authentication of AML Checks, Aadhar Details and PAN details
d. Customer can open his/her Saving account by self using his own tab any time as per
his convenient .
Cir 535/2020
Q. 45. As per modified DOP For fresh/additional exposure in respect of Moderate Risk
Accounts under CRE-RH, proposals shall be placed before _______ and above
authorities, upto their respective delegated powers.
a. ED-CAC b. CGM/GM-HO-CAC c. CO Head CAC d. RO Head CAC
Cir 536/2020
Q. 47. FDB/FBE/BRD extension can be done , beyond sanctioned period and/or 15
months, for the period of ______ at a time
a. 1 month b. 3 month c. 6 month d. 270 days
Cir 537/2020
Q. 48. As per revised delegation of power for settlement of death claim, Powers of
Executive in scale IV in ROs is upto _______and for Executives in Scale V in ROs/
heading ROs is upto ________.
a. 5 lakhs, 10 lakhs b. 3 lakhs, 5 lakhs
c. 5 lakhs, 15 lakhs d. 3, lakhs, 8 lakhs
Cir. 538/2020
Q. 49. Branches should use “Simplified loan application form” approved by
_________for loan under PM SWANidhi scheme.
a. MoHUA b. SIDBI c. NABARD d. RBI
Cir. 544/2020
Q. 50. Standby credit in respect of export credit for accounts rated as High Risk can be
permitted by
A. ED-CAC B. CAC of the Board
C. CGM/GM HO CAC D. CO Head CAC
Q. 52. Issuance of Bank Guarantees with automatic renewal clause can be permitted by
______ and above authorities up to their delegated powers.
a. RO- Head-CAC b. CO-Head CAC
c. AGM/DGM of ELB d. CGM/GM-HO-CAC
Cir 545/2020
Q. 53. For NRI/OCI/PIO students EL can be considered for pursuing Education_____ if
student is an Indian Passport holder and meeting all eligible criteria
a. In India only b. In abroad only
c. Anywhere in India or abroad d. cannot be sanctioned
Cir. 546/2020
Q. 54. With regard to Interest subvention on PMMY Shishu loan , which is not correct?
a. interest subvention will be given @ 2% b. A/c should not be NPA as on 31/03/20
c. The scheme will be for a period of 12 months d. Max. Loan amount is Rs 1 lakh
only
Cir. 547/2020
Q. 55. For existing Debit & Credit cards, International usage/online usage/contactless
functionality are disabled where the cards have not been successfully used at least
once for the respective functionality in the past ________.
a. 3 months b. 6 months c. 9 months d.12 months
Q. 56. As a risk mitigating step all new Debit card/ Credit card will be enable at the time
of issuance for ________and____________only
a. ATM & POS only
b. ATM & contactless usage only
c. POS & Online usage only
d. ATM & Online usage only
Cir 548/2020
Q. 57. In order to bring uniformity while requesting for disbursement of loans by our
borrowers, a new Form – ______ – Disbursement request format for loans” is
introduced for use of our Branches for all types of loans.
a. NF 1011 b. NF 993 C. NF 1111 D. NF 1024
6 d 7 a 8 d 9 a 10 c
11 d 12 d 13 b 14 a 15 d
16 c 17 d 18 a 19 b 20 c
21 a 22 b 23 a 24 d 25 d
26 a 27 a 28 c 29 d 30 d
31 b 32 a 33 d 34 a 35 d
36 c 37 c 38 c 39 d 40 a
41 b 42 d 43 d 44 d 45 b
46 a 47 c 48 a 49 a 50 b
51 c 52 b 53 a 54 d 55 a
56 a 57 d 58 a
3) The enhanced LTV ratio is applicable under Swarna OD and Express for the loans
sanctioned up to
a) 31-12-2020
b) 31-03-2021
c) 31-03-2022
d) 01-03-2021
7) In case of C and D category street vendors (SV) disbursement of loan shall be made only
after application
a) Online verification /Confirmation from ULB under CAIS stage
b) Appear in Completed Application information section in UMP
c) After obtaining all documents of KYC
d) None of the above
13) The Guarantee premium for Educational loans to be covered under CGFSEL is
a) 1%
b) .75%
c) 0.5%
d) NIL
15) The CCTV footages of ATM lobby is to be stored for a minimum of …. Days from the date
of transactions
a) 180
b) 90
c) 120
d) 30
16) The CCTV images of the disputed transactions are to be preserved for
a) 90 days
b) Till the final settlement or 90 days whichever is later
c) 3 years
d) 8 years
17) The maximum entry age of the Borrower for availing Housing loan from our Bank is
a) 70 years
b) 70 to 80 Years
c) No restriction subject to sanction by appropriate delegated authority
d) 75 years
18) Ever year one month in each ……… is observed as SHG Credit linkage month
a) Quarter
b) Half year
c) Year
d) None of the above
20) Guarantee fee for Credit Guarantee scheme for subordinated debt is …. % of out
standing amount
a) 1.8
b) 1
c) 0.75
d) 1.5
21. For Invocation of claims for the Education Loan accounts covered under the Credit
Guarantee Fund Scheme for Education Loans (CGFSEL) of M/s NCGTC, branches have to
update/generate the list of accounts from ______
a. Business Objects
b. SAS-CGFSEL
c. CLAPS
d. Native Reports
22. For updation of course completion date & other details of student beneficiaries under
Dr.Ambedkar Central Sector Scheme of Interest Subsidy on Educational Loan, the
branches have to key in the details in ________
a. CBS
b. CLAPS
c. MoSJE Portal
d. SAS-ACSISOBCEBC
25. The Consumer Disputes Redressal Forum has been recently (2019) renamed as
a. Consumer Production Act
b. Consumer Protection Act
c. Consumer Disputes Redressal Commissions
d. Customer Disputes Redressal Corporation.
26. What is the Pecuniary Jurisdiction for claiming the compensation under National
Consumer Disputes Redressal Commission under 2019 Act?
a. Upto Rs.20 Lakhs
b. Above Rs.20 Lakhs upto Rs.1 Crore
c. Above Rs. 1 Crore
d. Above Rs. 10 crores
27. Who is the Appellate Authority for appeals against order of District Consumer Disputes
Redressal Commission within 45 days from date of order?
a. Supreme Court of India
b. National Consumer Disputes Redressal Commission
c. State Consumer Disputes Redressal Commission
d. High Court of the District.
28. One of the Eligibility Criteria for availing Guaranteed Emergency Credit Line (GECL) is,
where borrower account is less than or equal to :
a. 60 days past due as on 29.02.2020
b. 60 days past due as on 31.03.2020
c. 30 days past due as on 29.02.2020
d. 30 days past due as on 31.03.2020
31. How many instalment claims have to be settled by CGTMSE under New Recovery
Module to update recovery details and to make payment of recoveries to CGTMSE
Online?
a. 2 instalments
b. 1 instalments
c. No such condition
d. 3 instalments
32. Maximum Loan quantum of GECL funding for all business enterprises/MSME
institutional borrowers/ Loans provided to individuals for business purposes is
a. 20% of Rs. 50 crores
b. 20% of Rs. 250 crores
c. 10% of Rs. 50 crores
d. 10% of Rs. 250 crores.
34. Non opening of Branch batch due to network issues has to be reported to Circle Head
on daily basis by___
a. GA Section
b. MIPD Section
c. Branch itself
d. TM Section
36. Branches mapped to RAHs having delinquency rate of more than ___% under any
Mortgage based loans have NO powers to sanction loans.
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 5
37. Credit sanctions by Manager/Sr. Manager of RAHs are eligible to sanction loans upto
Rs._______
a. 10 lakhs
b. 25 laksh
c. 75 lakhs
d. No Power
38. What is the turn around time for disposal of loan applications under PMEGP scheme for
loan quantum above Rs. 5 lakhs and loan quantum upto Rs. 5 lakhs?
a. Within 30 days and within 15 days respectively
b. Within 15 days and within 30 days respectively
c. Within 4 weeks and within 2 weeks respectively
d. Within 2 weeks and within 3 weeks respectively
39. Under Insolvency & Bankruptcy Code for 2020-21, what is the minimum default amount
to proceed against a corporate defaulter?
a. Rs. 100000/-
b. Rs. 1000000/-
c. Rs. 10000000/-
d. Rs. 100000000/-
2. The CIR process cannot be initiated by ________by filing an application before the
NCLT(600/2020)
a. Financial creditors
b. Operational creditors
c. By the corporate itself
d. Preferred Creditors
4. What is the brokerage for Floating Rate Savings Bonds 2020 (Taxable)-RBI Bonds-(602/2020)
a. 0.50 paisa per Rs 100.00
b. 0.10 paisa per Rs 100.00
c. 0.75 paisa per Rs 100.00
d. 0.25 paisa per Rs 100.00
5. All Food & Agro Processing industries classified under Agriculture-Ancillary upto 100 Cr linked
to(609/2020)
a. Base Rate
b. MCLR
c. BPLR
d. RLLR
6. To improve ranking of the Bank under EASE 3.0 following area is not been considered (605/2020)
a. NPA and Slippage Management
b. Digital Banking
c. Customer Service
d. Expansion of Branch
a. 4.00 %
b. 3.50 %
c. 2.90 %
d. 2.75 %
8. Rate of Interest on Saving Bank Deposits for outstanding balance of Rs 300 Cr to less than 500
Cr.(721/2020)
a. 4.00 %
b. 3.50 %
c. 2.90 %
d. 3.05 %
9. The existing system of calculation of interest on daily product basis and not to be credited to the
SB accounts on (606/2020)
a. 1st February
b. 1st August
c. 1st November
d. 15 September
10. What is maximum amount of back end subsidy under PM Micro Food Processing Enterprises
Scheme (PM FME) ?(608/2020)
a. 35% of project cost with maximum amount of Rs. 10 Lakhs
b. 25% of project cost with maximum amount of Rs. 35 Lakhs
c. 15% of project cost with maximum amount of Rs. 20 Lakhs
d. 30 % of project cost with maximum amount of Rs. 50 Lakhs
11. How much margin for Working Capital is required for SHGs having experience in One District
One Product(ODOP) food processing?(608/2020)
a. 10 %
b. 15 %
c. 20 %
d. 25 %
12. What is the objective of PM Micro Food Processing Enterprises Scheme (PM FME)? (608/2020)
a. To establish new Food Processing industry
b. Up-gradation of existing food processing activities
c. Promote SHGs engaged in food processing with minimum Experience of 2 years
d. Encourage Individual enterprises employ more than 10 employees in food processing.
13. What is money margin requirement for Medium enterprises require Term loan under Animal
Husbandry Infrastructure Development Fund (AHIDF)(609/2020)
a. 10 %
b. 15 %
c. 20 %
d. 25 %
15. Ceiling for Credit Guarantee for project under Animal Husbandry Infrastructure Development
Fund (AHIDF) scheme(609/2020)
a. 25 % of credit facility
b. 35 % of credit facility
c. 85 % of credit facility
d. 75 % of credit facility
16. Type of loan facility given to the borrower under Animal Husbandry Infrastructure Development
Fund (AHIDF) scheme(609/2020)
a. Term Loan
b. Working capital
c. Composite loan
d. 80 % Term Loan and 20 % Working capital
17. Interest Subvention Scheme for financing under Agriculture Infrastructure Fund(AIF) is limited
to 2.00 Cr for a period of (610/2020)
a. 10 years
b. 8 years
c. 7 years
d. 5 years
18. Cost of coverage for covering loan under CGTMSE uptoRs 2.00 Cr for financing under Agriculture
Infrastructure will be borne by(610/2020)
a. Applicant
b. 50 % by applicant and rest by the government
c. 50 % by applicant and rest by the Bank
d. Government
19. Loan sanctioned under Agriculture Infrastructure Fund for a period of 7 years is
payable(610/2020)
a. Quarterly
b. Half yearly
c. Monthly
d. Principal amount monthly and interest yearly
21. Guarantee Emergency Credit Line(GECL) under which guarantee is provided by (613/2020)
a. CGTMSE
b. NABARD
c. SIDBI
d. NCGTC
22. Coverage of guarantee under Guarantee Emergency Credit Line(GECL) to Member Lending
Institutes is limited to(613/2020)
a. 10 Lakh crore
b. 3 Lakh crore
c. 5 Lakh crore
d. 7 Lakh crore
23. A borrower is eligible to get credit facility under Guarantee Emergency Credit Line(GECL) that is
up to(613/2020)
a. 20 % of the borrower’s total outstanding credit as on 29th February 2020
b. 15 % of the borrower’s total outstanding credit as on 29th February 2020
c. 25 % of the borrower’s total outstanding credit as on 29th February 2020
d. 30 % of the borrower’s total outstanding credit as on 29th February 2020
24. Total guarantee coverage of credit sanctioned under Guarantee Emergency Credit Line(GECL)
(613/2020)
a. 100% credit
b. 80 % credit
c. 75 % credit
d. 80 % credit
25. Form for Handing over & Taking over charge of branch (614/2020)
a. NF-676
b. NF-677
c. NF-689
d. NF-678
26. RO/CO shall review the charge taking over report in SAS package within (614/2020)
a. 7 days
b. 15 days
c. 30 days
d. 45 days
28. Electrical Audit of the branches and administrative offices be carried out periodically (615/2020)
a. Once in a year
b. Once in 2 years
c. Once in 3 years
d. Once in 5 years
29. LTV(Loan to Value Ratio) for Gold loan against jewellery to Agriculturist shall not
exceed(612/2020)
a. 80 % of appraised value
b. 75 % of appraised value
c. 70 % of appraised value
d. 85 % of appraised value
30. How much LTV(Loan to Value Ratio) to be maintained during the entire loan period (611/2020)
a. 80 % of appraised value
b. 75 % of appraised value
c. 70 % of appraised value
d. 90 % of appraised value
31. When the Constituent Assembly adopted the Hindi language written in Devanagari
script as the official language of India? (616/2020)
a. On 15 September 1949
b. On 15 September 1950
c. On 14 September 1949
d. On 14 September 1950
32. According to Rule 12 of the Official Language Rules 1976, it is the responsibility whom to ensure
compliance with the Official Language Act 1963? (616/2020)
a. All Staff
b. Deputy Branch Manager
c. All Officers in the Branch
d. Heads of the Office
33. What is the target for Region B for Hindi/bilingual correspondence? (616/2020)
a. 65%
b. 80%
c. 90%
d. 100%
35. What is the full form of CoV in "CoV/ID card" issued by Urban Local Body (ULB) to Street
Vendors? (617/2020)
a. Certificate of Vending
b. Certificate of Verification
c. Certificate of Not affected with Virus
d. COronaVIrus Disease
36. What is mandatory to avail the Interest Subsidy under the scheme PM Street Vendor’s
AtmaNirbharNidhi (PM SVANidhi) for Street vendors? (617/2020)
a. Account No
b. IFS Code
c. Local Address
d. Virtual Payment Address
37. It was stipulated that in terms of COVID-19 Regulatory Package, a notice had to be sent to the
customers who had opted for moratorium duly informing them about the deferment of
installment / interest. It was further stipulated that a copy of such notice shall be ---------------------
----. (618/2020)
a. sent to guarantor also.
b. kept with the loan papers
c. sent to RO.
d. sent to CO.
38. For confirming the rating of proposals under CBPR (GO/NO GO) Committees at H.O have been
formed. Who among the below is not the member of Executive Committee I? (619/2020)
a. DGM, CAM Wing.
b. DGM Overseeing CBPR Section, R M Wing.
c. Executive overseeing CBPR section, RM Wing.
d. Executive overseeing IRMD section, RM Wing.
39. For confirming the rating of proposals under CBPR (GO/NO GO) Committees at H.O have been
formed. Who among the below is not the member of Executive Committee II? (619/2020)
a. DGM overseeing CBPR section, R M Wing
b. DGM of CAM Wing
c. Executive overseeing IRMD section
d. AGM/DM, CAM Wing.
42. The tenure of Forensic Auditor empanelled as per cir 620/2020 shall be for a period of -----
years. (620/2020)
a. 1
b. 2
c. 3
d. till removed from list.
43. Bank has entered into tie up arrangements with Two Fin Tech Companies for identifying
uncovered/under covered Micro and Small Enterprises (MSE) beneficiaries for ---. (Which of the
below statement is not correct)
a. Sourcing of Application
b. Sanctioning of Application
c. Post Disbursement Monitoring,
d. Follow up for Recovery
44. Under Tie Up arrangements with Fin-Tech Companies (M/s. Basix Sub-K iTransactions Ltd. and
M/s Atyati Technologies Pvt Ltd.) the Fin Tech companies will ---. (Which of the below statement
is not correct)
a. Source eligible MSE proposals
b. Proposals up to and inclusive of Rs.1,00,000.
c. Obtain application and other required documents.
d. Conduct KYC, Due Diligence and credit verification check
45. What is the name of MSME Product for the loan proposals sourced under Tie Up arrangements
with Fin-Tech Companies?
a. MSME DHANAM
b. MSME JANAM
c. MSME TARANG
d. MSME SUGAM
47. Who will be paying the service charges to the Fin-Techs under the Tie Up arrangement.
a. Branch
b. RO
c. CO
d. HO
50. The subsidy received from NABARD under National Livestock Mission – EDEG Component, to be
parked in SL-subsidy received GL in CBS or kept as
a. Fixed deposit with 0% interest.
b. Fixed deposit with regular interest.
c. Fixed deposit with interest equal to ROI of Loan, so that effective interest will become zero.
d. None of the above
51. Repayment period for Poultry Venture Capital Fund (PVCF) is maximum under National Livestock
Mission – EDEG Component and that is
a. 7 Years
b. 8 Years
c. 9 Years
d. 10 Years
52. Minimum margin required for loan sanctioned under Entrepreneurship Development &
Employment Generation (EDEG) component of National Livestock Mission is
a. 0%
b. 5%
c. 10%
d. 15%
54. How many reward point/s is/are been granted by our Bank for a credit card spend of Rs 100/- ?
a. 1
b. 2
c. 3
d. 5
55. What is the new product code for Kisan Credit Card Scheme Working capital for Animal
Husbandry and Fisheries- for Canara Bank Branches?
a. 230
b. 235
c. 335
d. 440
58. Under PMMSY Scheme Maximum …………..of Project Cost/Unit Cost would financed to
SC/ST/Women Category beneficiary from Bank.
a. 40%
b. 60%
c. 80%
d. 50%
59. What is the specific product code for Covid Funded Interest Term Loan (CFITL): (634/2020)
a. 740
b. 720
c. 711
d. 710
61. All MSME enterprises are required to register online and obtain Udyam Registration Certificate
well before……….. (635/2020)
a. March 31,2021
b. Dec 30, 2020
c. June 30, 2021
d. Sept 30, 2021
62. Value of Plant and Machinery or equipment is based on ………….as per new MSME definition.
a. Written Down Value (WDV)
b. Original Cost of Plant and Machinery or equipment
c. Original Value of Plant and Machinery or equipment and installation cost
d. Original value of Plant and Machinery or equipment minus taxes.
63. The Lead Bank Scheme was introduced by Reserve Bank of India in ………………..(636/2020)
a. December 1968
b. December 1969
c. April 1969
d. April 1968
69. The State Level Bankers’ Committee (SLBC) was constituted in ……………….
a. April 1977
b. July 1977
c. Oct 1977
d. Dec 1977
71. The responsibility for Covering the SLBC meeting would be the SLBC Convener Bank of the State
at …………….intervals.
a. Yearly
b. Half Yearly
c. Monthly
d. Quarterly
72. The preparation of PLP for the next year is to be completed by ……….every year to enable the
State Government to factor in the PLP projections.
a. September
b. August
c. October
d. December
73. As on June 30, 2020…………public sector banks………Private Sector bank have been assigned Lead
Bank responsibility in 726 districts of the country.
a. 12, 02
b. 12, 01
c. 14, 01
d. 14, 02
75. Bank has been advised to achieve a CD ratio of ……….percent in respect of their rural and semi-
urban branches separately on an All-India basis.
a. 40
b. 50
c. 60
d. 65
78. Canara Bank having Lead Bank Responsibility in…………Districts across ………….states.
a. 27, 06
b. 60, 09
c. 60, 08
d. 27, 07
79. The Fixed amount of……….shall be paid to all active NND Agents who have not achieved the
minimum stipulated business for fall back wages, in the months od April and May 2020.
(637/2020)
a. Rs. 1750/-
b. Rs. 2750/-
c. Rs. 1500/-
d. Rs. 750/-
80. How much maximum Partial withdrawal is permitted to NND Agents on account of COVID 19
relief?
a. 8000
b. 28000
c. 16000
d. 15000
82. Who will be the insurer for Rupay Insurance Program for FY 2020-21 for RuPay Premium cards
and higher Variants Cards? (641/2020)
a. Life Insurance Corporation
b. Bajaj Allianz Insurance Co.
c. Tata AIG General Insurance Company
d. New India Assurance Company
83. All supporting documents relating to the claim must be submitted within ……..days from the
date of intimation (in Case of RuPay Non-Premium Cards).
a. 30
b. 45
c. 60
d. 90
84. The eligible claim will be settled in ………….working days from the date of receiving the complete
document set.
a. 05
b. 07
c. 10
d. 15
85. What is the Payment Gateway Service Charges for online transmission of Farmers premium to
insurance companies? (642/2020)
a. Rs. 5+GST
b. Rs. 10+GST
c. Rs. 15+GST
d. Rs. 20+GST
86. No collateral security is required for KCC working capital Loan to Dairy farmers availing loan of
Rs. ………………under Tie-Up arrangements. (643/2020)
a. Above Rs. 3 Lakh up to Rs. 4.0 Lakh
b. Above Rs. 4 Lakh up to Rs. 5.0 Lakh
c. Above Rs. 2 Lakh up to Rs. 3.0 Lakh
d. Above 3 Lakh up to Rs. 5.0 Lakh
89. Banks are entitled to receive commission at the rate of ……….percent on the Turn Over collected
for E-Stamping on a monthly basis, based on the rates fixed by the respective State Governments.
a. 1.00 to 1.50
b. 0.10 to 0.15
c. 0.12 to 0.15
d. 0.50 to 1.00
90. Annual review of term loan shall be carried out and placed to sanctioning authority by the
respective credit wing/credit department on completion of ……………year from the date of
disbursement/previous annual review. (647/2020)
a. 01
b. 02
c. 03
d. 05
91. Government of India, in consultation with the Reserve Bank of India, has decided to offer a
discount of Rs………. Per gram less than the nominal value to those investors applying online and
payment is mad through digital mode for subscribing Sovereign Gold Bond. (649/2020)
a. 100
b. 200
c. 50
d. 30
92. New portal of death claim settlement has generated an URN no. as 0791CN00001. What is the
first four digits implies?
a. Product code
b. DP code
c. Customer Code
d. Bank Code
1 C 21 D 41 A 61 A 81 B
2 D 22 B 42 B 62 A 82 C
3 C 23 A 43 B 63 B 83 C
4 A 24 A 44 B 64 C 84 C
5 D 25 D 45 D 65 D 85 A
6 D 26 B 46 C 66 A 86 C
7 C 27 B 47 D 67 B 87 A
8 D 28 C 48 B 68 A 88 A
9 D 29 D 49 D 69 A 89 C
10 A 30 D 50 A 70 A 90 A
11 C 31 C 51 C 71 D 91 C
12 B 32 D 52 C 72 B 92 B
13 B 33 C 53 C 73 B
14 A 34 A 54 B 74 B
15 A 35 A 55 A 75 C
16 A 36 D 56 D 76 B
17 C 37 B 57 B 77 C
18 D 38 A 58 A 78 B
19 B 39 D 59 D 79 D
20 D 40 C 60 B 80 C
HO CIR 660/2020
19. As per HO Cir 660/2020, new stationery items are available in the Printing & Stationery
Inventory Management System (PSIMS) package for supply to the Branches/Offices.
Which one is NOT Correct?
a) Gold Loan Bags
b) Demand Draft
c) Cloth lined vouchers
d) Cash Paid Vouchers
HO Cir 687/2020
21. In Gold Monetization Scheme – Revamped – Gold Deposit Scheme (R-GDS), Medium
Term Government Deposit (MTGD) can be made for how many years?
a) 3 to 5 years
b) 5 to 7 years
c) 7 to 10 years
d) 12 to 15 years
22. In Gold Monetization Scheme – Revamped – Gold Deposit Scheme (R-GDS), Long Term
Government Deposit (MTGD) can be made for how many years?
a) 3 to 5 years
b) 5 to 7 years
c) 7 to 10 years
d) 12 to 15 years
23. The rate of interest on Gold Monetization Scheme deposit will be decided by
a) RBI
b) State Government
c) Central Government
d) Head Office
24. Bank will be compensated for the handling charges for MLTGD at a flat rate of
a) 1%
b) 1.5%
c) 2%
d) 3%
HO CIR 662/2020
26. NSDL Database Management Limited has set up NIR to manage Insurance policies. What
does NIR stands for?
a) Normal Insurance Record
b) National Insurance Record
c) Normal Insurance Repository
d) National Insurance Repository.
HO CIR 663/2020
27. Officer Employees who work on Public Holidays including Sunday or 2nd / 4th Saturday
on the call from the Bank will be given____
a) Extra wages as per pay scale
b) Rs. 3000/- per working holiday
c) Rs. 5000/- per working holiday
d) Compensatory holiday
28. Compensatory off facility is provided to officers in Scale ______ who are called upon by
the Bank to attend branch/ office on 2nd Saturdays/ 4th Saturdays/ Sundays and/ or on
Public holidays.
a) Scale I to V
b) Scale I to IV
c) Scale I to III
d) Scale I only
29. Compensatory off shall be availed within how many days from the day of working on
2nd Saturday/4th Saturday/ Sunday/ Public Holiday?
a) 7 days
b) 15 days
c) 30 days
d) 90 days
HO Cir 664/2020
51. Which Competent Authority for accepting Sanction of Pension & Receipt of Nomination
is NOT mapped correctly?
a) Workmen Employees: AGM - CO.
b) Officers Scale I to III : DGM – CO
c) Executives in Scale IV, V –GM/CGM - HR Wing.
d) Executives in Scale VI - ED.
52. Which Competent Authority for accepting Sanction of Granting permission for
commercial employment after retirement in respect of Officer employees is mapped
correctly?
a) Officers Scale I to III –General Manager/ Chief General Manager CO
b) Executives in Scale IV, V –GM/CGM - HR Wing.
c) Executives in Scale VI - ED.
d) Executives in Scale VII & VIII – MD & CEO
HO Cir 668/2020
53. Which statement is NOT Correct regarding Debit cards? Debit Cards dispatched to
customers will not function if _______
a) Account is Dormant
b) Memo is present in account.
c) Joint account with operation Jointly
d) Card issued to Minor ID for Minor Account.
HO Cir 671/2020
55. Revised weightages for broad risk categorization for each Borrower for Risk Parameter
“Borrowing Entity & Financial Risk parameters” is
a) 10%
b) 15%
c) 25%
d) 30%
56. Revised weightages for broad risk categorization for each Borrower for Risk Parameter
“Activity/Industry/Sector risk parameters” is
a) 10%
b) 15%
c) 25%
d) 30%
57. Revised weightages for broad risk categorization for each Borrower for Risk Parameter
“Quality of Security Coverage risk parameters” for existing customer is
a) 10%
b) 15%
c) 25%
d) 30%
58. Revised weightages for broad risk categorization for each Borrower for Risk Parameter
“Conduct of facilities proposed risk parameters” for New customer is______
a) 10%
b) 15%
c) 25%
d) 30%
HO CIR 685/2020
62. Loans up to which amount to Start-ups, will be classified under Priority Sector?
a) 5 Crore
b) 10 Crore
c) 50 Crore
d) 100 Crore
63. Loan up to what limits for Renewable Energy will be classified under Priority Sector?
a) 10 Crore
b) 15 Crore
c) 20 Crore
d) 30 Crore
64. Under Social Infrastructure, lending loans up to a limit of __________ per borrower for
building health care facilities including under ‘Ayushman Bharat’ in Tier II to Tier VI
Centres is now classified under Priority sector.
a) 5 Crore
b) 10 Crore
c) 50 Crore
d) 100 Crore
66. Housing Loans up to Rs. _________ in metropolitan centres and up to Rs. ________ in
other centres for repairs to damaged dwelling units, conforming to the overall cost of the
dwelling unit will be considered as eligible for Priority Sector Classification.
a) 5 Lakh & 2 Lakh
b) 5 Lakh & 3 Lakh
c) 10 Lakh & 5Lakh
d) 10 Lakh & 6 Lakh
67. Loans not exceeding Rs. _________ per borrower provided directly by banks to
individuals and their SHG/JLG, provided the individual borrower’s household annual
income in rural areas does not exceed Rs. 1,00,000/- and for non-rural areas it does not
exceed Rs. 1,60,000/- will be classified as Priority Sector.
a) Rs. 50,000/-
b) Rs. 75,000/-
c) Rs. 1,00,000/-
d) Rs. 1,25,000/-
68. Loans up to Rs. _______ per borrowing entity to FPOs/FPCs undertaking farming with
assured marketing of their produce at a pre-determined price will be classified under
Priority Sector.
a) 1 Crore
b) 2 Crore
c) 5 Crore
d) 10 Crore
69. To submit the ratification of action initiated beyond delegated powers, branch to submit
ratification note to the delegated authorities within how many days of permitting the
facility?
a) 2 days
b) 5 days
c) 7 days
d) 15 days
70. SME Sulabh/RO has to convey orders of the competent authority within how many days
from the date of receipt of Ratification note?
a) 2 days
b) 5 days
c) 7 days
d) 15 days
71. For CO Powered accounts, CO has to convey orders of the competent authority within
how many days from the date of receipt of Ratification note?
a) 2 days
b) 5 days
c) 7 days
d) 15 days
72. For ED-CAC of the board Powered accounts, orders shall be conveyed within how many
days from the date of receipt of Ratification note?
a) 2 days
b) 5 days
c) 7 days
d) 15 days
HO Cir 690/2020
73. Resolution plan in respect of other than Personal Loan accounts, where the aggregate
exposure of the lending institutes at the time of Invocation of the resolution process is
Rs. ______, shall require an independent credit evaluation (ICE) by any one credit rating
agency (CRA) authorized by RBI under the Prudential Framework.
a) 50 Crore
b) 100 Crore
c) 500 Crore
d) 1000 Crore
75. Resolution plans to be referred to the expert committee where aggregate exposure is
Rs. ________ & above
a) 1000 Crore
b) 1500 Crore
c) 2500 Crore
d) 5000 Crore
76. Resolution plan in respect of other than Personal Loan accounts shall be invoked not
later than December 31, 2020 and must be implemented within how many days from the
date of invocation
a) 45 days
b) 90 days
c) 180 days
d) 270 days
HO Cir FX/51/2020
77. At the time of renewal of FCNR(B) term deposits, within 14 days after maturity, interest
payable on deposit will be_____
a) Appropriate rate of interest for the period of renewal as prevailing on the date of
maturity
b) Appropriate rate of interest for the period of renewal as prevailing on the date of
renewal
c) Appropriate rate of interest for the period of renewal as prevailing on the date of
maturity or date of renewal, whichever is higher.
d) Appropriate rate of interest for the period of renewal as prevailing on the date of
maturity or date of renewal, whichever is lower.
79. At the time of renewal of FCNR(B) term deposits, after 1 year of maturity, interest
payable on deposit will be_____
a) Simple interest at one year FEDAI reference rate (Benchmark rate for FCNR (B) Deposits)
for the respective currency prevailing on the date of maturity
b) Simple interest at one year FEDAI reference rate (Benchmark rate for FCNR (B) Deposits)
for the respective currency prevailing on the date of maturity or on the date of renewal,
whichever is lower
c) Simple interest at par with RFC SB rate or FEDAI reference rate prevailing on the date of
maturity of earlier deposit, whichever is lower
d) Simple interest at par with RFC SB rate or FEDAI reference rate prevailing on the date of
renewal, whichever is lower
80. Which statement is wrong w.r.t. interest on overdue RFC Term Deposit
a) Overdue RFC Term Deposit can be renewed from the date of maturity at the interest rate
prevailing on the date of maturity
b) For getting interest for overdue period it has to be renewed for minimum period of 1
month from date of renewal.
c) In case of renewal of individual RFC Term Deposits of value USD 200,000 and above or
equivalent in other currencies, minimum period of renewal can be one week beyond
date of renewal.
d) If depositor ask to renew deposit from date of presentation to get higher interest, no
interest to be paid for overdue period.
1 D 2 B 3 C 4 B 5 B
6 B 7 D 8 C 9 B 10 B
11 D 12 D 13 C 14 C 15 B
16 B 17 B 18 D 19 D 20 B
21 D 22 B 23 A 24 A 25 C
26 B 27 A 28 C 29 D 30 B
31 D 32 D 33 C 34 C 35 A
36 C 37 C 38 D 39 B 40 D
41 B 42 C 43 D 44 D 45 B
46 C
1. Door Step Banking Service in phase 1 are being offered for Non financial transaction.
Which among the following is not correct for pick up request
a. Negotiable instrument(Cheque/draft/pay order)
b. New cheque book requisition slip
c. 15G 15 H form/Standing Instruction
d. IT Challan/GST/Govt Business
e. Cash
2. Which among is not correct for delivery request in connection with Door Step Banking
a. TDS/Form 16
b. Account statement
c. Prepaid Instrument
d. Locker facility
4. What is the amount in General Term Loan under National Karmchari Finance and
Development Corporation
a. 90% of Project Cost with maximum 15lacks
b. 80% of Project Cost with maximum 10lacks
c. 90% of Project Cost with maximum 10lacks
d. 75% of Project Cost with maximum 15lacks
7. Due to ongoing COVID Pandemic what is the time line for submission of life certificate for
senior pensioner aged 80 year and above
a. 01.10.2020 to 31.12.2020
b. 01.11.2020 to 31.12.2020
c. 01.12.2020 to 31.12.2020
d. 01.09.2020 to 31.12.2020
8. Back ended capital investment subsidy under National Horticulture Board (NHB) made
available for loan sanctioned under Ag Infrastructure Fund Scheme maximum loan limit
of
a. 3 Crore
b. 5 Crore
c. 2 Crore
d. 1 Crore
9. Credit link back ended subsidy @_______of the total project cost limited to Rs
________per project in general area in Post Harvest Management projects
a. 50% and 50.75lacks
b. 35% and 50.75lacks
c. 50% and 72.50lacks
d. 35% and 72.50lacks
10. Credit link back ended subsidy @_______of the total project cost limited to Rs
________per project in NE Region, Hilly states and scheduled area in Post Harvest
Management projects
a. 50% and 50.75lacks
b. 35% and 50.75lacks
c. 50% and 72.50lacks
d. 35% and 72.50 lacks
12. What is not true in connection with Education Loan to wards of employees, wherever
employee is joint borrower and education loan is availed during employees active service
in our bank
a. Nil Credit Risk Premium over RLLR
b. The above concessional ROI shall be continued even after superannuation of employees/
voluntary retirement
c. If education loan is availed after the superannuation, applicable ROI has to be charged in
such case as per the scheme guidelines
d. RLLR+2%
13. Loss on Card and Cancare Policy cover has been renewed with which company
a. M/s Oriental insurance company Ltd.
b. M/s United Insurance Company Ltd.
c. M/s Bajaj Alianje
d. Life Insurance Corporation Ltd.
14. The Policy covers frauds by fraudster causing loss. Which among following is not
correct?
a. Debit Card
b. Credit Card
c. Cash Transaction
d. Prepaid Card
e. ITPC
17. The maximum amount of loss covered Canara VISA/Master Card/Rupay Credit
Cards(Gold /World/Platinum/Select)) sum insured individual(each in excess of Rs1,000)
a. 3 lac
b. 2 lac
c. 4 lac
d. 5 lac
18. The maximum amount of loss covered Prepaid Card International Travel
a. 1 lac
b. 2 lac
c. 4 lac
d. 5 lac
e. 3 lac
19. The Card Holder should report the incident to Bank within how many days
a. 30 Days from the knowledge of first incident
b. One week from the knowledge of first incident
c. 14 days from the knowledge of first incident
d. 15 Days from the knowledge of first incident
21. The maximum amount of loss covered by m/s Oriental Insurance Company Ltd. To
Platinum, Business, Select and Signature variant Debit Card and all credit Card in case
Baggage insurance cover and Purchase protection cover Rs
a. 25000 and 25000
b. 25000 and 50000
c. 50000 and 50000
d. 50000 and 25000
22.As per RBI guidelines, interest subvention is available for Short Term Crop production
and Agriculture allied activities for loans up to
a. 2lacks and 2lacks respectively with overall limit 3lacks
b. 3lacks and 2lacks respectively with overall limit 3lacks
c. 5lacks and 3lacks respectively with overall limit 5lacks
d. 3lacks and 3lacks respectively with overall limit 5lacks
23. In Order to credit the eligible interest subvention or KCCs account ________ is
mandatory.
a. Income certificate
b. Mutation
c. Aadhar Seeding
d. Balance Sheet
24. What is BO report no to generate the list of accounts where interest subvention flag is
not marked in ALM 35
a. 280034
b. 280092
c. 280094
d. 280093
26. Borrower accounts should be less than or equal to 60 days past due as on 29.02.2020
eligible under GECL. Now exception has been allowed for overdue of the borrower
subject to overdues didn’t exceed
a. 2% of the loan amount (GECL amt) in respect of their SB/CA/Credit Card
b. 0.5% of the loan amount (GECL amt) in respect of their SB/CA/Credit Card
c. 0.25% of the loan amount (GECL amt) in respect of their SB/CA/Credit Card
d. 1% of the loan amount (GECL amt) in respect of their SB/CA/Credit Card
27. What is the safekeeping charge to be collected from the customer after 30 days of
expiry of gold loan for loan amount upto Rs. 25000/-?
a. Nil
b. Rs. 100/-
c. Rs. 200/-
d. Rs. 300/-
28. What is Turnaround Time for disposal of PMEGP loan application for
a. Within 15 days for loan quantum above Rs 5lacks and within 7 days for loan quantum up
to Rs 5lacks
b. Within 30 days for loan quantum above Rs 5lacks and within 15 days for loan quantum
up to Rs 5lacks
c. Within 45 days for loan quantum above Rs 5lacks and within 30 days for loan quantum
up to Rs 5lacks
d. Within 60 days for loan quantum above Rs 5lacks and within 45 days for loan quantum
up to Rs 5lacks
30. What is the minimum amount for handling Education Loan either secured or unsecured
by RAH for their mapped branches.
a. Above Rs 25lacks
b. Above Rs 10lacks
c. Above Rs 7.5lacks
d. Above Rs 20lacks
33. Which is not true in connection with revised consolidated processing charges for Ag
Gold loans.
a. Up to Rs 25000 – Rs 250
b. Above Rs 25000 up to Rs 1lacks—Rs 450
c. Above Rs 1lacks up to Rs 2lacks—Rs 750
d. Above Rs 2lacks up to Rs 3lacks—Rs 1050
e. Above Rs 3lacks up to Rs 5lacks—Rs 1100
35. Now Centralized Processing Centre shall open the current account.Current Account
opening will be delinked for Unit II branches and Unit I branches w.e.f
a. Unit II 01.10.2020 and Unit I 15.10.2020
b. Unit II 15.10.2020 and Unit I 15.10.2020
c. Unit II 15.10.2020 and Unit I 01.10.2020
d. Unit II 01.10.2020 and Unit I 01.10.2020
37. The countries have been classified by ECGC into three categories. Which among the
following is not true.
a. Open Cover
b. Restricted Cover-Group I: For which Revolving limits are to be approved by ECGC,
normally for one year.
c. Restricted Cover –Group II: For which specific approval has to be obtained from ECGC on
a case to case basis, on merits.
d. Restricted Cover –Group I: For which Revolving limits are to be approved by ECGC,
normally for three year.
39. Funds in current accounts in banks with total credit exposure less than 10% . Which
among the following is true.
a. Shall not be used for providing margin for availing NFB facilities.
b. Shall be used for providing margin for availing NFB facilities.
c. There is no such guidelines
d. Shall not be used for providing margin for availing FB facilities.
40. Banks with less than 10% of total credit exposure are
a. Free to provide WCDL / WCTL to their current account holders.
b. Not free to provide WCDL to their current account holders
c. There is no such specific guidelines
d. It is up to the Branch Manager to take decision
41. What is amount for maintenance expenses in respect of existing furniture fixture
a. 10% of book value
b. 5% of market value
c. 5% of OCP
d. 10% of OCP
42. Tie up arrangement with Fin Tech companies for Micro and Small Enterprises proposal
up to Rs 10lacks. Which among the following is true.
a. 11 select Circles across 9 states through 207 indentified SME specialized branches
b. 10 select Circles across 11 states through 208 indentified SME specialized branches
c. 12 select Circles across 9 states through 217 indentified SME specialized branches
d. 9 select Circles across 9 states through 220 indentified SME specialized branches
45.Loans for the target group of NSKFDC Scheme will come under __ Section category of __
Sector.
a. Weaker, Non-Priority
b. SC/ST beneficiary, Priority
c. Weaker, Priority
d. SC/ST beneficiary, Non-Priority
46.What’s the amount reimbursable up to, per Awareness Camp to Channelising Agencies
(CAs) for motivating the target group to avail finance under NSKFDC Scheme?
a. Rs. 25,000/-
b. Rs. 30,000/-
c. Rs. 50,000/-
d. Rs. 1,00,000/-
49. In case of KCC loan/or any other loan under NHB Schemes, it will be seen in terms of
“value of mortgaged land of the applicant” and the “amount of loan availed /to be
availed on it” based on the rates notified by:
a. Block Level Banker’s Committee (BLBC)
b. State Level Banker’s Committee (SLBC)
c. District Level Committee (DLC)
d. State/Central Government
50. Which of the following is one of the scheme under NHB Schemes:
a. Development of Commercial Horticulture through Production and Post-Harvest
Management of Horticulture Crops.
b. Capital Investment subsidy scheme for construction/expansion/ modernization of
residential house in Rural area.
c. Development of Commercial Real Estate for housing by Private Builders registered under
RERA.
d. Capital Investment subsidy scheme for investment in Pre-Harvest Management of
Horticulture Crops.
51. What is accounting procedure to be followed by the Circle Office towards CGTMSE
guarantee fee payment
a. Should raise BAR on branch for making payment to CGTMSE
b. Should call branches to send Demand Draft
c. Should Call directly to customers for payment
d. Should debit Sundry Assets for making payment to CGTMSE
52. Circle Office should provide _________________ to concerned Branch towards CGTMSE
fee.
a. Original Copy of the invoice
b. Duplicate Copy of the invoice
c. Scanned Copy to the invoice
d. Need not to provide copy of the invoice
2) Number of stages through which a lead generated in i-Lead 2.0 is passing through till is
attains the status of closure are:
a. 3 b. 4 c. 5 d. 6
3) In i-Lead 2.0, SMS will be triggered to Branch Head if the lead is not attended by branch
staff exceeding ________ hours.
a. 2 b. 3 c. 4 d. 5
4) In i-Lead 2.0, SMS will be triggered to Head of Regional Office if the lead is not attended
by branch staff exceeding ________ hours.
a. 6 b. 7 c. 8 d. 9
5) In i-Lead 2.0, SMS will be triggered to Head of Circle Office if the lead is not attended by
branch staff exceeding ________ hours.
a. 8 b. 12 c. 24 d. 36
6) In i-Lead 2.0, SMS will be triggered to concerned Wing Admin if the lead is not attended
by branch staff exceeding ________ hours.
a. 12 b. 24 c. 36 d. 48
HO Cir 754/2020:
7) The cut off amount of ECIB claims not under investigation of CBI/ ED/ Enforcement
Agencies requires verification of bank records by Regional Claim Processing Committee
(RCPC) of ECGC is
a. 1 Crore b. 5 Crores c. 10 Crores d. 25 Crores
9) Branch wise quarterly MSME camp calendars for conducting MSME camp and outreach
program to be prepared by
a. Regional Office b. Circle Office c. SME Sulabh d. MSME Wing, HO
HOCir 757/2020:
10) Implementation of RLLR is done in our bank with effect from
a. 01.04.2019 b. 01.07.2019 c. 01.10.2019 d. 01.01.2020
HO Cir 761/2020:
11) Loans and advances against securities like shares, debentures shall be granted against
a. Securities in physical form
b. Securities in dematerialized from
c. Both against physical and dematerialized form
d. No loans shall be granted
HO Cir 762/2020:
12) Branch A is a large branch and attached to RAH. Branch received an education loan
proposal for Rs 10 lakhs and submitted to RAH for sanction. What is the action to be taken
by RAH?
a. Sanction the loan by RAH Head
b. Return the proposal to branch for consideration under branch powers
c. Forward the proposal to Regional Office for sanction
d. sanction the proposal by Manager/ Senior Manager of RAH
HO Cir 764/2020:
15) Maximum of loan under Canara Insta Deposit Loan (CIDL) is 75% of the deposits opened
through internet banking or
a. Rs. 5 lakhs b. Rs. 10 lakhs c. Rs. 15 lakhs d. Rs. 25 lakhs
16) Under “Resolution Framework for Personal Loans due to COVID-19 related stress”,
moratorium may be permitted subject to a maximum of
a. 1 year b. 2 years c. 3 years d. 4 years
HO Cir 768/2020:
17) PMAY loans remain eligible for interest subsidy if the number of disbursements do not
exceed
a. 6 b. 7 c. 8 d. 9
HO Cir 772/2020:
18) Branches are not authorized to open Savings Bank account in case
a. Panchayat Samities
b. Agriculture Produce market Committee
c. Companies licensed by the Central Government under Section 8 of Companies Act, 2013 or
under Section 25 of Companies act, 1956
d. Khadi & Village Industries Board
20) CGM/GM-HO-CAC up to CGM/GM-HO-CAC powers can permit reduction in ROI for retail
lending schemes including CRE-RH & Spl. Package Canara Budget, up to a maximum of
_____% p.a. from applicable rate, subject to the ultimate lending rate not falling below
RLLR+2%. (Cir 776/2020)
a) 1
b) 1.25
c) 1.50
d) 2.00
21) M/s ______________________ is the insurer for the IBA Group Health Insurance Policy
for Retirees for the year 2020-21. (Cir 777/2020)
a) National Insurance Co.
b) Bajaj Allianz Co.
c) The New India Assurance Co. Ltd.
d) United India Insurance Co. Ltd.
24) Minimum investment in Sovereign Gold Bond shall be ______ g with a limit of
subscription per fiscal year of ___Kg for Individuals, _____ Kg for HUF and ____ Kg for
Trusts. (Cir 780/2020)
a) 10,5,5,20
b) 1,4,4,20
c) 10,3,3,15
d) 5,2,2,10
25) The Sovereign Gold Bond shall bear interest from date of issue at the rate of ______%
(fixed rate) per annum payable semi-annually on the nominal value. (Cir
a) 2.5%
b) 2
c) 1.5
d) 1
26) Canara Pension loan to retired employees of our Bank/Family pensioners can be granted
to the extent of ____ month’s pension amount or Rs. ______ whichever is less, subject to
maintenance of NTH of ______% of Gross after deducting the proposed EMI. (Cir
787/2020)
a) 20,20,00,000,25
b) 20,10,00,000,25
c) 15,10,00,000,25
d) 15,15,00,000,30
28) All Retail loans up to Rs. _______ crores sanctioned by Circle Head CAC and above
authorities are exempted from the applicability of Annual Review of Term Loans (ARTL)
(Cir 794/2020)
a) 1
b) 3
c) 2
d) 5
29) Under Canara MSME Gold Loan Scheme minimum loan amount is Rs.____ lakh and
maximum loan amount is Rs. _______ lakh. (Cir 795/2020)
a) 0.50,20
b) 1,20
c) 0.50,10
d) 1,10
30) Scale of Finance for overdraft sanctioned up to 31.03.2021 under Canara MSME Gold
Loan is _____% of the projected Turnover of the unit or ____% of the appraised value
(To maintain LTV ratio of 90% during the entire loan period) whichever is less. (Cir
795/2020)
a) 20,85
b) 25,85
c) 20,80
d) 20,75
32) Skill Loans sanctioned up to a limit of Rs. _____ lakhs without any collateral security/third party
guarantee are eligible for coverage under ______. (Cir 796/2020)
a) 1,CGFSSD
b) 1.50,CGFSEL
c) 1,CGFSEL
d) 1.50,CGFSSD
33) Quantum of loan for brand new vehicle under Car loan scheme to officer employees is
_____% of the cost of car which includes insurance, registration and taxes subject to
maximum of Rs. ______. (Cir 798/2020)
e) 95,10,00,000/-
f) 95,12,00,000/-
g) 90,12,00,000/-
h) 90,10,00,000/-
34) Quantum of loan for used vehicles under car loan scheme to workmen employees is
_____ % of the value as per approved valuation by the approved qualified automobile
engineer or actual purchase consideration/price or original invoice price whichever is
least, subject to a maximum of Rs. _____. (Cir 798/2020)
e) 80,8,00,000/-
f) 75,8,00,000/-
g) 80,7,50,000/-
h) 80,10,00,000/-
36) Government of India has approved and established ______ fund intended to be used to
complete a set of unfinished housing projects and ensure delivery of homes to home
buyers, wherein ______ has been nominated as Investment Manager.(Cir 799/2020)
a) SAMPURNA.SBICVL
b) SWAMIH,SBICVL
c) PURNA,SBIVL
d) SWAMI,SBIVL
37) Under “Special Window for Affordable and Middle Income Housing” fund, Affordable and
Middle Income Housing means area of housing unit does not exceed ______ sq. mtrs
(RERA carpet area) and price of each unit is below: up to or less than Rs. 2 crore in
Mumbai Metro region, up to or less than 1.5 crore in NCR, Chennai, Kolkata, Pune,
Hyderabad, Bangalore and Ahmedabad and up to or less than _____ crore in Rest of India.
a) 200,1
b) 180,0.75
c) 200,0.75
d) 200,1.25
38) Sum total of the accruals in EEFC, DDA and RFC (D) Account during a month is
converted into rupees on or before the ______ day of the _______ calendar month
after adjusting for utilization of the balance for approved purposes or forward
commitments.(FX/60/2020)
a) Last, Preceding
b) First, Succeeding
c) Last, Succeeding
d) First, Preceding
CIR 805/2020
2.Power to take over of Retail Loans from BNFCs/HFDs with Risk Grade up to CS 2
a. Respective Sanctioning Authority
b.RAH Heads
c.RO Head CAC
d.DGM CAC , CO
CIR 806/2020
3.Prudential exposure to Non Corporate borrowers . Maximum loan to individuals for
personal loans other than schematic lending is
a.10 Cr
b.15 Cr
c.20 Cr
d.25 Cr
CIR 808/2020
4.Charges for Equifax Commercial Credit Information Report(Excluding GST)
a.250
b.275
c.350
d.500
CIR 810/2020
5.ToD in Current Account is delegated to --- % of normal Delegation of Power for
sanctioning Clean loans
a.10 %
b.20 %
c.25 %
d.15 %
8.Maxumum credit facility can be extended to a borrower who have been allowed an OTS is
a.Need based fresh advance up to Rs 1 Lakh
b.Need based fresh advance up to Rs 50,000/-
c.Not permitted
d.Up to Rs 25,000/-
CIR 815/2020
9.Maximum loan amount available for Interest subsidy under Deendayal Antyodaya Yojana
– NRLM
a.Rs 10 Lakh
b.Rs 5 Lakh
c .Rs 1 Lakh
d.Rs 3 Lakh
CIR 818/2020
10.What is Cross Default
a.Default in one lender leads to default with another lender
b.Default in a particular debt at parent level would trigger a default at group/subsidiaries
c.Both A & B
d.None of the above
CIR 822/2020
12.Significant level of Customer Service disruptions due to non availability of IT systems of
the bank: if downtime is --- to be reported under unusual cyber security incident .
a. Downtime beyond 4 hours between 8 Am to 8 PM
b.Beyond 8 hours of downtime
c.a or b
d.None of the above
CIR 823/2020
13.Grant of ex gratia payment of difference between compound and simple interest for 6
months from 01/03/2020 to 31/08/2020 provided
a.Borrower’s aggregate sanctioned/outstanding limit should not exceed Rs 2 Cr
b.Non Fund Based limits not eligible
c.Account/s should not be NPA as on 29/02/2020
d.All the above
CIR 824/2020
14.Car loans to employees . Maximum age of the vehicle for financing up to
a.5 Years
b.10 years
c.7 years
d.6 Years
CIR 827/2020
15.Branches are empowered to close zero balance accounts provided
a.Account is inoperative one
b.Remain zero balance for the lat 12 months
c.BSBD, Loan linked accounts are excluded
d.All the above
cir 833/2020
17.How many Central Processing Hubs are we opening now which will replace CPCs/NPCs in
our bank
a.25
b.10
c.6
d.12
CIR 834/2020
18.November 2020 has been observed as month of
a.Small Accounts Recovery month
b.Safe Deposit Locker month
c.Nomination Awareness
d.SHG Credit Linkage Month
ANSWER KEYS
1 D 7 A 13 D
2 B 8 B 14 A
3 D 9 D 15 D
4 B 10 C 16 B
5 A 11 B 17 C
6 C 12 C 18 D
1. Revised guidelines on Priority Sector have come into force based on the
recommendations of ...... Committee
a. a. Sri Y H Malegam
b. b. Dr K S Krishna Swamy
c. c. Dr C Rangarajan
d. d. Sri M V Nair Ans – d
2. As per RBI guidelines, Banks are required to follow priority sectors norms for:
a. Acknowledgement of application & application disposal norms
b. ROI norms
c. Securities norms
d. All of the above ANS is d
3. What is the amount of limit in respect of priority sector advances in general, where the
banks do not charge inspection and service charges? Rs.25000
5. RRBs will have a target of _______ per cent of their outstanding advances for priority
sector lending :- 75%
6. RRBs will have a sub target under priority sector for small and marginal farmers and
weaker section __________% and ___________% respectively. :- 8%, 15%
10. Loan of an aggregate sanctioned limit of _______ Cr. per borrower from the banking
system come under agriculture infra sector. :- 100 Cr
11. What is the loan limit for Agriculture Infrastructure under Priority Sector: Rs. 100 cr.
12. Loans for Food and Agro-processing up to an aggregate sanctioned limit of ______
Crore per borrower from the banking system are categorized as priority sector. :- 100 Cr
13. Loans up to _____ Crore to co-operative societies of farmers for disposing of the
produce of members come under priority advance :- 5 Cr
14. Small and Marginal Farmers will include Loans to farmers’ producer companies of
individual farmers, and co- operatives of farmers directly engaged in Agriculture and
Allied Activities, where the membership of Small and Marginal Farmers is not less than
75 per cent by number and whose land-holding share is also not less than _______ per
cent of the total land-holding :- 75%
18. Bank loans to any governmental agency for construction of dwelling units or for slum
clearance and rehabilitation of slum dwellers subject to a ceiling of _________ lakh
per dwelling unit come under priority sector:- 10 lakh
19. As per RBI directions, bank loans for on-lending to housing finance companies for
lending for housing to individuals up to Rs. ......, per borrower, shall be classified as
priority sector loans. Ans - Rs.20 lac
20. The loans sanctioned by banks for housing projects exclusively for the purpose of
construction of houses for Economically Weaker Sections (EWS) and Low Income Groups
(LIG), the total cost of which does not exceed 1 million per dwelling unit. For the
purpose of identifying the economically weaker sections and low income groups, the
family income limit is revised to ____ lakh per annum for EWS and ____ lakh per
annum for LIG, in alignment with the income criteria specified under the Pradhan
Mantri Awas Yojana :- 3 lakh, 6 lakh
21. Loans for repairs to damaged dwelling units of families up to _____ lakh in
metropolitan centres and up to ______ lakh in other centers :- 5 lakh, 2 lakh
22. Loans for construction of house toilets and community toilets for weaker sections
comes under Priority sector upto ----- Rs.5 crores
24. Bank loans up to a limit of ______ Cr. to borrowers for purposes like solar based
power generators, biomass based power generators, wind mills, micro-hydel plants and
for non-conventional energy based public utilities viz. street lighting systems, and
remote village electrification. For individual households, the loan limit will be ____
lakh per Borrower :- 15 Cr, 10 lakh
25. Loans not exceeding 50,000/- per borrower provided directly by banks to individuals
and their SHG/JLG come under other priority sector, provided the individual borrower’s
household annual income in rural areas does not exceed _______ lakh and for non-
rural areas it does not exceed ______ lakh :- 1, 1.60
26. Under weaker sections, loans to Artisans, village and cottage industries, Distressed
persons other than farmers to prepay their debt to non-institutional lenders and
Individual women beneficiaries up to _________ lakh per borrower categorized under
priority sector.:- 1 lakh
28. Exposure in SHG / JLG as qualifying assets for an MFI to qualifying for priority sector
lending: 85%
29. Within Priority Sector target of 40% of ANBC or CEOBE, whichever is higher, the sub-
target for Weaker section is: 10% (Now revised to 12%)
30. As per RBI directions, bank loans for on-lending to NBFC for lending lending to Micro
and Small enterprises up to Rs. ......, per borrower, shall be classified as priority sector
loans. Ans - Rs.20 lac
31. As per RBI directions, bank loans for on-lending to NBFC for term lending to agriculture
up to Rs. ......, per borrower, shall be classified as priority sector loans. Ans - Rs.10 lac
32. As per RBI directions, bank loans for on-lending to NBFCs can be allowed under an
overall cap, which is ...... of individual bank’s total priority sector loans? 5%
33. Banks and NBFCs can co-originate priority sector loan as per RBI guidelines. What is the
minimum percent of credit risk by way of direct exposure, that the NBFC has to take?
20% of credit risk
34. Bank allowed an advance under KVI Sector. This will be classified as ......
a. micro enterprise irrespective of the amount of original investment in plant and
machinery
b. micro enterprise if the investment in plant and machinery is within the ceiling
for micro enterprises
c. small enterprise
d. such advances are not priority sector advance Ans – a
35. Incremental export credit over corresponding date of the preceding year can be
included in priority sector lending classification, where the export credit to an individual
borrower is up to Rs. ......? Rs.40 crore per borrower
36. Incremental export credit over corresponding date of the preceding year can be
included in priority sector loans in case of eligible exporters. The total such amount on
aggregate basis can be upto ...... per cent of ANBC or Credit Equivalent Amount of Off-
Balance Sheet Exposure, whichever is higher? 2%
38. The system-wide average of the last 3 years achievement of priority sector targets with
regard to overall direct lending to non corporate farmers is notified by RBI every year.
The applicable system wide average figure for computing achievement under priority
sector lending for the FY 2019-20 is ....... 12.11%
10. OBE is 38000 Advance is 35000 Limit under Priority Sector for Micro Enterprises.
40. All cheques above what amount should invariably be checked through UV lamp
47. Pronote date is 27.04.2016, AOD not available, Suit can be filed by which date
48. The purpose of Loan under Vidya Turant which is not correct
51. Under POA account principal dies, cheque is presented after death
54. PSB Loans in 59 minutes, what is not the role of maker and checker at Branch
56. EL Loan for Study abroad, which is not correct with regard to AOD
59. Under PMEGP second dose, loan for manufacturing and services
First Manual
published by
Canara Bank
[email protected] | www.canarabank.com